Exhibit 10.49.1
INTERCONNECTION AGREEMENT
BETWEEN ITC/\DELTACOM, INC.
AND BELLSOUTH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 1
AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is made by and between BellSouth Telecommunications,
Inc., ("BellSouth"), a Georgia corporation, and ITC/\DeltaCom Communications,
Inc., d/b/a ITC/\DeltaCom, hereinafter referred to as ("ITC/\DeltaCom") an
Alabama corporation, and shall be deemed effective as of June 5, 2000. This
agreement may refer to either BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom or both as a "Party" or
"Parties."
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, BellSouth is an incumbent local exchange telecommunications
company authorized to provide telecommunications services in the states of
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Tennessee; and
WHEREAS, ITC/\DeltaCom is a competitive local exchange
telecommunications company ("CLEC") authorized to provide telecommunications
services in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee; and
WHEREAS, the Parties wish to interconnect their facilities, purchase
unbundled elements, and exchange traffic specifically for the purposes of
fulfilling their obligations pursuant to sections 251 and 252 of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 ("the Act").
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained
herein, BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom agree as follows:
1. TERM OF THE AGREEMENT
1.1 The term of this Agreement shall be two years, beginning June 5, 2000. The
term of this Agreement may be extended by one year by mutual agreement of
the Parties.
1.2 The Parties agree that by no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days
prior to the expiration of this Agreement, they shall commence negotiations
with regard to the terms, conditions and prices of local interconnection to
be effective beginning on the expiration date of this Agreement
("Subsequent Agreement").
1.3 If, within one hundred and thirty-five (135) days of commencing the
negotiation referred to in Section 1.2, above, the Parties are unable to
satisfactorily negotiate new local interconnection terms, conditions and
prices, either Party may petition the Commission to establish appropriate
local interconnection arrangements pursuant to 47 U.S.C. 252. The Parties
agree that, in such event, they shall encourage the Commission to issue its
order regarding the appropriate local interconnection arrangements no later
than the expiration date of this Agreement. The Parties further agree that
in the event the Commission does not
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 2
issue its order prior to the expiration date of this Agreement, or if the
Parties continue beyond the expiration date of this Agreement to negotiate
the local interconnection arrangements without Commission intervention, the
terms, conditions and prices ultimately ordered by the Commission, or
negotiated by the Parties, will be effective retroactive to the day
following the expiration date of this Agreement. Until the Subsequent
Agreement becomes effective, the Parties shall continue to exchange traffic
pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
2. ORDERING PROCEDURES
2.1 Detailed procedures for ordering and provisioning BellSouth services are
set forth in BellSouth's Local Interconnection and Facility Based Ordering
Guide, Resale Ordering Guide, and as set forth in Attachment 6 of this
Agreement, as appropriate.
2.2 BellSouth has developed electronic systems for placing most resale and some
UNE orders. BellSouth has also developed electronic systems for accessing
data needed to place orders including valid address, available services and
features, available telephone numbers, due date estimation on pre-order and
calculation on firm order, and customer service records where applicable.
Charges for OSS shall be as set forth in Attachment 1, Exhibit A, and in
Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
3. PARITY
3.1 The services and service provisioning that BellSouth provides ITC/\DeltaCom
for resale will be at least equal in quality to that provided to BellSouth,
or any BellSouth subsidiary, affiliate or end user. In connection with
resale, BellSouth will provide ITC/\DeltaCom with pre-ordering, ordering,
maintenance and trouble reporting, and daily usage data functionality that
will enable ITC/\DeltaCom to provide equivalent levels of customer service
to their local exchange customers as BellSouth provides to its own end
users.
3.2 BellSouth shall also provide ITC/\DeltaCom with unbundled network elements,
and access to those elements. The quality of an unbundled network element,
as well as the quality of the access to such unbundled network element,
that BellSouth provides to ITC/\DeltaCom shall be at least equal in quality
to that which BellSouth provides to itself or to any BellSouth subsidiary,
affiliate or other CLEC. The terms and conditions pursuant to which
BellSouth provides access to unbundled network elements, including but not
limited to the time within which BellSouth provisions such access to
unbundled network elements, shall, at a minimum, be no less favorable to
ITC/\DeltaCom than the terms and conditions under which BellSouth
provisions such elements to itself. Consistent with all applicable rules
and regulations, BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with pre-ordering,
ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and billing functionality
at least equal to that which BellSouth provides for its own retail
services.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 3
4. WHITE PAGES LISTINGS
BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom and their customers access to white
pages directory listings under the following terms:
4.1 LISTINGS. BellSouth or its agent will include ITC/\DeltaCom residential and
business customer listings in the appropriate White Pages (residential and
business) or alphabetical directories. Directory listings will make no
distinction between ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth subscribers.
4.2 RATES. Subscriber primary listing information in the White Pages shall be
provided at no charge to ITC/\DeltaCom or its subscribers provided that
ITC/\DeltaCom provides subscriber listing information to BellSouth at no
charge.
4.3 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING ITC/\DELTACOM SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION. BellSouth
will provide to ITC/\DeltaCom a magnetic tape or computer disk containing
the proper format for submitting subscriber listings. ITC/\DeltaCom will be
required to provide BellSouth with directory listings and daily updates to
those listings, including new, changed, and deleted listings, in an
industry-accepted format. These procedures are detailed in BellSouth's
Local Interconnection and Facility Based Ordering Guide.
4.4 UNLISTED AND NON-PUBLISHED SUBSCRIBERS. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to
provide to BellSouth the names, addresses and telephone numbers of all
ITC/\DeltaCom customers that wish to be omitted from directories.
4.5 INCLUSION OF ITC/\DELTACOM CUSTOMERS IN DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE.
BellSouth will include and maintain ITC/\DeltaCom subscriber listings in
BellSouth's directory assistance databases at no charge. BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom will formulate appropriate procedures regarding lead time,
timeliness, format and content of listing information.
4.6 LISTING INFORMATION CONFIDENTIALITY. BellSouth will accord ITC/\DeltaCom's
directory listing information the same level of confidentiality that
BellSouth accords its own directory listing information, and BellSouth
shall limit access to ITC/\DeltaCom's customer proprietary confidential
directory information to those BellSouth employees who are involved in the
preparation of listings.
4.7 OPTIONAL LISTINGS. Additional listings and optional listings will be
offered by BellSouth at tariffed rates as set forth in the General
Subscriber Services Tariff.
4.8 DELIVERY. BellSouth or its agent shall deliver White Pages directories to
ITC/\DeltaCom subscribers at no charge.
4.9 Notwithstanding any provision(s) to the contrary, ITC/\DeltaCom shall
provide to BellSouth, and BellSouth shall accept, ITC/\DeltaCom's
Subscriber Listing
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 4
Information (SLI) relating to ITC/\DeltaCom's customers in the geographic
area(s) covered by this Interconnection Agreement. ITC/\DeltaCom authorizes
BellSouth to release all such ITC/\DeltaCom SLI provided to BellSouth by
ITC/\DeltaCom to qualifying third parties via either license agreement or
BellSouth's Directory Publishers Database Service (DPDS), General
Subscriber Services Tariff, Section A38.2, as the same may be amended from
time to time. Such CLEC SLI shall be intermingled with BellSouth's own
customer listings and listings of any other CLEC that has authorized a
similar release of SLI. Where necessary, BellSouth will use good faith
efforts to obtain state commission approval of any necessary modifications
to Section A38.2 of its tariff to provide for release of third party
directory listings, including modifications regarding listings to be
released pursuant to such tariff and BellSouth's liability thereunder.
BellSouth's obligation pursuant to this Section shall not arise in any
particular state until the commission of such state has approved
modifications to such tariff.
4.9.1 No compensation shall be paid to ITC/\DeltaCom for BellSouth's receipt of
ITC/\DeltaCom SLI, or for the subsequent release to third parties of such
SLI. In addition, to the extent BellSouth incurs costs to modify its
systems to enable the release of ITC/\DeltaCom's SLI, or costs on an
ongoing basis to administer the release of ITC/\DeltaCom's SLI,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay to BellSouth its proportionate share of the
reasonable costs associated therewith.
4.9.2 BellSouth shall not be liable for the content or accuracy of any SLI
provided by ITC/\DeltaCom under this Agreement. ITC/\DeltaCom shall
indemnify, hold harmless and defend BellSouth from and against any damages,
losses, liabilities, demands claims, suits, judgments, costs and expenses
(including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses)
arising from BellSouth's tariff obligations or otherwise and resulting from
or arising out of any third party's claim of inaccurate ITC/\DeltaCom
listings or use of the SLI provided pursuant to this Agreement. BellSouth
may forward to ITC/\DeltaCom any complaints received by BellSouth relating
to the accuracy or quality of ITC/\DeltaCom listings.
4.9.3 Listings and subsequent updates will be released consistent with BellSouth
system changes and/or update scheduling requirements.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 5
5. BONA FIDE REQUEST/NEW BUSINESS REQUEST PROCESS FOR FURTHER UNBUNDLING
If ITC/\DeltaCom is a facilities based provider or a facilities based and
resale provider, this section and Attachment 9 shall apply. BellSouth
shall, upon request of ITC/\DeltaCom, provide to ITC/\DeltaCom access to
its unbundled elements at any technically feasible point for the provision
of ITC/\DeltaCom 's telecommunications service where such access is
necessary and failure to provide access would impair the ability of
ITC/\DeltaCom to provide services that it seeks to offer. Any request by
ITC/\DeltaCom for access to an unbundled element that is not already
available shall be treated as an unbundled element Bona Fide Request/New
Business Request, and shall be submitted to BellSouth pursuant to the Bona
Fide Request/New Business Request process set forth following.
5.1 Bona Fide Request/New Business Requests are to be used when ITC/\DeltaCom
makes a request of BellSouth to provide a new or modified network element,
interconnection option, or other service option pursuant to the
Telecommunications Act of 1996; or to provide a new or custom capability or
function to meet ITC/\DeltaCom's business needs, referred to as a Business
Opportunity Request (BOR). The BFR process is intended to facilitate the
two way exchange of information between the requesting Party and BellSouth,
necessary for accurate processing of requests in a consistent and timely
fashion.
5.2 A Bona Fide Request/New Business Request shall be submitted in writing by
ITC/\DeltaCom and shall specifically identify the required service date,
technical requirements, space requirements and/or such specifications that
clearly define the request such that BellSouth has sufficient information
to analyze and prepare a response. Such a request also shall include a
ITC/\DeltaCom's designation of the request as being (i) pursuant to the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 or (ii) pursuant to the needs of the
business. The request shall be sent to ITC/\DeltaCom 's Account Executive.
5.3 A product or service provided by BellSouth to another CLEC pursuant to the
BFR/NBR process shall be made available to ITC/\DeltaCom upon request, on
the same terms and conditions.
6. LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
6.1 BELLSOUTH LIABILITY. BellSouth shall take financial responsibility for its
own actions in causing, or its lack of action in preventing, unbillable or
uncollectible ITC/\DeltaCom revenues.
6.2 LIABILITY FOR ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THIRD PARTIES. Neither BellSouth nor
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be liable for any act or omission of another
telecommunications company providing a portion of the services provided
under this Agreement.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 6
6.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
6.3.1 With respect to any claim or suit, whether based in contract, tort or
any other theory of legal liability, by ITC/\DeltaCom, any ITC/\DeltaCom
customer or by any other person or entity, for damages associated with any
of the services provided by BellSouth pursuant to or in connection with
this Agreement, including but not limited to the installation, provision,
preemption, termination, maintenance, repair or restoration of service, and
subject to the provisions of the remainder of this Part A, BellSouth's
liability shall be limited to an amount equal to the proportionate charge
for the service provided pursuant to this Agreement for the period during
which the service was affected. With respect to any claim or suit, whether
based in contract, tort or any other theory of legal liability, by
BellSouth, any BellSouth customer or by any other person or entity, for
damages associated with any of the services provided by ITC/\DeltaCom
pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited
to the installation, provision, preemption, termination, maintenance,
repair or restoration of service, and subject to the provisions of the
remainder of this Part A, ITC/\DeltaCom's liability shall be limited to an
amount equal to the proportionate charge for the service provided pursuant
to this Agreement for the period during which the service was affected.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, claims for damages by ITC/\DeltaCom, any
ITC/\DeltaCom customer or any other person or entity resulting from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of BellSouth and claims for damages
by ITC/\DeltaCom resulting from the failure of BellSouth to honor in one or
more material respects any one or more of the material provisions of this
Agreement shall not be subject to such limitation of liability. Likewise,
claims for damages by BellSouth, any BellSouth customer or any other person
or entity resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of
ITC/\DeltaCom and claims for damages by BellSouth resulting from the
failure of ITC/\DeltaCom to honor in one or more material respects any one
or more of the material provisions of this Agreement shall not be subject
to such limitation of liability.
6.3.2 LIMITATIONS IN TARIFFS. Subject to the provisions of 6.3.1, a Party
may, in its sole discretion, provide in its tariffs and contracts with its
Customer and third parties that relate to any service, product or function
provided or contemplated under this Agreement, that to the maximum extent
permitted by Applicable Law, such Party shall not be liable to Customer or
third Party for (i) any Loss relating to or arising out of this Agreement,
whether in contract, tort or otherwise, that exceeds the amount such party
would have charged that applicable person for the service, product or
function that gave rise to such Loss and (ii) Consequential Damages. To the
extent that a Party elects not to place in its tariffs or contracts such
limitations of liability, and the other Party incurs a Loss as a result
thereof, such Party shall indemnify and reimburse the other Party for that
portion of the Loss that would have been limited had the first Party
included in its tariffs and contracts the limitations of liability that
such other Party included in its own tariffs at the time of such Loss.
6.3.3 Neither BellSouth nor ITC/\DeltaCom shall be liable for damages to
the other's terminal location, POI or other company's customers' premises
resulting
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 7
from the furnishing of a service, including, but not limited to, the
installation and removal of equipment or associated wiring, except to the
extent caused by a company's negligence or willful misconduct or by a
company's failure to properly ground a local loop after disconnection.
6.3.4 Under no circumstance shall a Party be responsible or liable for
indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, including, but not limited
to, economic loss or lost business or profits, damages arising from the use
or performance of equipment or software, or the loss of use of software or
equipment, or accessories attached thereto, delay, error, or loss of data.
In connection with this limitation of liability, each Party recognizes that
the other Party may, from time to time, provide advice, make
recommendations, or supply other analyses related to the Services, or
facilities described in this Agreement, and, while each Party shall use
diligent efforts in this regard, the Parties acknowledge and agree that
this limitation of liability shall apply to provision of such advice,
recommendations, and analyses.
6.4 INDEMNIFICATION FOR CERTAIN CLAIMS. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom providing
services, their affiliates and their parent company, shall be indemnified,
defended and held harmless by each other against any claim, loss or damage
arising from the receiving company's use of the services provided under
this Agreement pertaining to (1) claims for libel, slander, invasion of
privacy or copyright infringement arising from the content of the receiving
company's own communications, or (2) any claim, loss or damage claimed by
the other company's customer arising from one company's use or reliance on
the other company's services, actions, duties, or obligations arising out
of this Agreement; provided that in the event of a claim arising under this
Section 6.4(2), to the extent any claim, loss or damage is caused by the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the providing party, the
receiving Party shall have no obligation to indemnify, defend or hold
harmless the providing Party hereunder, subject to the other terms of this
Section 6.
6.5 DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS
AGREEMENT, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES TO THE
OTHER PARTY CONCERNING THE SPECIFIC QUALITY OF ANY SERVICES, OR FACILITIES
PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES DISCLAIM, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
ANY WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE, ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, OR FROM
USAGES OF TRADE.
6.6 ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth will work cooperatively to minimize fraud
associated with third-number billed calls, calling card calls, or any other
services related to this Agreement. The Parties fraud minimization
procedures are to be cost effective and implemented so as not to unduly
burden or harm one Party as compared to the other.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 8
7. COURT ORDERED REQUESTS FOR CALL DETAIL RECORDS AND OTHER SUBSCRIBER
INFORMATION.
To the extent technically feasible, BellSouth maintains call detail records
for ITC/\DeltaCom end users for limited time periods and can respond to
subpoenas and court ordered requests for information. BellSouth shall
maintain such information for ITC/\DeltaCom end users for the same length
of time it maintains such information for its own end users.
7.1 ITC/\DeltaCom agrees that BellSouth will respond to subpoenas and court
ordered requests delivered directly to BellSouth for the purpose of
providing call detail records when the targeted telephone numbers belong to
ITC/\DeltaCom end users. Billing for such requests will be generated by
BellSouth and directed to the law enforcement agency initiating the
request.
7.2 ITC/\DeltaCom agrees that in cases where ITC/\DeltaCom receives subpoenas
or court requests for call detail records for targeted telephone numbers
belonging to ITC/\DeltaCom end users, ITC/\DeltaCom will advise the law
enforcement agency initiating the request to redirect the subpoena or court
ordered request to BellSouth. Billing for call detail information will be
generated by BellSouth and directed to the law enforcement agency
initiating the request.
7.3 In cases where the timing of the response to the law enforcement agency
prohibits ITC/\DeltaCom from having the subpoena or court ordered request
redirected to BellSouth by the law enforcement agency, ITC/\DeltaCom will
furnish the official request to BellSouth for providing the call detail
information. BellSouth will provide the call detail records to
ITC/\DeltaCom and xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom for the information. ITC/\DeltaCom
agrees to reimburse BellSouth for the call detail information provided.
7.4 ITC/\DeltaCom will provide ITC/\DeltaCom end user and/or other customer
information that is available to ITC/\DeltaCom in response to subpoenas and
court orders for their own customer records. BellSouth will redirect
subpoenas and court ordered requests ITC/\DeltaCom end user and/or other
customer information to ITC/\DeltaCom for the purpose of providing this
information to the law enforcement agency.
8. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND INDEMNIFICATION
8.1 NO LICENSE. No patent, copyright, trademark or other proprietary right is
licensed, granted or otherwise transferred by this Agreement. ITC/\DeltaCom
is strictly prohibited from any use, including but not limited to in sales,
in marketing or advertising of telecommunications services, of any
BellSouth name, service xxxx or trademark.
8.2 OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. Any intellectual property which
originates from or is developed by a Party shall remain in the exclusive
ownership of that
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 9
Party. Except for a limited license to use patents or copyrights to the
extent necessary for the Parties to use any facilities or equipment
(including software) or to receive any service solely as provided under
this Agreement, no license in patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret,
or other proprietary or intellectual property right now or hereafter owned,
controlled or licensable by a Party, is granted to the other Party or shall
be implied or arise by estoppel. It is the responsibility of each Party to
ensure at no additional cost to the other Party that it has obtained any
necessary licenses in relation to intellectual property of third Parties
used in its network that may be required to enable the other Party to use
any facilities or equipment (including software), to receive any service,
or to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement.
8.3 INDEMNIFICATION. The Party providing a service pursuant to this Agreement
will defend the Party receiving such service or data provided as a result
of such service against claims of infringement arising solely from the use
by the receiving Party of such service and will indemnify the receiving
Party for any damages awarded based solely on such claims in accordance
with Section 6 of this Agreement.
Promptly after receipt of notice of any claim or the commencement of any
action for which a Party may seek indemnification pursuant to this Section,
such Party (the "Indemnified Party") shall promptly give written notice to
the other Party (the "Indemnifying Party") of such claim or action, but the
failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of any liability it may have to the Indemnified Party
except to the extent the Indemnifying Party has actually been prejudiced
thereby. The Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to assume the defense of
such claim, at its own expense. The Indemnified Party shall cooperate with
the Indemnifying Party's reasonable requests for assistance or Information
relating to such claim, at the Indemnifying Party's expense. The
Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate in the investigation
and defense of such claim or action, with separate counsel chosen and paid
for by the Indemnified Party.
8.4 CLAIM OF INFRINGEMENT. In the event that use of any facilities or equipment
(including software), becomes, or in reasonable judgment of the Party who
owns the affected network is likely to become, the subject of a claim,
action, suit, or proceeding based on intellectual property infringement,
then said Party shall promptly and at its sole expense, but subject to the
limitations of liability set forth below:
8.4.1 modify or replace the applicable facilities or equipment (including
software) while maintaining form and function, or
8.4.2 obtain a license sufficient to allow such use to continue.
8.4.3 In the event 8.4.1 or 8.4.2 are commercially unreasonable, then said
Party may, terminate, upon reasonable notice under the circumstances, this
contract with respect to use of, or services provided through use of, the
affected facilities
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 10
or equipment (including software), but solely to the extent required to
avoid the infringement claim.
8.5 EXCEPTION TO OBLIGATIONS. Neither Party's obligations under this Section
shall apply to the extent the infringement is caused by: (i) modification
of the facilities or equipment (including software) by the indemnitee; (ii)
use by the indemnitee of the facilities or equipment (including software)
in combination with equipment or facilities (including software) not
provided or authorized by the indemnitor provided the facilities or
equipment (including software) would not be infringing if used alone; (iii)
conformance to specifications of the indemnitee which would necessarily
result in infringement; or (iv) continued use by the indemnitee of the
affected facilities or equipment (including software) after being placed on
notice to discontinue use as set forth herein.
8.6 EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. The foregoing shall constitute the Parties' sole and
exclusive remedies and obligations with respect to a third party claim of
intellectual property infringement arising out of the conduct of business
under this agreement.
9. TREATMENT OF PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
9.1 CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. It may be necessary for BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom to provide each other with certain confidential information,
including trade secret information, including but not limited to, technical
and business plans, technical information, proposals, specifications,
drawings, procedures, customer account data, call detail records and like
information (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Information"). All
Information shall be in writing or other tangible form and clearly marked
with a confidential, private or proprietary legend and that the Information
will be returned to the owner within a reasonable time. The Information
shall not be copied or reproduced in any form. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom
shall receive such Information and not disclose such Information. BellSouth
and ITC/\DeltaCom shall protect the Information received from distribution,
disclosure or dissemination to anyone except employees of BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom with a need to know such Information and which employees
agree to be bound by the terms of this Section. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom
will use the same standard of care to protect Information received as they
would use to protect their own confidential and proprietary Information.
Where customer specific information or critical network information is
communicated orally to designated company representatives in furtherance of
this Agreement, both Parties agree that those employees shall protect such
Information from disclosure to anyone except employees of BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom with a need to know such Information.
9.2 EXCEPTION TO OBLIGATION. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be no
obligation on BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom to protect any portion of the
Information that is: (1) made publicly available by the owner of the
Information or lawfully disclosed by a Party other than BellSouth or
ITC/\DeltaCom; (2)
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 11
lawfully obtained from any source other than the owner of the Information;
or (3) previously known to the receiving Party without an obligation to
keep it confidential.
10. ASSIGNMENTS
Any assignment by either Party to any non-affiliated entity of any right,
obligation or duty, or of any other interest hereunder, in whole or in
part, without the prior written consent of the other Party shall be void. A
Party may assign this Agreement or any right, obligation, duty or other
interest hereunder to an Affiliate company of the Party without the consent
of the other Party. All obligations and duties of any Party under this
Agreement shall be binding on all successors in interest and assigns of
such Party. No assignment of delegation hereof shall relieve the assignor
of its obligations under this Agreement in the event that the assignee
fails to perform such obligations.
11. RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
Except as otherwise stated in this Agreement, the Parties agree that if any
dispute arises as to the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement
or as to the proper implementation of this Agreement, either Party may
petition the Commission for a resolution of the dispute; provided, however,
that to the extent any issue disputed hereunder involves issues beyond the
scope of authority or jurisdiction of the Commission, the parties may seek
initial resolution of such dispute in another appropriate forum. However,
each Party reserves any rights it may have to seek judicial review of any
ruling made by the Commission concerning this Agreement.
12. LIMITATION OF USE
The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not be offered by either Party
in another jurisdiction as evidence of any concession or as a waiver of any
position taken by the other Party in that jurisdiction or for any other
purpose.
13. TAXES
Any Federal, state or local excise, license, sales, use or other taxes or
tax-like charges (excluding any taxes levied on income) resulting from the
performance of this Agreement shall be borne by the Party upon which the
obligation for payment is imposed under applicable law, even if the
obligation to collect and remit such taxes is placed upon the other party.
Any such taxes shall be shown as separate items on applicable billing
documents between the Parties. The Party obligated to collect and remit
taxes shall do so unless the other Party provides such Party with the
required evidence of exemption. The Party to obligated to pay any such
taxes may contest the same and shall be entitled to the benefit of any
refund or recovery. The Party obligated to collect and remit taxes shall
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 12
cooperate fully in any such contest by the other Party by providing,
records, testimony, and such additional information or assistance as may
reasonably be necessary to pursue the contest.
14. FORCE MAJEURE
In the event performance of this Agreement, or any obligation hereunder, is
either directly or indirectly prevented, restricted, or interfered with by
reason of fire, flood, earthquake or like acts of God, wars, revolution,
civil commotion, explosion, acts of public enemy, embargo, acts of the
government in its sovereign capacity, labor difficulties, including without
limitation, strikes, slowdowns, picketing, or boycotts, unavailability of
equipment from vendor, changes requested by Customer, or any other
circumstances beyond the reasonable control and without the fault or
negligence of the Party affected, the Party affected, upon giving prompt
notice to the other Party, shall be excused from such performance on a
day-to-day basis to the extent of such prevention, restriction, or
interference (and the other Party shall likewise be excused from
performance of its obligations on a day-to-day basis until the delay,
restriction or interference has ceased); provided however, that the Party
so affected shall use best efforts to avoid or remove such causes of
non-performance and both Parties shall proceed whenever such causes are
removed or cease.
15. YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Each party warrants that it has implemented a program the goal of which is
to ensure that all software, hardware and related materials (collectively
called "Systems") delivered, connected with or supplied in the furtherance
of the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement (I) will record,
store, process and display calendar dates falling on or after January 1,
2000, in the same manner, and with the same functionality as such software
records, stores, processes and calendars dates falling on or before
December 31, 1999; and (ii) shall include without limitation date data
century recognition, calculations that accommodate same century and
multicentury formulas and date values, and date data interface values that
reflect the century.
16. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT
16.1 BellSouth shall make available to ITC/\DeltaCom, pursuant to 47 USC
ss. 252, the FCC rules and regulations and the Supreme Court Order in AT&T
CORPORATION V. IOWA UTILITIES BOARD regarding such availability,
ITC/\DeltaCom any interconnection, service, or network element provided
under any other agreement filed and approved pursuant to 47 USC ss. 252.
The adopted interconnection, service, or network element and agreement
shall apply to the same states as such other agreement and for the
identical term of such other agreement.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 13
16.2 No modification, amendment, supplement to, or waiver of the Agreement or
any of its provisions shall be effective and binding upon the Parties
unless it is made in writing and duly signed by the Parties.
16.3 Execution of this Agreement by either Party does not confirm or infer that
the executing Party agrees with any decision(s) issued pursuant to the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 and the consequences of those decisions on
specific language in this Agreement. Neither Party waives its rights to
appeal or otherwise challenge any such decision(s) and each Party reserves
all of its rights to pursue any and all legal and/or equitable remedies,
including appeals of any such decision(s).
16.4 In the event that any effective legislative, regulatory, judicial or other
legal action materially affects any material terms of this Agreement, or
the ability of ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth to perform any material terms of
this Agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth may, on thirty (30) days'
written notice require that such terms be renegotiated, and the Parties
shall renegotiate in good faith such mutually acceptable new terms as may
be required. In the event that such new terms are not renegotiated within
ninety (90) days after such notice, the Dispute shall be referred to the
Dispute Resolution procedure set forth in Section 11.
16.5 If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to
either Party or circumstance, shall be held invalid, the remainder of the
Agreement, or the application of any such provision to the Parties or
circumstances other than those to which it is held invalid, shall not be
effective thereby, provided that the Parties shall attempt to reformulate
such invalid provision to give effect to such portions thereof as may be
valid without defeating the intent of such provision.
16.6 If ITC/\DeltaCom changes its name or makes changes to its structure or
identity due to a merger, acquisition, transfer or any other reason, it is
the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom to notify BellSouth of said change and
request that an amendment to this Agreement, if necessary, be executed to
reflect said change.
17. WAIVERS
A failure or delay of either Party to enforce any of the provisions hereof,
to exercise any option which is herein provided, or to require performance
of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver
of such provisions or options, and each Party, notwithstanding such
failure, shall have the right thereafter to insist upon the specific
performance of any and all of the provisions of this Agreement.
18. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to its
conflict of laws principles.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 14
19. ARM'S LENGTH NEGOTIATIONS
This Agreement was executed after arm's length negotiations between the
undersigned Parties and reflects the conclusion of the undersigned that
this Agreement is in the best interests of all Parties.
20. NOTICES
20.1 Every notice, consent, approval, or other communications required or
contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered
in person or given by postage prepaid mail, address to:
BELLSOUTH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
CLEC Account Team
9th Floor
000 Xxxxx 00xx Xxxxxx
Xxxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx 00000
and
General Attorney - COU
Suite 4300
000 X. Xxxxxxxxx Xx.
Xxxxxxx, XX 00000
ITC/\DeltaCom
Senior Manager - Industry Relations
0000 XxxxxXxx Xxxxx
XX Xxx 000
Xxxxxxxx, XX 00000
and
Director - Regulatory Affairs
0000 X. Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxx
Xxxxxxxxxx, XX 00000
or at such other address as the intended recipient previously shall
have designated by written notice to the other Party.
20.2 Where specifically required, notices shall be by certified or registered
mail. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, notice by mail shall be
effective on the date it is officially recorded as delivered by return
receipt or equivalent, and in the absence of such record of delivery, it
shall be presumed to have been
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 15
delivered the fifth day, or next business day after the fifth day, after it
was deposited in the mails.
20.3 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom 45-day advance notice via Internet
posting of price changes and of changes to the terms and conditions of
services available for resale. To the extent that revisions occur between
the time BellSouth notifies ITC/\DeltaCom of changes under this Agreement
and the time the changes are scheduled to be implemented, BellSouth will
immediately notify ITC/\DeltaCom of such revisions consistent with its
internal notification process. ITC/\DeltaCom may not hold BellSouth
responsible for any cost incurred as a result of such revisions, unless
such costs are incurred as a result of BellSouth's intentional misconduct.
ITC/\DeltaCom may not utilize any notice given under this subsection
concerning a service to market resold offerings of that service in advance
of BellSouth.
21. DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
Each Party reserves the right to suspend or terminate service in the event
of prohibited, unlawful or improper use of facilities or service or any
other violation of or noncompliance with the terms and conditions contained
in the Parties' applicable tariffs, or in the event of nonpayment for
services in accordance with Attachment 7 of this Agreement.
22. TRUE-UP
THIS SECTION APPLIES ONLY TO TENNESSEE.
The interim prices for Unbundled Network Elements, Local Interconnection
and Ancillary Services referenced above shall be subject to true-up
according to the following procedures:
1. The interim prices shall be trued-up, either up or down, based on
final prices determined either by further agreement between the
Parties, or by a final order (including any appeals) of the Commission
which final order meets the criteria of (3) below. The Parties shall
implement the true-up by comparing the actual volumes and demand for
each item, together with interim prices for each item, with the final
prices determined for each item. Each Party shall keep its own records
upon which the true-up can be based, and any final payment from one
Party to the other shall be in an amount agreed upon by the Parties
based on such records. In the event of any disagreement as between the
records or the Parties regarding the amount of such true-up, the
Parties agree that the body having jurisdiction over the matter shall
be called upon to resolve such differences, or the Parties may
mutually agree to submit the matter to the Dispute Resolution process
in accordance with the provisions of Section 16 of the General Terms
and Conditions and Attachment 1 of the Agreement.
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 16
2. The Parties may continue to negotiate toward final prices, but in
the event that no such agreement is reached within nine (9) months,
either Party may petition the Commission to resolve such disputes and
to determine final prices for each item. Alternatively, upon mutual
agreement, the Parties may submit the matter to the Dispute Resolution
Process set forth in Section 16 of the General Terms and Conditions
and Attachment 1 of the Agreement, so long as they file the resulting
agreement with the Commission as a "negotiated agreement" under
Section 252(e) of the Act.
3. A final order of this Commission that forms the basis of a true-up
shall be the final order as to prices based on appropriate cost
studies, or potentially may be a final order in any other Commission
proceeding which meets the following criteria:
(a) BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom is entitled to be a full party
to the proceeding;
(b) It shall apply the provisions of the federal
Telecommunications Act of 1996, including but not limited to
Section 252(d)(1) (which contains pricing standards) and all
then-effective implementing rules and regulations; and,
(c) It shall include as an issue the geographic deaveraging of
unbundled element prices, which deaveraged prices, if any
are required by said final order, shall form the basis of
any true-up.
23. RULE OF CONSTRUCTION
No rule of construction requiring interpretation against the drafting Party
hereof shall apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.
24. HEADINGS OF NO FORCE OR EFFECT
The headings of Articles and Sections of this Agreement are for convenience
of reference only, and shall in no way define, modify or restrict the
meaning or interpretation of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.
25. MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed multiple counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but all of which shall together constitute but one
and the same document.
26. ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This Agreement and its Attachments, incorporated herein by this reference,
sets forth the entire understanding and supersedes prior agreements between
the
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS - PART A
PAGE 17
Parties relating to the subject matter contained herein and merges all
prior discussions between them, and neither Party shall be bound by any
definition, condition, provision, representation, warranty, covenant or
promise other than as expressly stated in this Agreement or as is
contemporaneously or subsequently set forth in writing and executed by a
duly authorized officer or representative of the Party to be bound thereby.
THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES ATTACHMENTS WITH PROVISIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING
SERVICES:
Unbundled Network Elements (UNEs)
Local Interconnection
Resale
Collocation
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement the day and
year above first written.
BELLSOUTH TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. ITC/\DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
/s/ Xxxxx X. Xxxxxxx /s/ Xxxxxxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
------------------------------- --------------------------------
Signature Signature
Xxxxx X. Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxxxx X. Xxxxxxx
------------------------------- --------------------------------
Name Name
Sr. Director Director of Regulatory Affairs
------------------------------- --------------------------------
Title Title
6/1/00 6/2/00
------------------------------- --------------------------------
Date Date
North Carolina
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS -- PART B
PAGES 19 THROUGH 24 LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS -- PART B
PAGE 25
DEFINITIONS
"Access Service Request" or "ASR" means an industry standard
form used by the Parties to add, establish, change or
disconnect trunks for the purposes of interconnection.
"Act" means the Communications Act of 1934, 47 U.S.C. 151 et
seq., as amended, including the Telecommunications Act of
1996, and as interpreted from time to time in the duly
authorized rules and regulations of the FCC or the
Commission/Board.
"Advanced Intelligent Network" or "AIN" is a
Telecommunications network architecture in which call
processing, call routing and network management are provided
by means of centralized databases.
"Affiliate" is an entity directly owns or controls, or is
under common ownership or control with, another entity. For
purposes of this paragraph, the term "own" or "control" means
to own an equity interest (or equivalent thereof) of more than
10 percent.
"American National Standards Institute" or "ANSI" is a
standards setting, non-government organization, which develops
and publishes standards for "voluntary" use in the United
States.
"Automatic Number Identification" or "ANI" is a telephone
number associated with the access line from which the a call
originates.
"Calling Party Number" or "CPN" is a Common Channel Signaling
parameter which refers to the number transmitted through the
network identifying the calling party.
"Carrier Identification Code" or "CIC" means a three or four
digit number assigned to an IXC that identifies that carrier's
traffic.
"Centralized Message Distribution System" is a national
system, that Local Exchange Carriers use to exchange Exchange
Message Interface (EMI) formatted data among host companies.
"Commission" is defined as the appropriate regulatory agency
in each of BellSouth's nine state region, Alabama, Florida,
Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Tennessee.
"Common Channel Signaling" or "CCS" means a method of
exchanging call set-up and network control data over a digital
signaling network fully separate from the Public Switched
Network that carries the actual call.
"Customer Local Area Signaling Services" or "CLASS" is a set
of call management service features consisting of number
translation such as call forwarding and caller identification,
available within a the Local Access and Transport Area
("LATA").
"Digital Service - Level 0" or "DS-0" means the 64 Kbps
zero-level signal in the time division multiplex hierarchy.
"Digital Service - Level 1" or "DS-1" means the 1.544 Mbps in
the time division multiplex hierarchy.
"Digital Service - Level 3" or "DS-3" means the 44.736 Mbps
in the time division multiplex hierarchy.
"Exchange Message Interface" is the nationally administered
standard format for the exchange of data among the Exchange
Carriers within the telecommunications industry.
"Exchange Access" means the offering by a LEC of services or
facilities to an IXC for the purpose of the origination or
termination of telephone toll services.
"Feature Group A" or "FGA" means FGA interexchange access as
defined in BellSouth's FCC Tariff No. 1.
"Feature Group B" or "FGB" means FGB interexchange access as
defined in BellSouth's FCC Tariff No. 1.
"Feature Group D" or "FGD" means FGD interexchange access as
defined in BellSouth's FCC Tariff No. 1.
"Interconnection" is the linking of the BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom networks for the mutual exchange of traffic as
described in Attachment 3 of this Agreement.
"Point of Interconnection" or "POI" is as described in
Attachment 3 of this Agreement.
"Interexchange Carrier" or "IXC" means a provider of
interexchange telecommunications services.
"Local Exchange Carrier" or "LEC" is as defined in the Act.
"Local Exchange Routing Guide" or "LERG" means a Telcordia
administered product that is used by LECs and IXCs to identify
NPA-NXX routing and homing information as well as Network
Element and equipment designations.
"Local Interconnection" is defined as 1) the delivery of
local traffic to be terminated on each Party's local network
so that end users of either Party have the ability to reach
end users of the other Party without the use of any access
code or substantial delay in the processing of the call; 2)
the LEC unbundled network features, functions, and
capabilities set forth in this Agreement; and 3) Service
Provider Number Portability sometimes referred to as temporary
telephone number portability to be implemented pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.
"Local Access and Transport Area" or "LATA" means one of the
contiguous geographic areas established pursuant to the AT&T
Consent Decree to define the permitted operating regions of
the RBOCs prior to the enactment of the Telecommunications Act
of 1996.
"Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing" or ("MECAB") means
the document prepared by the Billing Committee of the Ordering
and Billing Forum ("OBF"), which functions under the auspices
of the Carrier Liaison Committee of the Alliance for
Telecommunications Industry Solutions ("ATIS") and by Bellcore
as Special Report SR-BDS-000983, Containing the recommended
guidelines for the billing of Exchange Service access provided
by two or more LECs and/or CLECs or by one LEC in two or more
states within a single LATA.
"Network Element" defined to mean a facility or equipment
used in the provision of a telecommunications service. Such
term may include, but is not limited to, features, functions,
and capabilities that are provided by means of such facility
or equipment, including but not limited to, subscriber
numbers, databases, signaling systems, and information
sufficient for billing and collection or used in the
transmission, routing, or other provision of a
telecommunications service.
"Numbering Plan Area" or " NPA" is also sometimes referred to
as an area code. This is the three digit indicator which is
defined by the "A", "B", and "C" digits of each "digit"
telephone number within the North American Numbering Plan
("NANP"). Each NPA contains 800 Possible NXX Codes. At
present, there are two general categories of NPA, "Geographic
NPAs" and "Non-Geographic NPAS" . A "Geographic NPA" is
associated with a defined geographic area, and all telephone
numbers bearing such NPA are associated with services provided
within that Geographic area. A "Non-Geographic NPA", also
known as a "Service Access Code" (SAC Code) is typically
associated with a specialized telecommunications service which
may be provided across multiple geographic NPA areas; 500,
800, 9100, 700, and 888 are examples of Non-Geographic NPAS.
"NXX", "NXX Code", "Central Office Code" or "CO Code" is the
three digit switch entity indicator which is defined by the
"D", "E", and "F" digits of a 10-digit telephone number within
the North American Numbering Plan, or as otherwise defined by
the appropriate regulatory authority.
"Percent Of Interstate Usage" of "PIU" is defined as a factor
to be applied to terminating access services minutes of use to
obtain those minutes that should be rated as interstate access
services minutes of use. The numerator includes all interstate
"non-intermediary" minutes of use, including interstate
minutes of use that are forwarded due to service provider
number portability less any interstate minutes of use for
Terminating Party Pays services, such as 800 Services. The
denominator includes all "non-intermediary", local,
interstate, intrastate, toll and access minutes of use
adjusted for service provider number portability less all
minutes attributable to terminating Party pays services
"Percent Local Usage" or "PLU" is defined as a factor to be
applied to intrastate terminating minutes of use. The
numerator shall include all "non-intermediary" local minutes
of use adjusted for those minutes of use that only apply local
due to Service Provider Number Portability. The denominator is
the total intrastate minutes of use including local,
intrastate toll, and access, adjusted for Service Provider
Number Portability less intrastate terminating Party pays
minutes of use.
"Rate Center" identifies the specific geographic point within
an Exhange area which is associated with one or more
particular NPA-NXX Codes which have been assigned to a LEC (or
CLEC) for the provision of Telephone Exchange Services. The
Rate Center vertical and horizontal coordinates are used in
the toll message rating process to measure distances between
Rate Centers.
"Revenue Accounting Office ("XXX") Status Company" is a local
exchange company/alternate local exchange company that has
been assigned a unique XXX code. Message data exchanged among
XXX status companies is grouped (i.e. packed) according to
From/To/Xxxx XXX combinations.
"Transit Traffic Service" is as described in Attachment 3 of
this Agreement.
"Wire Center" denotes a building or space within a building
which serves as an aggregation point on a given carrier's
network, where transmission facilities and circuits are
connected and/or switched.
ATTACHMENT 1
RESALE
Attachment 1
Page 1
RESALE
1.0 DISCOUNT RATES
ITC/\DeltaCom may purchase all retail Telecommunications Services
provided by BellSouth. The price, or wholesale discount for these
Telecommunications Services shall be the retail rates reduced by the
wholesale discount rate established by the appropriate state public
utility commission. The wholesale discount shall be as set forth in
Exhibit A, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
2.0 DEFINITION OF TERMS
2.1 CUSTOMER OF RECORD means the entity responsible for placing
application for service; requesting additions, rearrangements,
maintenance or discontinuance of service; payment in full of charges
incurred such as non-recurring, monthly recurring, toll, directory
assistance, etc.
2.2 DEPOSIT means assurance provided by a customer in the form of cash,
surety bond or bank letter of credit to be held by BellSouth.
2.3 END USER means the ultimate user of the telecommunications services.
2.4 END USER CUSTOMER LOCATION means the physical location of the premises
where an end user makes use of the telecommunications services.
2.5 NEW SERVICES means functions, features or capabilities that are not
currently offered by BellSouth. This includes packaging of existing
services or combining a new function, feature or capability with an
existing service.
2.6 COMPETITIVE LOCAL EXCHANGE COMPANY (CLEC) means a telephone company
certificated by the public service commissions of BellSouth's
franchised area to provide local exchange service within BellSouth's
franchised area.
2.7 RESALE means an activity wherein a certificated CLEC, such as
ITC/\DeltaCom subscribes to the telecommunications services of
BellSouth and then reoffers those telecommunications services to the
public (with or without "adding value").
2.8 RESALE SERVICE AREA means the area, as defined in a public service
commission approved certificate of operation, within which an CLEC,
such as ITC/\DeltaCom, may offer resold local exchange
telecommunications service.
3.0 GENERAL PROVISIONS
3.1 ITC/\DeltaCom may resell the tariffed local exchange and toll
telecommunications services of BellSouth contained in the General
Subscriber Service Tariff and Private Line Service Tariff subject to
the terms, and conditions specifically set forth herein.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the exclusions and limitations on
services available for resale will be as set forth in Exhibit B,
attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 2
3.2 BellSouth shall make available telecommunications services for resale
at the rates set forth in Exhibit A to this agreement and subject to
the exclusions and limitations set forth in Exhibit B to this
agreement. Neither Party waives its right to appeal or otherwise
challenge any decision regarding resale that resulted in the discount
rates contained in Exhibit A or the exclusions and limitations
contained in Exhibit B. Both Parties reserve the right to pursue any
and all legal and/or equitable remedies, including appeals of any
decisions. If such appeals or challenges result in changes in the
discount rates or exclusions and limitations, the parties agree that
appropriate modifications to this Agreement will be made promptly to
make its terms consistent with the outcome of the appeal.
3.3 ITC/\DeltaCom may purchase resale services from BellSouth for its own
use in operating its business. The resale discount will apply to those
services under the following conditions:
3.3.1 ITC/\DeltaCom must resell services to other end users.
3.3.2 ITC/\DeltaCom must order services through the LCSC
and/or appropriate Resale Account Teams.
3.3.3 ITC/\DeltaCom cannot be a competitive local exchange
telecommunications company for the single purpose of
selling to themselves.
3.4 The provision of services by BellSouth to ITC/\DeltaCom does not
constitute a joint undertaking for the furnishing of any service.
3.5 ITC/\DeltaCom will be the customer of record for all services
purchased from BellSouth. Except as specified herein, BellSouth will
take orders from, xxxx and expect payment from ITC/\DeltaCom for all
services.
3.6 ITC/\DeltaCom will be BellSouth's single point of contact for all
services purchased pursuant to this Agreement. BellSouth shall have no
contact with the end user except to the extent provided for herein.
3.7 BellSouth will continue to xxxx the end user for any services that the
end user specifies it wishes to receive directly from BellSouth. The
Parties shall not restrict the customer's choice of using other
telecommunications carriers and their services.
3.8 BellSouth maintains the right to serve directly any end user within
the service area of ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will continue to directly
market its own telecommunications products and services and in doing
so may establish independent relationships with end users of
ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.9 Neither Party shall interfere with the right of any person or entity
to obtain service directly from the other Party. Neither Party, its
employees, and its subcontractors shall make disparaging comments
regarding the other Party or its services to end users.
3.10 For the purpose of the resale of BellSouth's telecommunications
services by ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will provide ITC/\DeltaCom with
an on line access to telephone numbers for reservation on a first come
first serve basis. Such reservations of telephone numbers, on a pre-
ordering basis shall be for a period of nine (9) days. ITC/\DeltaCom
acknowledges that there may be instances where there is a shortage of
telephone numbers in a particular Common Language Location Identifier
Code (CLLIC) and in such instances BellSouth may request that
ITC/\DeltaCom cancel its reservations of numbers. ITC/\DeltaCom shall
comply with such request.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 3
3.11 Further, upon ITC/\DeltaCom's request, and for the purpose of the
resale of BellSouth's telecommunications services by ITC/\DeltaCom,
BellSouth will reserve up to 100 telephone numbers per CLLIC, for
ITC/\DeltaCom's sole use. Such telephone number reservations shall be
valid for ninety (90) days from the reservation date. ITC/\DeltaCom
acknowledges that there may be instances where there is a shortage of
telephone numbers in a particular CLLIC and in such instances
BellSouth shall use its best efforts to reserve for a ninety (90) day
period a sufficient quantity of ITC/\DeltaCom's reasonable need in
that particular CLLIC.
3.12 ITC/\DeltaCom may resell BellSouth services only within the specific
resale service area as defined in its certificate(s) of authority as a
local telecommunications carrier.
3.13 911- BellSouth shall provide to ITC/\DeltaCom 911 emergency call
routing services at parity with BellSouth.
3.14 Customer Service Functions-Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom shall be the single point of contact for all
ITC/\DeltaCom end users.
3.15 BellSouth shall refer all questions regarding ITC/\DeltaCom service or
product directly to ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth shall use its best
efforts to ensure that all BellSouth representatives who receive
inquiries regarding ITC/\DeltaCom services do not in any way disparage
or discriminate against ITC/\DeltaCom or its products or services.
3.16 The same quality standards that BellSouth requires of its employees
when contacting BellSouth end users (e.g. honesty, respect, and
courtesy) shall apply when its employees are in contact with
ITC/\DeltaCom end users.
4.0 RESTRICTIONS ON PROVISION OF SERVICE
4.1 Service is furnished subject to the condition that it will not be used
for any unlawful purpose.
4.2 Service will be discontinued if any law enforcement agency advises
that the service being used is in violation of the law.
4.3 BellSouth can refuse service when it has grounds to believe that
service will be used in violation of the law.
4.4 BellSouth accepts no responsibility to any person for any unlawful act
committed by ITC/\DeltaCom or its end users as part of providing
service to ITC/\DeltaCom for purposes of resale or otherwise.
4.5 The characteristics and methods of operation of any circuits,
facilities or equipment provided by any person or entity other than
BellSouth shall not:
4.5.1 Interfere with or impair service over any facilities of
BellSouth, its affiliates, or its connecting and concurring carriers
involved in its service;
4.5.2 Cause damage to BellSouth's plant;
4.5.3 Impair the privacy of any communications; or
4.5.4 Create hazards to any employees or the public.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 4
4.6 Current telephone numbers may normally be retained by the end user.
ITC/\DeltaCom has no property right to the telephone number or any
other call number designation associated with services furnished by
BellSouth, and no right to the continuance of service through any
particular central office. BellSouth reserves the right to change such
numbers, or the central office designation associated with such
numbers, or both, whenever BellSouth deems it necessary to do so in
the conduct of its business any such changes will be implemented in a
nondiscriminatory manner.
4.7 No patent, copyright, trademark or other proprietary right is
licensed, granted or otherwise transferred by this Agreement.
ITC/\DeltaCom is strictly prohibited from any use, including but not
limited to sales, marketing or advertising, of any BellSouth name or
trademark.
5.0 BELLSOUTH'S PROVISION OF SERVICES TO ITC/\DELTACOM
5.1 ITC/\DeltaCom agrees that its resale of BellSouth services shall be as
follows:
5.1.1 The resale of telecommunications services shall be limited to users
and uses conforming to the class of service restrictions.
5.1.2 Hotel and Hospital PBX service are the only telecommunications
services available for resale to Hotel/Motel and Hospital end users,
respectively. Similarly, Access Line Service for Customer Provided
Coin Telephones is the only local service available for resale to
Independent Payphone Provider (IPP) customers. Shared Tenant Service
customers can only be sold those telecommunications services available
in BellSouth Shared Tenant Service Tariff
5.1.3 ITC/\DeltaCom is prohibited from furnishing both flat and measured
rate service on the same business premises to the same subscribers
(end users) as stated in A2 of BellSouth's Tariff except for backup
service as indicated in the applicable state tariff Section A3.
5.2 BellSouth reserves the right to periodically audit services purchased
by ITC/\DeltaCom to establish authenticity of use. Such audit shall
not occur more than once in a calendar year. ITC/\DeltaCom shall make
any and all records and data available to BellSouth or BellSouth's
auditors on a reasonable basis. BellSouth shall bear the cost of said
audit.
5.3 Resold services can only be used in the same manner as specified in
BellSouth's Tariff. Resold services are subject to the same terms and
conditions as are specified for such services when furnished to an
individual end user of BellSouth in the appropriate section of
BellSouth's Tariffs. Specific tariff features, e.g. a usage allowance
per month, shall not be aggregated across multiple resold services.
Resold services cannot be used to aggregate traffic from more than one
end user customer except as specified in BellSouth's Tariff referring
to Shared Tenant Service
5.4 BellSouth may provide any service or facility for which a charge is
not established herein, as long as it is offered on the same terms to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
5.5 White page directory listings will be provided in accordance with
Section 4 of the General Terms and Conditions and with the regulations
set forth in Section A6 of the General Subscriber Service Tariff.
5.6 Where available to BellSouth's end users, BellSouth shall provide the
following telecommunications services at a discount to allow for voice
mail services:
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 5
- Simplified Message Desk Interface - Enhanced ("SMDI-E")
- Simplified Message Desk Interface ("SMDI") Message Waiting
Indicator ("MWI") stutter dialtone and message waiting light
feature capabilities.
- Call Forward on Busy/Don't Answer ("CF-B/DA")
- Call Forward on Busy ("CF/B")
- Call Forward Don't Answer ("CF/DA")
Further, BellSouth messaging services set forth in BellSouth's
Messaging Service Information Package shall be made available for
resale without the wholesale discount.
5.7 BellSouth's Inside Wire Maintenance Service Plan may be made available
for resale at rates, terms and conditions as set forth by BellSouth
and without the wholesale discount.
5.8 BellSouth will provide customer record information to ITC/\DeltaCom
provided ITC/\DeltaCom has either executed a blanket agency agreement
or has the appropriate Letter(s) of Authorization. BellSouth shall
provide customer record information via an electronic interface and in
accordance with the provisions of Attachment 6.
5.9 Telephone numbers transmitted via any resold service feature are
intended solely for the use of the end user of the feature. Resale of
this information is prohibited.
6.0 OPERATIONS SUPPORT SYSTEMS FUNCTIONS
6.1 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom advance notice of changes to the
prices, terms, and conditions for Resale in accordance with the
provisions of Section 20.3 of the General Terms and Conditions.
BellSouth provides electronic access to customer record information.
Access is provided through the Local Exchange Navigation System
(LENS), and the Telecommunications Access Gateway (TAG). Customer
Record Information includes but is not limited to, customer specific
information in XXXX and RSAG. ITC/\DeltaCom agrees not to view, copy
or otherwise obtain access to the customer record information of any
customer without that customer's permission and only in accordance
with applicable federal and state regulations.
6.2 As provided in Section 3 of the General Terms and Conditions and
Attachment 6, BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom, at its request,
non-discriminatory access to BellSouth's OSS functions for
pre-ordering, ordering, provisioning, maintenance and repair, and
billing. Such OSS functions shall be equal in quality and provisioned
with the same timeliness as provided by BellSouth to itself or to any
Subsidiary, Affiliate or any other Telecommunications Carrier to which
BellSouth provides the OSS functions.
6.3 Charges for use of OSS shall be as set forth in Exhibit A of this
Attachment and in Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
7.0 MAINTENANCE OF SERVICES
7.1 ITC/\DeltaCom will adopt and adhere to the standards contained in the
applicable BellSouth Work Center Interface Agreement regarding
maintenance and installation of service.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 6
7.2 Services resold under BellSouth's Tariffs and facilities and equipment
provided by BellSouth shall be maintained by BellSouth
7.3 ITC/\DeltaCom or its end users may not rearrange, move, disconnect,
remove or attempt to repair any facilities owned by BellSouth, other
than by connection or disconnection to any interface means used,
except with the written consent of BellSouth.
7.4 ITC/\DeltaCom accepts responsibility to notify BellSouth of situations
that arise that may result in a service problem.
7.5 ITC/\DeltaCom will be BellSouth's single point of contact for all
repair calls on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom's end users. The parties agree
to promptly provide one another with toll-free contact numbers for
such purposes.
7.6 ITC/\DeltaCom will contact the appropriate repair centers in
accordance with reasonable procedures established by BellSouth
7.7 For all repair requests, ITC/\DeltaCom accepts responsibility for
adhering to BellSouth's reasonable prescreening guidelines prior to
referring the trouble to BellSouth.
7.8 BellSouth will xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom for handling troubles that are found
not to be in BellSouth's network pursuant to its standard time and
material charges. The standard time and material charges will be no
more than what BellSouth charges to its retail customers for the same
services.
7.9 BellSouth reserves the right to contact ITC/\DeltaCom's customers, if
deemed necessary, for maintenance purposes.
7.10 Facilities and/or equipment utilized by BellSouth to provide service
to ITC/\DeltaCom remain the property of BellSouth.
8.0 ESTABLISHMENT OF SERVICE
8.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom has not already done so, after receiving
certification as a local exchange company from the appropriate
regulatory agency, ITC/\DeltaCom will provide the appropriate Company
service center the necessary documentation to enable BellSouth to
establish a master account for ITC/\DeltaCom. Such documentation shall
include the Application for Master Account, proof of authority to
provide telecommunications services, an Operating Company Number
("OCN") assigned by the National Exchange Carriers Association
("NECA") and a tax exemption certificate, if applicable. BellSouth.
8.2 Service orders will be in a standard format designated by BellSouth.
8.3 BellSouth will not require end user confirmation prior to establishing
service for ITC/\DeltaCom's end user customer. ITC/\DeltaCom must,
however, be able to demonstrate end user authorization upon request.
8.4 ITC/\DeltaCom will be the single point of contact with BellSouth for
all subsequent ordering activity resulting in additions or changes to
resold services except that BellSouth will accept a request directly
from the end user for conversion of the end user's service from
ITC/\DeltaCom to BellSouth or will accept a request from another CLEC
for conversion of the end user's service from ITC/\DeltaCom to the
other LEC. BellSouth will promptly notify ITC/\DeltaCom that such a
request has been processed.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 7
8.5 If BellSouth determines that an unauthorized change in local service
to ITC/\DeltaCom has occurred, BellSouth will reestablish service with
the appropriate local service provider. If BellSouth determines that
ITC/\DeltaCom has initiated the unauthorized change, the unauthorized
change charge described in F.C.C. Tariff No. 1, Section 13 will be
assessed. Appropriate nonrecurring charges, as set forth in Section
A4. of the General Subscriber Service Tariff, will also be assessed to
ITC/\DeltaCom. These charges shall be credited if ITC/\DeltaCom
provides proof of authorization or if it is determined that BellSouth
or another LEC other than ITC/\DeltaCom is the source of the error.
8.6 BellSouth shall take orders for resale from ITC/\DeltaCom provided the
deposit requirements of Section 1.11 of Attachment 7 to this Agreement
are met.
8.7 The Parties will adopt and adhere to the BellSouth guidelines
associated with each method of providing customer record information.
9.0 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE
9.1 BellSouth shall provide Resale Services to ITC/\DeltaCom (i) in
accordance with Attachment 10 hereto and (ii) as required by the FCC
or the applicable State Commission.
10. RESALE OF CUSTOMER SPECIFIC ARRANGEMENTS
10.1 BellSouth shall make available CSAs for resale as provided in Exhibits
A and B to this Attachment. In cases where ITC/\DeltaCom resells an
existing CSA, BellSouth will not impose any termination charges on the
end user or on ITC/\DeltaCom provided that ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to
execute a mutually acceptable assumption letter and thereafter abides
by the terms of the CSA.
11. PAYMENT AND BILLING ARRANGEMENTS
11.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom has not already done so, prior to submitting orders
to BellSouth for local service, a master account must be established
for ITC/\DeltaCom. ITC/\DeltaCom is required to provide the following
before a master account is established: proof of PSC/PUC
certification, the Application for Master Account, an Operating
Company Number ("OCN") assigned by the National Exchange Carriers
Association ("NECA") and a tax exemption certificate, if applicable.
11.2 BellSouth shall xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom on a current basis all applicable
charges and credits.
11.3 Payment of all charges will be the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall make payment to BellSouth for all services billed.
BellSouth is not responsible for payments not received by
ITC/\DeltaCom from ITC/\DeltaCom's customer. BellSouth will not become
involved in billing disputes that may arise between ITC/\DeltaCom and
its customer. Payments made to BellSouth as payment on account will be
credited to an accounts receivable master account and not to an end
user's account.
11.4 BellSouth will render bills each month on established xxxx days for
each of ITC/\DeltaCom's accounts.
11.5 BellSouth will xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom, in advance, charges for all
services to be provided during the ensuing billing period except
charges associated with service usage, which charges will be billed in
arrears. Charges will be calculated on an individual end user account
level, including, if applicable, any charges for usage or usage
allowances. BellSouth will also xxxx all charges, including but not
limited to 911 and E911
North Carolina
Attachment 1 Page 2 charges, and telecommunications relay charges and
other taxes and fees in accordance with applicable laws, orders and
regulations.
11.6 The payment will be due by the next xxxx date (i.e., same date in the
following month as the xxxx date) and is payable in immediately
available funds. Payment is considered to have been made when received
by BellSouth.
11.7 If the payment due date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday which is
observed on a Monday, the payment due date shall be the first
non-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday. If the payment due
date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which is observed on Tuesday,
Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday, the payment due date shall be the last
non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or Holiday. If payment is not
received by the payment due date, a late payment charge, as set forth
in BellSouth's tariffs, shall apply.
11.8 If ITC/\DeltaCom requests multiple billing media or additional copies
of bills, BellSouth will provide these at an appropriate charge to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
12. BILLING DISPUTES
12.1 Each Party agrees to notify the other Party upon the discovery of a
billing dispute. In the event of a billing dispute, the Parties will
endeavor to resolve the dispute within sixty (60) calendar days of the
Xxxx Date on which such disputed charges appear. Resolution of the
dispute is expected to occur at the first level of management
resulting in a recommendation for settlement of the dispute and
closure of a specific billing period. If the issues are not resolved
within the allotted time frame, the following resolution procedure
will begin:
12.1.1 If the dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days of the
Xxxx Date, the dispute will be escalated to the second level of
management for each of the respective Parties for resolution. If the
dispute is not resolved within ninety (90) days of the Xxxx Date, the
dispute will be escalated to the third level of management for each of
the respective Parties for resolution.
12.1.2 If the dispute is not resolved within one hundred and twenty
(120) days of the Xxxx Date, the dispute will be escalated to the
fourth level of management for each of the respective Parties for
resolution.
12.1.3 If a Party disputes a charge and does not pay such charge by
the payment due date, such charges shall be subject to late payment
charges as set forth in the Late Payment Charges provision of this
Attachment. If a Party disputes charges and the dispute is resolved in
favor of such Party, the other Party shall credit the xxxx of the
disputing Party for the amount of the disputed charges along with any
late payment charges assessed no later than the second Xxxx Date after
the resolution of the dispute. Accordingly, if a Party disputes
charges and the dispute is resolved in favor of the other Party, the
disputing Party shall pay the other Party the amount of the disputed
charges and any associated late payment charges assessed no later than
the second xxxx payment due date after the resolution of the dispute.
In no event, however, shall any late payment charges be assessed on
any previously assessed late payment charges.
12.2 Upon proof of tax exempt certification from ITC/\DeltaCom, the total
amount billed to ITC/\DeltaCom will not include any taxes due from the
end user. ITC/\DeltaCom will be solely responsible for the
computation, tracking, reporting and payment of all federal, state
and/or local jurisdiction taxes associated with the services resold to
the end user.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 9
12.3 As the customer of record, ITC/\DeltaCom will be responsible for, and
remit to the BellSouth, all charges applicable to its resold services
for emergency services (E911 and 911) and Telecommunications Relay
Service (TRS) as well as any other charges of a similar nature.
12.4 If any portion of the payment is received by BellSouth after the
payment due date as set forth preceding, or if any portion of the
payment is received by BellSouth in funds that are not immediately
available to BellSouth, then a late payment penalty shall be due to
BellSouth. The late payment penalty shall be the portion of the
payment not received by the payment due date times a late factor. The
late factor shall be as set forth in Section A2 of the General
Subscriber Service Tariff and Section B2 of the Private Line Service
Tariff.
12.5 Any switched access charges associated with interexchange carrier
access to the resold local exchange lines will be billed by, and due
to, BellSouth. No additional charges are to be assessed to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
12.6 BellSouth will not perform billing and collection services for
ITC/\DeltaCom as a result of the execution of this Agreement. All
requests for billing services should be referred to the appropriate
entity or operational group within BellSouth.
12.7 Pursuant to 47 CFR Section 51.617, BellSouth will xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom
end user common line charges identical to the end user common line
charges BellSouth bills its end users.
12.8 In general, BellSouth will not become involved in disputes between
ITC/\DeltaCom and ITC/\DeltaCom's end user customers over resold
services. If a dispute does arise that cannot be settled without the
involvement of BellSouth, ITC/\DeltaCom shall contact the designated
Service Center for resolution. BellSouth will make every effort to
assist in the resolution of the dispute and will work with
ITC/\DeltaCom to resolve the matter in as timely a manner as possible.
ITC/\DeltaCom may be required to submit documentation to substantiate
the claim.
13. DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE
13.1 The procedures for discontinuing service to an end user are as
follows:
13.1.1. Where possible, BellSouth will deny service to ITC/\DeltaCom's
end user on behalf of, and at the request of, ITC/\DeltaCom.
Upon restoration of the end user's service, restoral charges
will apply and will be the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom. If
within fifteen days after an end user's service has been
denied no contact has been made in reference to restoring
service, the end user's service will be disconnected.
13.1.2. At the request of ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will disconnect a
ITC/\DeltaCom end user customer.
13.1.3. All requests by ITC/\DeltaCom for denial or disconnection of
an end user for nonpayment must be in writing or via the
electronic interface established pursuant to Attachment 6 to
the Agreement.
13.1.4 ITC/\DeltaCom will be made solely responsible for notifying
the end user of the proposed disconnection of the service.
13.1.5 BellSouth will continue to process calls made to the Annoyance
Call Center and will advise ITC/\DeltaCom when it is
determined that annoyance calls are originated from one of
their end user's locations. BellSouth shall be indemnified,
defended and held harmless by ITC/\DeltaCom
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 2
and/or the end user against any claim, loss or damage arising
from providing this information to ITC/\DeltaCom. It is the
responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom to take the corrective action
necessary with its customers who make annoying calls. Failure
to do so will result in BellSouth's disconnecting the end
user's service.
13.2 The procedures for discontinuing service to ITC/\DeltaCom are as
follows:
13.2.1 BellSouth reserves the right to suspend or terminate service
for nonpayment or in the event of prohibited, unlawful or
improper use of the facilities or service, abuse of the
facilities, or any other violation or noncompliance by
ITC/\DeltaCom of the rules and regulations of BellSouth's
Tariffs.
13.2.2 If payment of account is not received by the xxxx xxx in the
month after the original xxxx xxx, BellSouth may provide
written notice to ITC/\DeltaCom, that additional applications
for service will be refused and that any pending orders for
service will not be completed if payment is not received by
the fifteenth day following the date of the notice. In
addition BellSouth may, at the same time, give thirty days
notice to the person designated by ITC/\DeltaCom to receive
notices of noncompliance, and discontinue the provision of
existing services to ITC/\DeltaCom at any time thereafter
subject to state and federal regulatory requirements.
13.3.3 In the case of such discontinuance, all billed charges, as
well as applicable termination charges, shall become due.
13.3.4 If BellSouth does not refuse additional applications for
service or discontinue the provision of services on the date
specified in the thirty day notice and ITC/\DeltaCom's
noncompliance continues, nothing contained herein shall
preclude BellSouth's right to refuse additional applications
for service and discontinue the provision of existing service
without further notice.
13.3.5 If payment is not received or arrangements made for payment by
the date given in the written notification, ITC/\DeltaCom's
services will be discontinued. Upon discontinuance of service
on a ITC/\DeltaCom account, service to ITC/\DeltaCom's end
users will be denied. BellSouth will also reestablish service
at the request of the end user or ITC/\DeltaCom upon payment
of the appropriate connection fee and subject to BellSouth's
normal application procedures. ITC/\DeltaCom is solely
responsible for notifying the end user of the proposed
disconnection of the service.
14. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT
Provisions for modifying the terms, rates and conditions of this
Attachment are contained in Section 16 of the General Terms and
Conditions to this Agreement.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 11
EXHIBIT A
PAGE 1
APPLICABLE DISCOUNTS
The telecommunications services available for purchase by Reseller for
the purposes of resale to Reseller end users shall be available at the following
discount off of the retail rate.
DISCOUNT*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATE RESIDENCE BUSINESS CSAS***
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ALABAMA 16.3% 16.3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FLORIDA 21.83% 16.81%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEORGIA 20.3% 17.3%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
KENTUCKY 16.79% 15.54%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOUISIANA 20.72% 20.72% 9.05%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MISSISSIPPI 15.75% 15.75%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH CAROLINA 21.5% 17.6%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SOUTH CAROLINA 14.8% 14.8% 8.98%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TENNESSEE** 16% 16%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* When ITC/\DeltaCom provides Resale service in a cross boundary area (areas
that are part of the local serving area of another state's exchange) the
rates, regulations and discounts for the tariffing state will apply.
Billing will be from the serving state.
** IN TENNESSEE, IF ITCTDELTACOM PROVIDES ITS OWN OPERATOR SERVICES AND
DIRECTORY SERVICES, THE DISCOUNT SHALL BE 21.56%. ITC/\DELTACOM MUST
PROVIDE WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO BELLSOUTH WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO
PROVIDING ITS OWN OPERATOR SERVICES AND DIRECTORY SERVICES TO QUALIFY FOR
THE HIGHER DISCOUNT RATE OF 21.56%.
*** UNLESS NOTED IN THIS COLUMN, THE DISCOUNT FOR BUSINESS WILL BE THE
APPLICABLE DISCOUNT RATE FOR CSAS.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 12
EXHIBIT A
PAGE 2
OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS) RATES
BellSouth has developed and made available the following mechanized systems by
which CLEC-1 may submit LSRs electronically.
LENS Local Exchange Navigation System
EDI Electronic Data Interchange
TAG Telecommunications Access Gateway
LSRs submitted by means of one of these interactive interfaces will incur an OSS
electronic ordering charge as specified in the Table below An individual LSR
will be identified for billing purposes by its Purchase Order Number (PON). LSRs
submitted by means other than one of these interactive interfaces (mail, fax,
courier, etc.) will incur a manual order charge as specified in the table below:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATIONAL SUPPORT ELECTRONIC MANUAL
SYSTEMS (OSS) RATES PER LSR RECEIVED FROM PER LSR RECEIVED FROM THE
THE CLEC BY ONE OF CLEC BY MEANS OTHER THAN ONE
THE OSS INTERACTIVE OF THE OSS INTERACTIVE
INTERFACES INTERFACES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS LSR CHARGE $3.50 $19.99
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USOC SOMEC XXXXX
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: IN ADDITION TO THE OSS CHARGES, APPLICABLE DISCOUNTED SERVICE ORDER AND
RELATED DISCOUNTED CHARGES APPLY PER THE TARIFF.
DENIAL/RESTORAL OSS CHARGE
In the event CLEC-1 provides a list of customers to be denied and restored,
rather than an LSR, each location on the list will require a separate PON and,
therefore will be billed as one LSR per location.
CANCELLATION OSS CHARGE
CLEC-1 will incur an OSS charge for an accepted LSR that is later canceled by
CLEC-1.
Note: Supplements or clarifications to a previously billed LSR will not incur
another OSS charge.
THRESHOLD BILLING PLAN
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 13
EXHIBIT A
PAGE 3
The Parties agree that CLEC-1 will incur the mechanized rate for all LSRs, both
mechanized and manual, if the percentage of mechanized LSRs to total LSRs meets
or exceeds the threshold percentages shown below:
Year Ratio: Mechanized/Total LSRs
2000 80%
2001 90%
The threshold plan will be discontinued in 2002.
BellSouth will track the total LSR volume for each CLEC for each quarter. At the
end of that time period, a Percent Electronic LSR calculation will be made for
that quarter based on the LSR data tracked in the LCSC. If this percentage
exceeds the threshold volume, all of that CLECs' future manual LSRs will be
billed at the mechanized LSR rate. To allow time for obtaining and analyzing the
data and updating the billing system, this billing change will take place on the
first day of the second month following the end of the quarter (e.g. May 1 for
1Q, Aug 1 for 2Q, etc.). There will be no adjustments to the amount billed for
previously billed LSRs.
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 14
EXHIBIT B
EXCLUSIONS AND LIMITATIONS
ON SERVICES AVAILABLE FOR RESALE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TYPE OF SERVICE AL FL GA KY LA MS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Resale Discount Resale Discount Resale Discount Resale Discount Resale Discount Resale Discount
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Grandfathered Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Services (Note 1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Contract Service Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Arrangements
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Promotions - (less than Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
90 Days) (Note 2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Promotions - (less than Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
90 Days) (Note 2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Lifeline/Link Up Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 4 Note 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Services
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 911/E911 Services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 N11 Services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Yes Yes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 AdWatchSM Svc (See Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Note 6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 MemoryCall(R)Service Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Mobile Services Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 Federal Subscriber Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
Line Charges
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Non-Recurring Charges Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 End User Line Charge Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No Yes No
- Number Portability
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 Public Telephone Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Access Service (PTAS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TYPE OF SERVICE NC SC TN
------------------------------------------------------
Resale Discount Resale Discount Resale Discount
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Grandfathered Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Services (Note 1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 Contract Service Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Arrangements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 Promotions - (less than Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Note 3
90 Days) (Note 2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 Promotions - (less than Yes No Yes No Yes No
90 Days) (Note 2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 Lifeline/Link Up Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Services
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 911/E911 Services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 N11 Services Yes Yes No No Yes Yes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8 AdWatchSM Svc (See Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Note 6)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 MemoryCall(R)Service Yes No Yes No Yes No
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 Mobile Services Yes No Yes No Yes No
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 Federal Subscriber Yes No Yes No Yes No
Line Charges
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 Non-Recurring Charges Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 End User Line Charge Yes No Yes No Yes No
- Number Portability
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 Public Telephone Yes Yes Yes No Yes Yes
Access Service (PTAS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPLICABLE NOTES:
1. GRANDFATHERED SERVICES can be resold only to existing subscribers
of the grandfathered service.
2. Where available for resale, PROMOTIONS will be made available
only to end users who would have qualified for the promotion had
it been provided by BellSouth directly.
3. In Tennessee, long-term PROMOTIONS (offered for more than ninety
(90) days) may be obtained at one of the following rates: (a) the
stated tariff rate, less the wholesale discount; (b) the
promotional rate (the promotional rate offered by BellSouth will
not be discounted further by the wholesale discount rate)
North Carolina
Attachment 1
Page 15
EXHIBIT B
4. LIFELINE/LINK UP services may be offered only to those
subscribers who meet the criteria that BellSouth currently
applies to subscribers of these services as set forth in Sections
A3 and A4 of the BellSouth General Subscriber Services Tariff.
5. Some of BellSouth's local exchange and toll telecommunications
services are not available in certain central offices and areas.
6. AdWatchSM Service is tariffed as BellSouth(R)AIN Virtual Number
Call Detail Service.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 1
ATTACHMENT 2
UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction..............................................................3
2. UNBUNDLED LOOPS...........................................................4
3. INTEGRATED DIGITAL LOOP CARRIERS.........................................11
4. NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE ................................................11
5. UNBUNDLED LOOP CONCENTRATION (ULC) SYSTEM ...............................12
6. SUB-LOOP ELEMENTS........................................................13
7. LOCAL SWITCHING..........................................................18
8. TRANSPORT................................................................23
9. TANDEM SWITCHING.........................................................29
10. Operator Systems.........................................................31
11. SIGNALING................................................................38
12. Signaling Transfer Points (STPS).........................................40
13. Service Control Points/Databases.........................................44
14. DARK FIBER...............................................................52
15. SS7 NETWORK INTERCONNECTION .............................................53
16. BASIC 911 AND E911.......................................................57
17. RATES....................................................................59
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 3
ACCESS TO UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BellSouth shall, upon request of ITC/\DeltaCom, and to the extent
technically feasible, provide to ITC/\DeltaCom access to its
unbundled network elements for the provision of ITC/\DeltaCom's
telecommunications service. If no rate is identified in the contract,
the rate for the specific service or function will be as set forth in
applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated by the parties upon
request by either party. Services cannot be charged as unbundled
network elements; for example, ordering services from the tariff to a
point collocated in a Central Office shall not incur UNE local loop
or cross connect charges. At ITC/\DeltaCom's option, access services
may be ordered to the collocation space.
1.2 ITC/\DeltaCom may purchase unbundled network elements from BellSouth
for use in any manner ITC/\DeltaCom chooses to provide
telecommunication services to its intended users, including
recreating existing BellSouth services. With the exception of the
sub-loop elements which are located outside of the central office,
BellSouth shall deliver the unbundled network elements purchased by
ITC/\DeltaCom for combining to the designated ITC/\DeltaCom
collocation space. The unbundled network elements shall be provided
as set forth in this Attachment.
1.3 BellSouth will provide the following combined unbundled network
elements for purchase by ITC/\DeltaCom. The rate of the following
combined unbundled network elements is the sum of the individual
element prices as set forth in this Attachment. Order Coordination as
defined in Section 2 of Attachment 2 of this Agreement is available
for each of these combinations. Order Coordination for combinations
listed below involving an SL1 loop is available only at an additional
charge:
o loop and cross connect
o Port and cross connect
o Port and cross connect and vertical features
o Port and cross connect and common transport
o Port and cross connect and common transport and vertical
features
o Port and vertical features o Loop with loop channelization
(inside central office)
o Loop with loop channelization (inside central office) and LNP
o Port and common transport
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 4
o Loop and LNP
The Parties agree that on an interim basis, subject to the Parties'
agreement as to a permanent solution regarding BellSouth's provision
of extended loops (also known as enhanced extended links or EELs) to
ITC/\DeltaCom, or subject to further Commission or FCC order
regarding EELs, the Parties will comply with the terms of the
Commission's order in Docket No. P-500, Sub 10 relating to EELs.
1.4 BellSouth shall comply with the requirements as set forth in the
technical references within Attachment 2 to the extent that they are
consistent with the greater of BellSouth's actual performance or
applicable industry standards.
1.5 In the event that any effective legislative, regulatory, judicial or
other legal action modifies or redefines the "Network Elements" in a
manner which materially affects the terms of this Attachment or the
Network Elements and/or prices set forth herein, either Party may, on
thirty (30) days written notice, require renegotiation of such terms,
and the Parties shall renegotiate in good faith such new terms in
accordance with such legislative, regulatory, judicial or other legal
action. In the event such new terms are not renegotiated within
ninety (90) days after the notice for renegotiation, either party may
petition the Commission for resolution of the dispute between the
Parties. Each Party reserves the right to seek judicial review of any
Commission ruling concerning this Attachment.
1.6 Performance Measurements associated with this Attachment 2 are
contained in Attachment 10.
2. UNBUNDLED LOOPS
2.1 BellSouth agrees to offer access to unbundled loops pursuant to the
following terms and conditions and at the rates set forth in this
Attachment.
2.2 DEFINITION
2.2.1 The loop is the physical medium or functional path on which a
subscriber's traffic is carried from the MDF or similar terminating
device in a central office up to the termination at the NID at the
customer's premise. Each unbundled loop will be provisioned with a
NID.
2.2.2 The provisioning of loops to ITC/\DeltaCom will require cross-office
cabling and cross-connections within the central office to connect
the loop
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 5
to a local switch or to other transmission equipment in collocation
space. These cross-connects are a separate element and are not
considered a part of the loop.
2.2.2.1 BellSouth Order Coordination referenced in this Attachment includes
two types: "Order Coordination" and "Order Coordination - Time
Specific."
2.2.2.2 "Order Coordination" (also known as Manual Order Coordination) refers
to standard BellSouth service order coordination involving SL2 and
4-wire voice loops and all digital loops. Order coordination for
physical conversions will be scheduled at BellSouth's discretion
during normal working hours on the committed due date and
ITC/\DeltaCom advised.
2.2.2.3 "Order Coordination - Time Specific" (also known as Order
Coordination - Time Specific) refers to service order coordination in
which ITC/\DeltaCom requests a specific time for a service order
conversion to take place. Loops on a single service order of 14 or
more loops will be provisioned on a project basis. OC-TS is a
chargeable option in addition to any applicable OC charge.
ITC/\DeltaCom may specify a time between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m.
Monday through Friday. If ITC/\DeltaCom specifies a time outside this
window, or selects a time or quantity of loops that requires
BellSouth technicians to work outside normal work hours, overtime
charges will apply in addition to the OC-TS charges.
2.2.2.4 Where facilities are available, BellSouth will install unbundled
loops within a 5-7 business days interval. For orders of 14 or more
unbundled loops, the installation will be handled on a project basis
and the intervals will be set by the BellSouth project manager for
that order. Said interval will be set in a reasonable manner and in
accordance with any required extra work times. Some unbundled loops
require a Service Inquiry (SI) to determine if facilities are
available prior to issuing the order. The interval for the SI process
is separate from the installation interval. For expedite requests by
ITC/\DeltaCom, expedite charges will apply for intervals less than 5
days. The charges outlined in XxxxXxxxx'x XXX # 0 Xxxxxx, Xxxxxxx
5.1.1, will apply. If ITC/\DeltaCom cancels an order for UNE
services, any costs incurred by BellSouth in conjunction with the
provisioning of that order will be recovered in accordance with FCC
#1 Tariff, Section 5.4."
2.2.3 BellSouth will offer Unbundled Voice Loops (UVL) in two different
service levels - Service Level One (SL1) and Service Level Two (SL2).
SL1 loops will be non-designed, and will not have test points. Order
Coordination (OC) and/or engineering information/circuit make-up data
will be chargeable options. Upon issuance of an order in the service
order system, SL1 loops without optional Order Coordination will be
activated on the due date in the same manner and time frames that
BellSouth normally
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 6
activates POTS-type loops for its customers; provided, however, that
for loop activation in BellSouth staffed central offices, BellSouth
will use its best efforts to provide an a.m. or p.m. designation only
where loop activation requires dispatching of a BellSouth technician
and where ITC/\DeltaCom has specifically requested an a.m. or p.m.
preference for activation on the LSR. Further, for loop activation in
BellSouth central offices that are not staffed, BellSouth will use
its best efforts to provide an a.m. or p.m. designation only where
loop activation requires dispatching of a BellSouth technician and
where ITC/\DeltaCom has specifically requested a.m. or p.m.
preference for activation on the LSR. SL2 loops shall have test
points, will be designed with a Design Layout Record provided to
ITC/\DeltaCom, and will be provided with Order Coordination. The OC
feature will allow ITC/\DeltaCom to coordinate the installation of
the loop with the disconnect of an existing customer's service and/or
number portability service. In these cases, BellSouth will perform
the order conversion with standard order coordination at its
discretion during normal work hours.
2.2.4 BellSouth will also offer Unbundled Digital Loops (UDL). They will be
designed (where appropriate), will be provisioned with test points
(where appropriate), and will come standard with Order Coordination
and a Design Layout Record (DLR).
2.2.5 As a chargeable option on all unbundled loops BellSouth will offer
Order Coordination - Time Specific (OC-TS). This will allow
ITC/\DeltaCom the ability to specify the time that the coordinated
conversion takes place.
2.2.6 ITC/\DeltaCom will be responsible for testing and isolating troubles
on the unbundled loops. Once ITC/\DeltaCom has isolated a trouble to
the BellSouth provided loop, ITC/\DeltaCom will issue a trouble to
BellSouth on the loop. BellSouth will take the actions necessary to
repair the loop if a trouble actually exists. BellSouth will repair
these loops in the same time frames that BellSouth repairs similarly
situated loops to its customers
2.2.7 Either Party may charge the other for dispatching and testing of a
trouble where the trouble was found not to be in the network of the
dispatching or testing Party and the dispatching or testing Party's
equipment did not cause the dispatch. Where there is a dispute as to
the appropriateness of such charge, the Parties will meet and review
the record of repair history and determine whether the charge was
appropriate. Charges so assessed by BellSouth shall be on a time and
materials basis as set forth in BellSouth's state commission approved
tariffs. Charges so assessed by ITC/\DeltaCom shall be on a time and
materials basis as set forth in ITC/\DeltaCom's state commission
approved tariffs. If ITC/\DeltaCom does not have state commission
approved tariffs addressing such
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 7
charges, then such charges shall be assessed by ITC/\DeltaCom at the
rates set forth in BellSouth's tariffs. If the trouble which was
originally found not to be in the network of the dispatching or
testing Party is later proven to be a trouble in the dispatching or
testing Party's network, the dispatching or testing Party shall waive
or refund any such charges.
2.2.8 ORDERING PROCESS
2.2.8.1 The ordering process for unbundled loops shall proceed in accordance
with this Section 2.2.8 and Attachment 6 of this Agreement.
2.2.8.2 BellSouth shall exercise its best efforts in attempting to meet the
conversion time ITC/\DeltaCom requests through the LSR. However,
unless ITC/\DeltaCom's LSR specifies a time-specific conversion, in
which case the conversion must commence at the time indicated in the
LSR, then within forty-eight (48) to twenty-four (24) hours prior to
the date and time requested for the loop conversion in
ITC/\DeltaCom's LSR and acknowledged in BellSouth's FOC, BellSouth
may contact ITC/\DeltaCom, via telephone, to finalize a scheduled
conversion time (i.e., a specific time, on the date set forth in the
FOC) which may be different from the conversion time ITC/\DeltaCom
requested in the LSR. The scheduled conversion time shall be the time
at which the parties shall commence coordination of loop installation
with the disconnect and reconnect of an end user's service and any
number portability update. BellSouth shall not assess any additional
charges for scheduled conversion times commencing between BellSouth
normal business hours as set forth in Section 4.6.1 of Attachment 6.
2.2.8.3 At the scheduled conversion time, BellSouth shall have a sixty (60)
minute window within which it shall contact ITC/\DeltaCom to begin
the loop conversion process. Provided, however, that if ITC/\DeltaCom
requested a time-specific conversion, the conversion shall commence
at the time indicated in ITC/\DeltaCom's LSR and be completed
consistently with timeframes for time-specific conversions.
2.2.8.3.1 If either Party dispatches a technician for a loop conversion and the
other Party fails to complete the conversion at the scheduled time,
the nonperfoming Party may be charged the one (1) hour additional
engineering charges set forth in BellSouth's FCC No. 1 tariff,
Section 13.1.
2.2.8.4 After the loop conversion process commences, a coordinated loop
cutover, which shall include coordinated conversion of number
portability, shall be completed within the following time periods:
2.2.8.4.1 For single loop conversions per location, the conversion shall be
completed within fifteen (15) minutes;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 8
2.2.8.4.2 For up to ten (10) loop conversions per location, the conversion of
all loops shall be completed within sixty (60) minutes, and each
individual loop conversion shall be completed within fifteen (15)
minutes;
2.2.8.4.3 For loop conversions not exceeding thirty (30) loops per location and
not determined complex or exceptionally large, the conversion of all
loops shall be completed within one hundred and twenty (120) minutes.
All loops above a thirty loop quantity, or ten (10) loop quantity and
determined as complex (a cut that requires more operation than a
single cut point), will be negotiated by ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth
prior to the due date.
2.2.8.4.4 BellSouth agrees that upon ITC/\DeltaCom's request, for order
coordinated loop cutovers involving three (3) or more lines, at least
two lines will remain in service at all times during the conversion
process.
2.2.8.5 Where facilities for requested new services do not currently exist,
the installation intervals will be determined by BellSouth.
ITC/\DeltaCom will then be notified of the targeted due date.
BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom adequate justification and an
explanation of the unusual circumstances that caused BellSouth to be
unable to meet these commitments.
2.3 Technical Requirements
2.3.1 To the extent available within BST's Network at a particular
location, BellSouth will offer loops capable of supporting
telecommunications services such as: POTS, Centrex, basic rate ISDN,
analog PBX, voice grade private line, ADSL, HDSL, DS1 and digital
data (up to 64 kb/s). Additional services may include digital PBXs,
primary rate ISDN, xDSL, and Nx 64 kb/s. If a requested loop type is
not available, then ITC/\DeltaCom can use the Special Construction
process to request that BellSouth place facilities or otherwise
modify facilities in order to meet the ITC/\DeltaCom's request.
2.3.1.1 The loop will support the transmission, signaling, performance and
interface requirements of the services described in 2.3.1 above. It
is recognized that the requirements of different services are
different, and that a number of types or grades of loops are required
to support these services. Services provided over the loop by
ITC/\DeltaCom will be consistent with industry standards and BST's
TR73600.
2.3.1.2 In some instances, ITC/\DeltaCom will require access to a copper
twisted pair loop unfettered by any intervening equipment (e.g.,
filters, load coils,
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 9
range extenders, etc.) and/or limited amounts of bridge/end taps, so
that ITC/\DeltaCom can use the loop for a variety of services by
attaching appropriate terminal equipment at the ends. ITC/\DeltaCom
will determine the type of service that will be provided over the
loop. In some cases, ITC/\DeltaCom may be required to pay additional
charges for the removal of certain types of equipment. Unless and
until BellSouth implements a separate charge for loop conditioning,
BellSouth's Special Construction process will be used to determine
the costs and feasibility of these activities. If ITC/\DeltaCom
requests loop conditioning as described in this Section, BellSouth
will construct the loop type ordered and will maintain such loop to
the characteristics and specifications of the loop type ordered.
2.3.1.2.1 In cases in which ITC/\DeltaCom has requested that BellSouth remove
equipment from the BellSouth loop, BellSouth will no longer be
expected to maintain and repair the loop to the standards specified
for the original loop type in the TR73600 and other standards
referenced in this Agreement.
2.3.1.2.2. ITC/\DeltaCom, in performance of its obligations pursuant to the
preceding Section, shall maintain records that will reflect that
pursuant to ITC/\DeltaCom's request BellSouth has removed certain
equipment from BellSouth provided loops and as such, the loop may not
perform within the technical specifications associated with the
original loop type. ITC/\DeltaCom will not report to BellSouth
troubles on said loops where the loops are not performing within the
technical specifications of that original loop type. In the event
that ITC/\DeltaCom has requested such modifications to the loop and
troubles arise on the modified loop, BellSouth will restore the loop
only to maintain the technical characteristics of (1) electrical (DC)
continuity, (2) balance between tip and ring, and (3) resistance on
loops no longer than 18,000 feet. On loops longer than 18,000 feet,
resistance will be maintained where technically feasible.
2.3.1.2.3 In addition, ITC/\DeltaCom recognizes there may be
instances, where a loop modified in this manner may be subjected to
normal network configuration changes that may cause the circuit
characteristics to be changed and may create an outage of the service
that ITC/\DeltaCom has placed on the loop. If this occurs, BellSouth
will work cooperatively with ITC/\DeltaCom to restore the circuit to
its previous modified status as quickly as possible. ITC/\DeltaCom
will pay the Time and Materials costs associated with BellSouth's
work efforts needed to bring the loop back to its previous modified
status. BellSouth will use best efforts to prevent the occurrence of
such changes.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 10
2.3.1.3 To the extent BellSouth converts a resold service to unbundled
network elements for any telecommunications carrier, BellSouth shall
make available to ITC/\DeltaCom the same conversion for the same
services and elements on the same terms and conditions and at the
same rates, if any; provided, however that the rate for such
conversion shall not exceed those rates set forth in Attachment 11 to
this Agreement. The Parties agree that such rates are interim and
upon establishment of a permanent rate, either through negotiation or
by order of the Commission, the parties will amend this Agreement to
reflect the new rate and will true up such rate retroactively back to
the effective date of this Agreement.
2.3.1.4 BellSouth shall develop a process to identify the carrier for each
unbundled loop and establish automated intercompany referral and/or
call hand-off processes for an additional charge developed via the
BFR process. In addition, ITC/\DeltaCom may deploy DLC equipment (TR
303 compliant) in ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation space or in
ITC/\DeltaCom's network.
2.3.2 The loop shall be provided to ITC/\DeltaCom in accordance with the
following Technical References:
BellSouth's TR73600, Unbundled Local Loop Technical Specification
2.3.2.1 Bellcore TR-NWT-000057, Functional Criteria for Digital Loop Carrier
Systems, Issue 2, January 1993.
2.3.2.2 Bellcore TR-NWT-000393, Generic Requirements for ISDN Basic Access
Digital Subscriber Lines.
2.3.2.3 ANSI T1.102 - 1993, American National Standard for Telecommunications
- Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interfaces.
2.3.2.4 ANSI T1.403 - 1989, American National Standard for Telecommunications
- Carrier to Customer Installation, DS1 Metallic Interface
Specification.
2.3.2.5 ANSI T1.413 - 1998, American National Standard for Telecommunications
Network and Customer Installation Interfaces - Asymmetric Digital
Subscriber Line (ADSL) Metallic Interface.
3. INTEGRATED DIGITAL LOOP CARRIERS
To the extent technically feasible, BellSouth will make available
IDLC technology to ITC/\DeltaCom. Otherwise, where BellSouth uses
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 11
Integrated Digital Loop Carrier (IDLC) systems to provide the local
loop and BellSouth has a suitable alternate facility available,
BellSouth will make arrangements to permit ITC/\DeltaCom to order a
contiguous unbundled local loop. To the extent it is technically
feasible, these arrangements will provide ITC/\DeltaCom with the
capability to serve end users at a level that is at parity with the
level of service BellSouth provides its customers. If no alternate
facility is available, BellSouth will utilize its Special
Construction (SC) process to determine the additional costs required
to provision the loop facilities. ITC/\DeltaCom will then have the
option of paying the one-time SC rates to place the loop facilities
or ITC/\DeltaCom may chose some other method of providing service to
the end-user (e.g., Resale, private facilities, etc.).
4. NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE
4.1 DEFINITION
The Network Interface Device (NID) is a single-line termination
device or that portion of a multiple-line termination device required
to terminate a single line or circuit at the end user customer's
premises. The fundamental function of the NID is to establish the
official network demarcation point between a carrier and its end-user
customer. The NID features two independent xxxxxxxx or divisions
which separate the service provider's network from the customer's
inside wiring. Each chamber or division contains the appropriate
connection points or posts to which the service provider, and the
end-user customer each make their connections. The NID provides a
protective ground connection, and is capable of terminating cables
such as twisted pair cable.
4.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
4.2.1 The Network Interface Device shall provide a clean, accessible point
of connection for the inside wiring and for the Distribution Media
and shall maintain a connection to ground that meets the requirements
set forth below.
4.2.2 The NID shall be capable of transferring electrical analog or digital
signals between the customer's inside wiring and the Distribution
Media.
4.2.3 All NID posts or connecting points shall be in place, secure, usable
and free of any rust or corrosion. The protective ground connection
shall exist and be properly installed. The ground wire will also be
free of rust or corrosion and have continuity relative to ground.
4.2.4 The NID shall be capable of withstanding all normal local
environmental variations.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 12
4.2.5 Where feasible, the NID shall be physically accessible to
ITC/\DeltaCom designated personnel. In cases where entrance to the
customer premises is required to give access to the NID,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall obtain entrance permission directly from the
customer.
4.2.6 BellSouth shall offer the NID as a stand-alone component.
Additionally, ITC/\DeltaCom may connect its loop to any spare
capacity on the BellSouth NID. Where necessary to comply with an
effective Commission order, BellSouth will allow ITC/\DeltaCom to
disconnect the BellSouth loop from the BellSouth NID in order to
connect ITC/\DeltaCom's loop to the BellSouth NID. In these cases,
ITC/\DeltaCom accepts all liability associated with this process and
it is ITC/\DeltaCom's responsibility to make sure the disconnected
BellSouth loop is properly grounded.
4.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
4.3.1 The NID shall be equal to or better than all of the requirements for
NIDs set forth in the following technical references:
4.3.1.1 Bellcore Technical Advisory TA-TSY-000120 "Customer Premises or
Network Ground Wire";
4.3.1.2 Bellcore Generic Requirement GR-49-CORE "Generic Requirements for
Outdoor Telephone Network Interface Devices";
4.3.1.3 Bellcore Technical Requirement TR-NWT-00239 "Indoor Telephone Network
Interfaces";
4.3.1.4 Bellcore Technical Requirement TR-NWT-000937 "Generic Requirements
for Outdoor and Indoor Building Entrance"
5. UNBUNDLED LOOP CONCENTRATION (ULC) SYSTEM
5.1 BellSouth will provide to ITC/\DeltaCom unbundled loop concentration
(ULC). Loop concentration systems in the central office concentrate
the signals transmitted over local loops onto a digital loop carrier
system. The concentration device is placed inside a BellSouth central
office. BellSouth will offer ULC with a TR008 interface or a TR303
interface.
5.2 ULC will be offered in two sizes. System A will allow up to 96
BellSouth loops to be concentrated onto multiple DS1s. The high speed
connection from the concentrator will be at the electrical DS1 level
and may connect to ITC/\DeltaCom at ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation site.
System B will allow up to 192 BellSouth loops to be concentrated onto
multiple DS1s. System A may be upgraded to a System B. A minimum of
two DS1s is required for each system (i.e., System A requires two
DS1s and System B would require an additional two DS1s or four in
total ). All DS1 interfaces will
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 13
terminate to ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation space. ULC service is
offered with or without concentration and with or without protection.
A Line Interface element will be required for each unbundled loop
that is terminated onto the ULC system. Rates for ULC are as set
forth in Attachment 11.
6. SUB-LOOP ELEMENTS
6.1 Where facilities permit and where necessary to comply with an
effective Commission order, BellSouth shall offer access to its
Unbundled Sub-Loop (USL), Unbundled Sub-Loop Concentration (USLC)
System and Unbundled Network Terminating Wire (UNTW) elements.
6.2 Unbundled Sub-Loop (USL)
6.2.1 DEFINITION
6.2.1.1 Unbundled Sub-Loop provides connectivity between the NID component of
the unbundled sub-loop and the terminal block on the customer-side of
a Feeder Distribution Interface (FDI). This termination and
cross-connect field may be in the form of an outside plant
distribution closure or remote terminal. Riser Cable that extends
from BellSouth's point-of-entry into a building (e.g., equipment
closet, terminal room, etc.) to the NID on a particular floor or
office space in a multi-tenant building is also classified as a USL.
Unbundled Sub-Loops will be provisioned as 2-wire or 4-wire circuits
and will include a NID.
6.2.1.2 The Unbundled Sub-Loop will be copper twisted pair.
6.2.2 Requirements for All Unbundled Sub-Loop
6.2.2.1 Unbundled Sub-Loops shall be capable of carrying all signaling
messages or tones needed to provide telecommunications services.
Unbundled Sub-Loop shall support functions associated with
provisioning, maintenance and testing of the Unbundled Sub-Loop In
these scenarios, ITC/\DeltaCom would be required to place a cross-
box, remote terminal (RT), or other similar device and deliver a
cable to the BellSouth remote terminal or cross-box. This cable would
be connected, by a BST technician, to a cross-connect panel within
the BellSouth RT/cross-box. ITC/\DeltaCom's cable pairs can then be
connected to BST's USL within the BST cross-box by the BST
technician.
6.2.3 Interface Requirements
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 14
6.2.3.1 Unbundled Sub-Loop shall be equal to or better than each of the
applicable interface requirements set forth in the following
technical references:
6.2.3.2 Bellcore TR-NWT-000049, "Generic Requirements for Outdoor Telephone
Network Interface Devices," Issued December 1,1994;
6.3 Unbundled Sub-Loop Concentration System (USLC)
6.3.1 Where facilities permit and where necessary to comply with an
effective Commission order, BellSouth will provide to ITC/\DeltaCom
with the ability to concentrate its sub-loops onto multiple DS1s back
to the BellSouth Central Office. The DS1s will then be terminated
into ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation space. TR-008 and TR303 interface
standards are available.
6.3.2 USLC, using the Lucent Series 5 equipment, will be offered in two
different systems. System A will allow up to 96 of ITC/\DeltaCom's
sub-loops to be concentrated onto multiple DS1s. System B will allow
an additional 96 of ITC/\DeltaCom's sub-loops to be concentrated onto
multiple DS1s. One System A may be supplemented with one System B and
they both must be physically located in a single Series 5 dual
channel bank. A minimum of two DS1s is required for each system
(i.e., System A requires two DS1s and System B would require an
additional two DS1s or four in total). The DS1 level facility that
connects the RT site with the serving wire center is known as a
Feeder Interface. All DS1 Feeder Interfaces will terminate to
ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation space within the SWC that serves the RT
where ITC/\DeltaCom's sub-loops are connected. USLC service is
offered with or without concentration and with or without a
protection DS1.
6.3.3 In these scenarios ITC/\DeltaCom would be required to place a
cross-box, remote terminal (RT), or other similar device and deliver
a cable to the BellSouth remote terminal. This cable would be
connected, by a BellSouth technician, to a cross-connect panel within
the BellSouth RT/cross-box and would allow ITC/\DeltaCom's sub-loops
to then be placed on the ULSC and transported to their collocation
space at a DS1 level.
6.4 Unbundled Network Terminating Wire (UNTW)
6.4.1 BellSouth agrees to offer its Unbundled Network Terminating Wire
(UNTW) to ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to the following terms and
conditions at rates as set forth in this Attachment.
6.5 DEFINITION
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 15
UNTW is twisted copper wire that extends from BellSouth's
point-of-entry into a multi-dwelling unit (MDU) complex or
multi-tenant unit (MTU) complex to the point of demarcation at the
end-users location. The UNTW will not include a Network Interface
Device (NID).
6.6 REQUIREMENTS
6.6.1 BellSouth will retain the first pair of NTW going into each end-user
premises. BellSouth will offer spare pairs that are available to an
end-users premises to ITC/\DeltaCom. Available spare pairs are
defined as pairs that are not being utilized by BellSouth or by a
third party to provide an end-user with working service at the time
of ITC/\DeltaCom's request for UNTW. If no spare pairs are available
and the end-user is no longer using BellSouth's local service,
BellSouth will relinquish the first pair to ITC/\DeltaCom. If after
BellSouth has relinquished the first pair to ITC/\DeltaCom and the
end-user decides to change local service providers to BellSouth,
ITC/\DeltaCom will relinquish the first pair back to BellSouth.
6.6.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, should BellSouth subsequently require the
use of additional pair(s) to provide for the activation of additional lines in
an end-users premises in response to a request from such end-user, ITC/\DeltaCom
agrees to surrender their spare pair(s) upon request by BellSouth provided
ITC/\DeltaCom's working pairs will not be affected.
6.6.3 If an end-user of ITC/\DeltaCom desires to receive local exchange service
from a service provider who is not a party to this Agreement, and such third
party service provider needs access to the BellSouth UNTW to provide local
exchange service to the end user, then ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to surrender the
requisite number of its inactive spare pair(s) if no other spare pair is
available and upon request by BellSouth.
6.6.4 If ITC/\DeltaCom has placed NTW at a location and an end-user desires to
receive local exchange service from BellSouth and BellSouth needs access to
ITC/\DeltaCom's NTW to provide local exchange service to the end-user, then
ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to surrender the requisite number of its inactive spare
pair(s) upon request by BellSouth. Rates for ITC/\DeltaCom NTW furnished to
BellSouth will be reciprocal with BellSouth's rates.
6.6.5 In new construction, where possible, both parties may at their option
and with the property owner's agreement install their own NTW. In
existing construction, BellSouth shall not be required to install new
or additional NTW beyond existing NTW to provision the services of
ITC/\DeltaCom.
6.7 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
6.7.1 In these scenarios, BellSouth will connect the requested UNTW pairs
to a cross-connect panel designed for ITC/\DeltaCom access to
BellSouth's NTW. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to place a cross-box,
terminal, or other similar device and deliver a cable to this
cross-connect panel.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 16
ITC/\DeltaCom will then connect their cable to the cross-connect
panel to access the requested UNTW pairs.
6.8 PORT/LOOP COMBINATIONS
6.8.1 At ITC/\DeltaCom's request, BellSouth shall provide access
to combinations of port and loop network elements, as set
forth in Section 6.8.7 below, that are currently combined
in BellSouth's network except as specified in Sections
6.8.1.1 and 6.8.1.2 below.
6.8.1.1 BellSouth is not required to provide access to
combinations of port and loop network elements in
locations where BellSouth is not required to provide
circuit switching.
6.8.1.2 BellSouth is not required to provide circuit
switching in Density Zone 1, as defined in 47 C.F.R.
69.123 as of January 1, 1999, of the Atlanta, Miami,
Orlando, Fort Lauderdale, Charlotte, New Orleans,
Greensboro and Nashville MSAs to ITC/\DeltaCom if
ITC/\DeltaCom's customer has 4 or more DS0 equivalent
lines.
6.8.2 For purposes of this Amendment, references to "Currently
Combined" network elements shall mean that such network
elements are in fact already combined by BellSouth in the
BellSouth network to provide service to a particular end
user at a particular location.
6.8.3 Combinations of port and loop network elements provide
local exchange service for the origination or termination
of calls. Section 6.8.7 following provides the
combinations of port and loop network elements that may be
ordered by ITC/\DeltaCom when Currently Combined except in
those locations where BellSouth is not required to provide
circuit switching, as set forth in Sections 6.8.1.1 and
6.8.1.2 above.
6.8.4 In Georgia, BellSouth shall provide combinations of port
and loop network elements to ITC/\DeltaCom regardless of
whether or not such combinations are Currently Combined
except in those locations where BellSouth is not required
to provide circuit switching, as set forth in Sections
6.8.1.1 and 6.8.1.2 above.
6.8.5 RATES FOR COMBINATIONS OF LOOP AND PORT NETWORK ELEMENTS
6.8.5.1 Rates for combinations of loop and port network
elements, as set forth in Section 6.8.7, are provided in
Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
6.8.6 RATES FOR CIRCUIT SWITCHING
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 17
6.8.6.1 Rates for circuit switching, where BellSouth is
not required, pursuant to Sections 6.8.1.1 and 6.8.1.2, to
provide circuit switching are as set forth in Attachment
11 of this Agreement.
6.8.7 COMBINATION OFFERINGS
6.8.7.1 2-wire voice grade port, voice grade loop,
virtual cross connect, unbundled end office switching,
unbundled end office trunk port, common transport per mile
per MOU, common transport facilities termination, tandem
switching, and tandem trunk port.
6.8.7.2 2-wire voice grade DID port, voice grade loop,
virtual cross connect, unbundled end office switching,
unbundled end office trunk port, common transport per mile
per MOU, common transport facilities termination, tandem
switching, and tandem trunk port.
6.8.7.3 2-wire CENTREX port, voice grade loop virtual
cross connect, unbundled end office switching, unbundled
end office trunk port, common transport per mile per MOU,
common transport facilities termination, tandem switching,
and tandem trunk port.
6.8.7.4 2-wire ISDN Basic Rate Interface, voice grade
loop virtual cross connect, unbundled end office
switching, unbundled end office trunk port, common
transport per mile per MOU, common transport facilities
termination, tandem switching, and tandem trunk port.
6.8.7.5 2-wire ISDN Primary Rate Interface, DS1 loop
virtual cross connect, unbundled end office switching,
unbundled end office trunk port, common transport per mile
per MOU, common transport facilities termination, tandem
switching, and tandem trunk port.
6.8.7.6 4-wire DS1 Trunk port, DS1 Loop virtual cross
connect, unbundled end office switching, unbundled end
office trunk port, common transport per mile per MOU,
common transport facilities termination, tandem switching,
and tandem trunk port.
7. LOCAL SWITCHING
BellSouth agrees to offer access to local switching pursuant to the
following terms and conditions and at the rates set forth in this
Attachment.
7.1 DEFINITION
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 18
7.1.1 Local Switching is the Network Element that provides the
functionality required to connect the appropriate originating lines
or trunks wired to the Main Distributing Frame (MDF) or Digital Cross
Connect (DSX) panel to a desired terminating line or trunk. Such
functionality shall include access to all of the features, functions,
and capabilities that the underlying BellSouth switch that is
providing such Local Switching function is then capable of providing,
including but not limited to: line signaling and signaling software,
digit reception, dialed number translations, call screening, routing,
recording, call supervision, dial tone, switching, telephone number
provisioning, announcements, calling features and capabilities
(including call processing), CENTREX, Automatic Call Distributor
(ACD), Carrier pre-subscription (e.g. long distance carrier,
intraLATA toll), Carrier Identification Code (CIC) portability
capabilities, testing and other operational features inherent to the
switch and switch software. It also provides access to transport,
signaling (ISDN User Part (ISUP)) and Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP), and platforms such as adjuncts, Public
Safety Systems (911), operator services, Directory Assistance
Services and Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN). Remote Switching
Module functionality is included in the Local Switching function. The
switching capabilities used will be based on the line side features
they support. Local Switching will also be capable of routing local,
intraLATA, interLATA, and international calls to the customer's
preferred carrier; call features (e.g., call forwarding) and CENTREX
capabilities. Where required to do so in order to comply with an
effective Commission order, Local Switching, including the ability to
route to ITC/\DeltaCom's transport facilities, dedicated facilities
and systems, shall be unbundled from all other unbundled Network
Elements, i.e., Operator Systems, Shared Transport, and Dedicated
Transport. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall continue to work with
the appropriate industry groups to develop a long-term solution for
selective routing.
7.1.2 A featureless port is one that has a line port, switching
functionality, and an interoffice port. A featured port is a port
that includes all features then capable or a number of then capable
features specifically requested by ITC/\DeltaCom. Any features that
are not currently then capable but are technically feasible through
the switch can be requested through the BFR process.
7.1.3 Where required to do so in order to comply with an effective
Commission order, BellSouth will provide to ITC/\DeltaCom unbundled
local BellSouth switching and resold BellSouth local exchange service
under Attachment 1, selective routing of calls to a requested
directory assistance services platform or operator services platform.
ITC/\DeltaCom customers may use the same dialing arrangements as
BellSouth customers, but obtain an ITC/\DeltaCom service.
7.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 19
7.2.1 The requirements set forth in this Section apply to Local Switching,
but not to the Data Switching function of Local Switching.
7.2.1.1 Local Switching shall be equal to or better than the requirements for
Local Switching set forth in Bellcore's Local Switching Systems
General Requirements (FR-NWT-000064).
7.2.1.2 When applicable, BellSouth shall route calls to the appropriate trunk
or lines for call origination or termination.
7.2.1.3 Subject to Section 7.1.1 and 7.1.3 , BellSouth shall route calls on a
per line or per screening class basis to (1) BellSouth platforms
providing Network Elements or additional requirements (2) Operator
Services platforms, (3) Directory Assistance platforms, and (4)
Repair Centers. Any other routing requests by ITC/\DeltaCom will be
made pursuant to the Bona Fide Request Process of Attachment 9.
7.2.1.4 BellSouth shall provide unbranded recorded announcements and call
progress tones to alert callers of call progress and disposition.
7.2.1.5 BellSouth shall activate service for an ITC/\DeltaCom customer or
network interconnection on any of the Local Switching interfaces.
This includes provisioning changes to change a customer from
BellSouth's services to ITC/\DeltaCom's services without loss of
switch feature functionality as defined in this Agreement.
7.2.1.6 BellSouth shall perform routine testing (e.g., Mechanized Loop Tests
(MLT) and test calls such as 105, 107 and 108 type calls) and fault
isolation on a mutually agreed upon schedule.
7.2.1.7 BellSouth shall repair and restore any equipment or any other
maintainable component that may adversely impact Local Switching.
7.2.1.8 BellSouth shall control congestion points such as those caused by
radio station call-ins, and network routing abnormalities. All
traffic shall be restricted in a non-discriminatory manner.
7.2.1.9 BellSouth shall perform manual call trace and permit customer
originated call trace.
7.2.1.10 Special Services provided by BellSouth will include the following:
7.2.1.10.1 Telephone Service Prioritization;
7.2.1.10.2 Related services for handicapped;
7.2.1.10.3 Soft dial tone where required by law; and
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 20
7.2.1.10.4 Any other service required by law.
7.2.1.11 BellSouth shall provide Switching Service Point (SSP) capabilities
and signaling software to interconnect the signaling links destined
to the Signaling Transfer Point Switch (STP). These capabilities
shall adhere to Bellcore specifications - TCAP (GR-1432-CORE),
ISUP(GR-905-CORE), Call Management (GR-1429-CORE), Switched
Fractional DS1 (GR-1357-CORE), Toll Free Service (GR-1428-CORE),
Calling Name (GR-1597-CORE), Line Information Database (GR-954-CORE),
and Advanced Intelligent Network (GR-2863-CORE).
7.2.1.12 BellSouth shall provide interfaces to adjuncts through Bellcore
standard interfaces. These adjuncts can include, but are not limited
to, the Service Circuit Node and Automatic Call Distributors.
7.2.1.13 BellSouth shall provide performance data regarding a customer line,
traffic characteristics or other measurable elements to
ITC/\DeltaCom, upon a reasonable request from ITC/\DeltaCom.
ITC/\DeltaCom will pay BellSouth for all costs incurred to provide
such performance data through the BFR process.
7.2.1.14 BellSouth shall offer Local Switching that provides feature offerings
at parity to those provided by BellSouth to itself or any other
party. Such feature offerings shall include but are not limited to:
7.2.1.14.1 Basic and primary rate ISDN;
7.2.1.14.2 Residential features;
7.2.1.14.3 Customer Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS/LASS);
7.2.1.14.4 CENTREX (including equivalent administrative
capabilities, such as customer accessible
reconfiguration and detailed message recording); and
7.2.1.14.5 Advanced intelligent network triggers supporting
ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth service applications.
BellSouth shall offer to ITC/\DeltaCom all AIN triggers
in connection with its SMS/SCE offering which are
supported by BellSouth for offering AIN-based services.
Triggers that are currently available are:
7.2.1.14.5.1 Off-Hook Immediate
7.2.1.14.5.2 Off-Hook Delay
7.2.1.14.5.3 Termination Attempt
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 21
7.2.1.14.5.4 6/10 Public Office Dialing Plan
7.2.1.14.5.5 Feature Code Dialing
7.2.1.14.5.6 Customer Dialing Plan
7.2.1.14.6 When the following triggers are supported by BellSouth,
BellSouth will make these triggers available to
ITC/\DeltaCom:
7.2.1.14.6.1 Private EAMF Trunk
7.2.1.14.6.2 Shared Interoffice Trunk (EAMF, SS7)
7.2.1.14.6.3 N11
7.2.1.14.6.4 Automatic Route Selection
7.2.1.15 Where capacity exists, BellSouth shall assign each ITC/\DeltaCom
customer line the class of service designated by ITC/\DeltaCom (e.g.,
using line class codes or other switch specific provisioning
methods), and shall route directory assistance calls from
ITC/\DeltaCom customers to ITC/\DeltaCom directory assistance
operators at ITC/\DeltaCom's option.
7.2.1.16 Where capacity exists, BellSouth shall assign each ITC/\DeltaCom
customer line the class of services designated by ITC/\DeltaCom
(e.g., using line class codes or other switch specific provisioning
methods) and shall route operator calls from ITC/\DeltaCom customers
to ITC/\DeltaCom operators at ITC/\DeltaCom's option. For example,
BellSouth may translate 0- and 0+ intraLATA traffic, and route the
call through appropriate trunks to an ITC/\DeltaCom Operator Services
Position System (OSPS). Calls from Local Switching must pass the ANI-
II digits unchanged.
7.2.1.17 Local Switching shall be offered in accordance with the requirements
of the following technical references:
7.2.1.17.1 BellCore GR-1298-CORE, AIN Switching System Generic
Requirements, as implemented in BellSouth's switching equipment;
7.2.1.17.2 BellCore GR-1299-CORE, AIN Switch-Service Control Point
(SCP)/Adjunct Interface Generic Requirements;
7.2.1.17.3 BellCore TR-NWT-001284, AIN 0.1 Switching System Generic
Requirements;
7.2.1.17.4 BellCore SR-NWT-002247, AIN Release 1 Update.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 22
7.2.2 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
7.2.2.1 BellSouth shall provide the following interfaces to loops:
7.2.2.2 Standard Tip/Ring interface including loopstart or groundstart,
on-hook signaling (e.g., for calling number, calling name and message
waiting lamp);
7.2.2.3 Coin phone signaling;
7.2.2.4 Basic Rate Interface ISDN adhering to appropriate Bellcore Technical
Requirements;
7.2.2.5 Two-wire analog interface to PBX;
7.2.2.6 Four-wire analog interface to PBX;
7.2.2.7 Four-wire DS1 interface to PBX or customer provided equipment (e.g.
computers and voice response systems);
7.2.2.8 Primary Rate ISDN to PBX adhering to ANSI standards Q.931, Q.932 and
appropriate Bellcore Technical Requirements;
7.2.2.9 Switched Fractional DS1 with capabilities to configure Nx64 channels
(where N = 1 to 24); and
7.2.2.10 Loops adhering to Bellcore TR-NWT-08 and TR-NWT-303 specifications to
interconnect Digital Loop Carriers.
7.2.2.11 BellSouth shall provide access to the following but not limited to:
7.2.2.12 SS7 Signaling Network or Multi-Frequency trunking if requested by
ITC/\DeltaCom;
7.2.2.13 Interface to ITC/\DeltaCom operator services systems or Operator
Services through appropriate trunk interconnections for the system;
and
7.2.2.14 Interface to ITC/\DeltaCom directory assistance services through the
ITC/\DeltaCom switched network or to Directory Assistance Services
through the appropriate trunk interconnections for the system; and
950 access or other ITC/\DeltaCom required access to interexchange
carriers as requested through appropriate trunk interfaces.
8. TRANSPORT
BellSouth agrees to offer access to unbundled transport including
Shared Transport, Dedicated Transport and Tandem Switching pursuant
to following terms and conditions and at the rates set forth in
Attachment 11.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 23
8.1 DEFINITION OF SHARED TRANSPORT
Shared Transport is an interoffice transmission path between two
BellSouth end-offices, BellSouth end-office and a tandem, or between
two tandems. Where BellSouth Network Elements are connected by
intra-office wiring, such wiring is provided as a part of the Network
Elements and is not Shared Transport. Shared Transport consists of
BellSouth inter-office transport facilities and is unbundled from
local switching.
8.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF SHARED TRANSPORT
8.2.1 Shared Transport provided on DS1 or VT1.5 circuits, shall, at a
minimum, meet the performance, availability, jitter, and delay
requirements specified for Central Office to Central Office ("CO to
CO") connections in the appropriate industry standards.
8.2.2 Shared Transport provided on DS3 circuits, STS-1 circuits, and higher
transmission bit rate circuits, shall, at a minimum, meet the
performance, availability, jitter, and delay requirements specified
for CO to CO connections in the appropriate industry standards.
8.2.3 BellSouth shall be responsible for the engineering, provisioning, and
maintenance of the underlying equipment and facilities that are used
to provide Shared Transport.
8.2.4 At a minimum, Shared Transport shall meet all of the requirements set
forth in the following technical references (as applicable for the
transport technology being used):
8.2.4.1 ANSI T1.101-1994, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Synchronization Interface Standard Performance and Availability;
8.2.4.2 ANSI T1.102-1993, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interfaces;
8.2.4.3 ANSI T1.102.01-199x, American National Xxxxxxxx xxx
Xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx - Xxxxxxx Xxxxxxxxx - XX0.0;
8.2.4.4 ANSI T1.105-1995, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Basic Description including
Multiplex Structure, Rates and Formats;
8.2.4.5 ANSI T1.105.01-1995, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Automatic
Protection Switching;
8.2.4.6 ANSI T1.105.02-1995, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Payload
Mappings;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 24
8.2.4.7 ANSI T1.105.03-1994, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Jitter at
Network Interfaces;
8.2.4.8 ANSI T1.105.03a-1995, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET): Jitter at
Network Interfaces - DS1 Supplement;
8.2.4.9 ANSI T1.105.05-1994, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Tandem
Connection;
8.2.4.10 ANSI T1.105.06-199x, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Physical
Layer Specifications;
8.2.4.11 ANSI T1.105.07-199x, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Sub STS-1
Interface Rates and Formats;
8.2.4.12 ANSI T1.105.09-199x, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - Network
Element Timing and Synchronization;
8.2.4.13 ANSI T1.106-1988, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface Specifications (Single Mode);
8.2.4.14 ANSI T1.107-1988, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Digital Hierarchy - Formats Specifications;
8.2.4.15 ANSI T1.107a-1990 - American National Standard for Telecommunications
- Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats Specifications (DS3
Format Applications);
8.2.4.16 ANSI T1.107b-1991 - American National Standard for Telecommunications
- Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats Specifications;
8.2.4.17 ANSI T1.117-1991, American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface Specifications (SONET) (Single
Mode - Short Reach);
8.2.4.18 ANSI T1.403-1989, Carrier to Customer Installation, DS1 Metallic
Interface Specification;
8.2.4.19 ANSI T1.404-1994, Network-to-Customer Installation - DS3 Metallic
Interface Specification;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 25
8.2.4.20 ITU Recommendation G.707, Network node interface for the synchronous
digital hierarchy (SDH);
8.2.4.21 ITU Recommendation G.704, Synchronous frame structures used at 1544,
6312, 2048, 8488 and 44736 kbit/s hierarchical levels;
8.2.4.22 Bellcore FR-440 and TR-NWT-000499, Transport Systems Generic
Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements;
8.2.4.23 Bellcore GR-820-CORE, Generic Transmission Surveillance: DS1 & DS3
Performance;
8.2.4.24 Bellcore GR-253-CORE, Synchronous Optical Network Systems (SONET);
Common Generic Criteria;
8.2.4.25 Bellcore TR-NWT 000507, Transmission, Section 7, Issue 5 (Bellcore,
December 1993). (A module of LSSGR, FR-NWT-000064.);
8.2.4.26 Bellcore TR-NWT-000776, Network Interface Description for ISDN
Customer Access;
8.2.4.27 Bellcore TR-INS-000342, High-Capacity Digital Special Access
Service-Transmission Parameter Limits and lnterface Combinations,
Issue 1 February 1991;
8.2.4.28 Bellcore ST-TEC 000052, Telecommunications Transmission Engineering
Textbook, Volume 2: Facilities, Third Edition, Issue I May 1989;
8.2.4.29 Bellcore ST-TEC-000051, Telecommunications Transmission Engineering
Textbook Volume 1: Principles, Third Edition. Issue 1 August 1987.
8.3 DEDICATED TRANSPORT
8.3.1 DEFINITION
8.3.1.1 Dedicated Transport is defined as BellSouth transmission facilities
dedicated to a particular customer or carrier that provide
telecommunications between wire centers owned by BellSouth or
requesting telecommunications carriers, or between switches owned by
BellSouth or requesting telecommunications carriers.
8.3.1.2 BellSouth shall offer Dedicated Transport in each of the following
ways:
8.3.1.2.1 As capacity on a shared facility.
8.3.1.2.2 As a circuit (e.g., DS0, DS1 or DS3) dedicated to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 26
8.3.1.3 When Dedicated Transport is provided as a system it shall include:
8.3.1.3.1 Transmission equipment such as multiplexers, line
terminating equipment, amplifiers, and regenerators;
8.3.1.3.2 Inter-office transmission facilities such as optical
fiber, copper twisted pair, and coaxial cable.
8.3.2 Unbundled Local Channel
8.3.2.1 The Unbundled Local Channel is the dedicated transmission path
between ITC/\DeltaCom's Point of Presence and the BellSouth Serving
Wire Center.
8.3.2.2 BellSouth currently offers Unbundled Local Channels for switched
traffic. Rates for these elements are listed in Attachment 11. For
those states that do not contain rates in Attachment 11 for DS1 and
DS3 switched Local Channels, the rates in the applicable State Access
Tariff will apply as interim rates. When final rates are developed,
these interim rates will be subject to true-up, and the parties will
amend the Agreement to reflect the new rates.
8.3.2.3 BellSouth currently offers Unbundled Local Channels for non-switched
traffic at DS1, DS3, OC3, OC12, and OC48 levels at interim rates from
the applicable State Access Tariff. When final rates are developed
these interim rates will be subject to true-up, and the parties will
amend the Agreement to reflect the new rates.
8.3.3 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
This Section sets forth technical requirements for all Dedicated
Transport.
8.3.3.1 When BellSouth provides Dedicated Transport as a circuit or a system,
the entire designated transmission circuit or system (e.g., DS0,
DS1,DS3) shall be dedicated to ITC/\DeltaCom designated traffic.
8.3.3.2 BellSouth shall offer Dedicated Transport in all technologies that
become available including, but not limited to, DS1 and DS3 transport
systems, SONET (or SDH) Bi-directional Line Switched Rings, SONET (or
SDH) Unidirectional Path Switched Rings, and SONET (or SDH)
point-to-point transport systems (including linear add-drop systems),
at all available transmission bit rates. While SONET Ring facilities
are not available in every application, they are typically available
in the major metropolitan areas.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 27
8.3.3.3 For DS1 or VT1.5 circuits, Dedicated Transport shall, at a minimum,
meet the performance, availability, jitter, and delay requirements
specified for Customer Interface to Central Office ("CI to CO")
connections in the appropriate industry standards.
8.3.3.4 Where applicable, for DS3 circuits, Dedicated Transport shall, at a
minimum, meet the performance, availability, jitter, and delay
requirements specified for CI to CO connections in the appropriate
industry standards.
8.3.3.5 BellSouth shall offer the following interface transmission rates for
Dedicated Transport:
8.3.3.5.1 DS0 Equivalent;
8.3.3.5.2 DS1 (Extended SuperFrame - ESF, D4, and unframed
applications shall be provided);
8.3.3.5.3 DS3 where applicable (C-bit Xxxxxx, X00, and unframed
applications shall be provided);
8.3.3.5.4 SDH Standard interface rates in accordance with
International Telecommunications Union (ITU) Recommendation G.707 and
Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) rates per ITU Recommendation
G.704.
8.3.3.6 When Dedicated Transport is provided as a system, BellSouth shall
design the system according to our network infrastructure to allow
for the termination points specified by ITC/\DeltaCom.
8.3.4 At a minimum, Dedicated Transport shall meet each of the requirements
set forth in the following technical references:
8.3.4.1 ANSI T1.231-1993 -American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Digital Hierarchy - Layer 1 In-Service Digital Transmission
performance monitoring.
8.3.4.1.1 ANSI T1.102-1993, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Electrical Interfaces;
8.3.4.1.2 ANSI T1.106-1988, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Optical Interface
Specifications (Single Mode);
8.3.4.1.3 ANSI T1.107-1988, American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Formats Specifications;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 28
8.3.4.1.4 ANSI T1.107a-1990 - American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats
Specifications (DS3 Format Applications);
8.3.4.1.5 ANSI T1.107b-1991 - American National Standard for
Telecommunications - Digital Hierarchy - Supplement to Formats
Specifications;
8.3.4.1.6 Bellcore FR-440 and TR-NWT-000499, Transport Systems
Generic Requirements (TSGR): Common Requirements;
8.3.4.1.7 Bellcore GR-820-CORE, Generic Transmission Surveillance:
DS1 & DS3 Performance;
8.3.4.1.8 Bellcore TR-NWT 000507, Transmission, Section 7, Issue 5
(Bellcore, December 1993). (A module of LSSGR, FR-NWT-000064.);
8.3.4.1.9 Bellcore TR-INS-000342, High-Capacity Digital Special
Access Service-Transmission Parameter Limits and lnterface
Combinations, Issue 1 February 1991;
8.3.4.1.10 Bellcore ST-TEC 000052, Telecommunications Transmission
Engineering Textbook, Volume 2: Facilities, Third Edition, Issue I
May 1989;
8.3.4.1.11 Bellcore ST-TEC-000051, Telecommunications Transmission
Engineering Textbook Volume 1: Principles, Third Edition. Issue 1
August 1987;
9. TANDEM SWITCHING
9.1 DEFINITION
Tandem Switching is the function that establishes a communications
path between two switching offices through a third switching office
(the Tandem switch).
9.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
9.2.1 Tandem Switching shall have the same capabilities or equivalent
capabilities as those described in Xxxx Communications Research
TR-TSY-000540 Issue 2R2, Tandem Supplement, 6/1/90. The requirements
for Tandem Switching include, but are not limited to the following:
9.2.1.1 Tandem Switching shall provide signaling to establish a
tandem connection;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 29
9.2.1.2 Tandem Switching will provide screening as jointly
agreed to by ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth;
9.2.1.3 Tandem Switching shall provide Advanced Intelligent
Network triggers supporting AIN features where such routing is not
available from the originating end office switch, to the extent such
Tandem switch has such capability;
9.2.1.4 Tandem Switching shall provide access to Toll Free
number portability database as designated by ITC/\DeltaCom;
9.2.1.5 Tandem Switching shall provide all trunk
interconnections discussed under the "Network Interconnection"
section (e.g., SS7, MF, DTMF, DialPulse, PRI-ISDN, DID, and CAMA-ANI
(if appropriate for 911));
9.2.1.6 Tandem Switching shall provide connectivity to PSAPs
where 911 solutions are deployed and the tandem is used for 911; and
9.2.1.7 Where appropriate, Tandem Switching shall provide
connectivity to transit traffic to and from other carriers.
9.2.2 Tandem Switching shall accept connections (including the necessary
signaling and trunking interconnections) between end offices, other
tandems, IXCs, ICOs, CAPs and CLEC switches.
9.2.3 Tandem Switching shall provide local tandem functionality between two
end offices including two offices belonging to different CLECs (e.g.,
between a CLEC end office and the end office of another CLEC).
9.2.4 Tandem Switching shall preserve CLASS/LASS features and Caller ID as
traffic is processed.
9.2.5 Tandem Switching shall record billable events and send them to the
area billing centers designated by ITC/\DeltaCom. Tandem Switching
will provide recording of all billable events as jointly agreed to by
ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth.
9.2.6 Upon a reasonable request from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth shall perform
routine testing and fault isolation on the underlying switch that is
providing Tandem Switching and all its interconnections. The results
and reports of the testing shall be made immediately available to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
9.2.7 BellSouth shall maintain ITC/\DeltaCom's trunks and interconnections
associated with Tandem Switching at least at parity to its own trunks
and interconnections.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 30
9.2.8 BellSouth shall control congestion points and network abnormalities.
All traffic will be restricted in a non discriminatory manner.
9.2.9 Selective Call Routing through the use of line class codes is not
available through the use of tandem switching. Selective Call Routing
through the use of line class codes is an end office capability only.
Detailed primary and overflow routing plans for all interfaces
available within BellSouth switching network shall be mutually agreed
to by ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth.
9.2.10 Tandem Switching shall process originating toll-free traffic received
from ITC/\DeltaCom local switch.
9.2.11 In support of AIN triggers and features, Tandem Switching shall
provide SSP capabilities when these capabilities are not available
from the Local Switching Network Element, to the extent such Tandem
Switch has such capability.
9.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
9.3.1 Tandem Switching shall provide interconnection to the E911 PSAP where
the underlying Tandem is acting as the E911 Tandem.
9.3.2 Tandem Switching shall interconnect, with direct trunks, to all
carriers with which BellSouth interconnects.
9.3.3 BellSouth shall provide all signaling necessary to provide Tandem
Switching with no loss of feature functionality.
9.3.4 Tandem Switching shall interconnect with ITC/\DeltaCom's switch,
using two-way trunks, for traffic that is transiting via BellSouth
network to interLATA or intraLATA carriers. At ITC/\DeltaCom's
request, Tandem Switching shall record and keep records of traffic
for billing.
9.3.5 Tandem Switching shall provide an alternate final routing pattern for
ITC/\DeltaCom traffic overflowing from direct end office high usage
trunk groups.
9.4 Tandem Switching shall meet or exceed (i.e., be more favorable to
ITC/\DeltaCom) each of the requirements for Tandem Switching set
forth in the following technical references:
9.4.1 Xxxx Communications Research TR-TSY-000540 Issue 2R2, Tandem
Supplement, 6/1/90;
9.4.2 GR-905-CORE covering CCSNIS;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 31
9.4.3 GR-1429-CORE for call management features; and GR-2863-CORE and
BellCore GR-2902-CORE covering CCS AIN interconnection
10. OPERATOR SYSTEMS
BellSouth agrees to offer access to operator systems pursuant to the
terms and conditions following and at the rates set forth in
Attachment 11.
10.1 DEFINITION
Operator Systems is the Network Element that provides operator and
automated call handling and billing, special services, customer
telephone listings and optional call completion services. The
Operator Systems, Network Element provides two types of functions:
Operator Service functions and Directory Assistance Service
functions, each of which are described in detail below.
10.2 OPERATOR SERVICE
10.2.1 DEFINITION
Operator Service provides: (1) operator handling for call completion
(for example, collect, third number billing, and calling card calls),
(2) operator or automated assistance for billing after the customer
has dialed the called number (for example, calling card calls); and
(3) special services including but not limited to Busy Line
Verification and Emergency Line Interrupt (XXX), Emergency Agency
Call, Operator-assisted Directory Assistance, and Rate Quotes.
BellSouth will offer to ITC/\DeltaCom Operator Call Processing Access
Service BLV/BLVI. Busy Line Verification ("BLV") shall be performed
when one Party's Customer requests assistance from the operator
bureau of the other Party to determine if the called line is in use.
However, the operator bureau will not complete the call for the
Customer initiating the BLV inquiry. Only one BLV attempt will be
made per Customer operator bureau call, and a charge shall apply
whether or not the called party releases the line.
Busy Line Verification Interrupt ("BLVI") shall be performed when one
Party's Customer requests the operator bureau of the other Party to
interrupt a telephone call in progress after BLV has occurred. The
operator bureau will interrupt the busy line and inform the called
party, that there is a call waiting. The operator bureau will only
interrupt the call and will not complete the telephone call of the
End User initiating the BLVI request. The operator bureau will make
only one BLVI attempt per telephone call and the applicable charge
applies whether or not the called party releases the line. Each
Party's operator bureau shall accept BLV and BLVI inquiries from the
operator bureau of the other Party in order to allow transparent
provision of BLV/BLVI Traffic between the Parties' networks.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 32
Each Party shall route BLV/BLVI traffic inquiries over separate
direct trunks (and not the Local/IntraLATA Trunks) established
between the Parties' respective operator bureaus. ITC/\DeltaCom will
route BLV and BLVI traffic to the BellSouth access tandem. BellSouth
will route BLV and BLVI traffic to the ITC/\DeltaCom access tandem.
Each Party shall compensate the other Party for BLV/BLVI Traffic as
set forth in ATTACHMENT 11 (Pricing Schedule) to the Agreement.
10.2.2 REQUIREMENTS
10.2.2.1 When ITC/\DeltaCom requests BellSouth to provide Operator Services,
the following requirements apply:
10.2.2.1.1 BellSouth shall complete 0+ and 0- dialed local calls.
10.2.2.1.2 BellSouth shall complete 0+ intraLATA toll calls.
10.2.2.1.3 BellSouth shall complete calls that are billed to
ITC/\DeltaCom customer's calling card that can be validated by
BellSouth.
10.2.2.1.4 BellSouth shall complete person-to-person calls.
10.2.2.1.5 BellSouth shall complete collect calls.
10.2.2.1.6 BellSouth shall provide the capability for callers to
xxxx to a third party and complete such calls.
10.2.2.1.7 BellSouth shall complete station-to-station calls.
10.2.2.1.8 BellSouth shall process emergency calls.
10.2.2.1.9 BellSouth shall process Busy Line Verify and Emergency
Line Interrupt requests.
10.2.2.1.10 BellSouth shall process emergency call trace, as they do
for their Customers prior to the Effective Date. Call must originate
from a 911 provider.
10.2.2.1.11 BellSouth shall process operator-assisted directory
assistance calls.
10.2.2.2 BellSouth shall adhere to equal access requirements, providing
ITC/\DeltaCom local customers the same IXC access as provided to
BellSouth customers.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 33
10.2.2.3 BellSouth shall exercise at least the same level of fraud control in
providing Operator Service to ITC/\DeltaCom that BellSouth provides
for its own operator service.
10.2.2.4 BellSouth shall perform Billed Number Screening when handling
Collect, Person-to-Person, and Billed-to-Third-Party calls.
10.2.2.5 BellSouth shall direct customer account and other similar inquiries
to the customer service center designated by ITC/\DeltaCom.
10.2.2.6 BellSouth shall provide a feed of customer call records in "EMI"
format to ITC/\DeltaCom in accordance with ODUF standards specified
in Attachment 7.
10.2.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
With respect to Operator Services for calls that originate on local
switching capability provided by or on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom, the
interface requirements shall conform to the then current established
system interface specifications for the platform used to provide
Operator Service and the interface shall conform to industry
standards.
10.3 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE
10.3.1 DEFINITION
Directory Assistance Service provides local customer telephone number
listings with the option to complete the call at the callers
direction separate and distinct from local switching.
10.3.2 REQUIREMENTS
10.3.2.1 Directory Assistance Service shall provide up to two listing requests
per call. If available and if requested by ITC/\DeltaCom's customer,
BellSouth shall provide caller-optional directory assistance call
completion service at rates contained in this Attachment to one of
the provided listings, equal to that which BellSouth provides its
customers. If not available, ITC/\DeltaCom may request such
requirement pursuant to the Bona Fide Request Process of Attachment
9.
10.3.2.2 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE UPDATES
10.3.2.2.1 BellSouth shall update customer listings changes daily.
These changes include:
10.3.2.2.1.1 New customer connections: BellSouth will
provide service to ITC/\DeltaCom that is equal to the
service it provides to itself and its customers;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 34
10.3.2.2.1.2 Customer disconnections: BellSouth will
provide service to ITC/\DeltaCom that is equal to the
service it provides to itself and its customers; and
10.3.2.2.1.3 Customer address changes: BellSouth will
provide service to ITC/\DeltaCom that is equal to the
service it provides to itself and its customers;
10.3.2.3 These updates shall also be provided for non-listed and non-published
numbers for use in emergencies.
10.4 BRANDING FOR OPERATOR CALL PROCESSING AND DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE
10.4.1 The BellSouth Operator Systems Branding Feature provides a definable
announcement to ITC/\DeltaCom end users using Directory Assistance
(DA)/Operator Call Processing (OCP) prior to placing them in queue or
connecting them to an available operator or automated operator
system. This feature allows ITC/\DeltaCom to have its calls custom
branded with ITC/\DeltaCom name on whose behalf BellSouth is
providing Directory Assistance and/or Operator Call Processing. Rates
for Custom Branding, Operator Call Process and Directory Assistance
are set forth in Attachment 11.
10.4.2 BellSouth offers four service levels of branding to ITC/\DeltaCom
when ordering Directory Assistance and/or Operator Call Processing.
10.4.2.1 Service Level 1 - BellSouth Branding
10.4.2.2 Service Xxxxx 0 - Unbranded
10.4.2.3 Service Xxxxx 0 - Custom Branding
10.4.2.4 Service Level 4 - Self Branding (applicable only to ITC/\DeltaCom for
Resale or use with an Unbundled Port when routing to an operator
service provider other than BellSouth).
10.4.3 FOR RESELLERS AND USE WITH AN UNBUNDLED PORT
10.4.3.1 BellSouth Branding is the Default Service Level.
10.4.3.2 Unbranding, Custom Branding, and Self Branding require ITC/\DeltaCom
to order selective routing for each originating BellSouth end office
identified by ITC/\DeltaCom. Rates for Selective Routing are set
forth in Attachment 11.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 35
10.4.3.3 Customer Branding and Self Branding require ITC/\DeltaCom to order
dedicated trunking from each BellSouth end office identified by
ITC/\DeltaCom, to either the BellSouth Traffic Operator Position
System (TOPS) or ITC/\DeltaCom Operator Service Provider. Rates for
trunks are set forth in applicable BellSouth tariffs.
10.4.3.4 Unbranding - Unbranded Directory Assistance and/or Operator Call
Processing calls ride common trunk groups provisioned by BellSouth
from those end offices identified by ITC/\DeltaCom to the BellSouth
TOPS. These calls are routed to "No Announcement."
10.4.4 For Facilities Based Carriers
10.4.4.1 All Service Levels require ITC/\DeltaCom to order dedicated trunking
from their end office(s) point of interface to the BellSouth TOPS
Switches. Rates for trunks are set forth in applicable BellSouth
tariffs.
10.4.4.2 Customized Branding includes charges for the recording of the
branding announcement and the loading of the audio units in each TOPS
Switch, IVS and NAV equipment for which ITC/\DeltaCom requires
service.
Directory Assistance customized branding uses:
o the recording of the name;
o the front-end loading of the Digital Recorded Announcement
Machine (DRAM) in each TOPS switch.
Operator Call Processing customized branding uses:
o the recording of the name;
o the front-end loading of the DRAM in the TOPS Switch;
o the back-end loading in the audio units in the Automated
Alternate Billing System (AABS) in the Interactive Voice
Subsystem (IVS);
o the 0- automation loading for the audio units in the Enhanced
Billing and Access Service (EBAS) in the Network Applications
Vehicle (NAV).
10.4.4.3 BellSouth will provide at ITC/\DeltaCom's option, unbundled local
BellSouth switching and resold BellSouth local exchange service, with
selective routing of calls to a requested directory assistance
services platform or operator services platform. ITC/\DeltaCom
customers may use the same dialing arrangements as BellSouth
customers, but obtain a ITC/\DeltaCom branded service.
10.5 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE SERVICE (DADS)
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 36
10.5.1 BellSouth shall make its Directory Assistance Database Service (DADS)
available solely for the expressed purpose of providing Directory
Assistance type services to ITC/\DeltaCom end users. The term "end
user" denotes any entity which obtains Directory Assistance type
services for its own use from a DADS customer. Directory Assistance
type service is defined as Voice Directory Assistance (DA Operator
assisted and Electronic Directory Assistance (Data System assisted)).
ITC/\DeltaCom agrees that Directory Assistance Database Service
(DADS) will not be used for any purpose which violates federal or
state laws, statutes, regulatory orders or tariffs. Except for the
permitted users, ITC/\DeltaCom agrees not to disclose DADS to others
and shall provide due care in providing for the security and
confidentiality of DADS. Further, ITC/\DeltaCom authorizes the
inclusion of ITC/\DeltaCom Subscriber listings in the BellSouth
Directory Assistance products.
10.5.2 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom initially with daily updates
which reflect all listing change activity occurring since
ITC/\DeltaCom's most recent update via magnetic tape, and
subsequently using electronic connectivity such as Network Data Mover
to be developed mutually by ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth.
ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to assume the costs associated with CONNECT:
Direct TM connectivity, which will vary depending upon volume and
mileage.
10.5.3 BellSouth will require approximately one month after receiving an
order to prepare the Base File. BellSouth will provide daily updates
which will reflect all listing change activity occurring since
ITC/\DeltaCom most recent update. BellSouth shall provide updates to
ITC/\DeltaCom on a Business, Residence, or combined Business and
Residence basis. ITC/\DeltaCom agrees that the updates shall be used
solely to keep the information current. Delivery of Daily Updates
will commence the day after ITC/\DeltaCom receives the Base File.
10.5.4 BellSouth is authorized to include ITC/\DeltaCom Subscriber List
Information in its Directory Assistance Database Service (DADS) and
its Directory Publishers Database Service (DPDS). Any other use by
BellSouth of ITC/\DeltaCom Subscriber List Information is not
authorized and with the exception of a request for DADS or DPDS,
BellSouth shall refer any request for such information to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
10.5.5 Rates for DADS are as set forth in Attachment 11 and to the extent
appropriate in BellSouth General Subscriber Services Xxxxxx X00.0.
10.6 DIRECT ACCESS TO DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICE
10.6.1 Direct Access to Directory Assistance Service (DADAS) will provide
ITC/\DeltaCom's directory assistance operators with the ability to
search all available BellSouth's subscriber listings using the
Directory Assistance
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 37
search format. Subscription to DADAS will allow ITC/\DeltaCom to
utilize its own switch, operator workstations and optional audio
subsystems.
10.6.2 BellSouth will provide DADAS from its DA location. ITC/\DeltaCom will
access the DADAS system via a telephone company provided point of
availability. ITC/\DeltaCom has the responsibility of providing the
physical links required to connect to the point of availability.
These facilities may be purchased from the telephone company as rates
and charges billed separately from the charges associated with this
offering.
10.6.3 A specified interface to each ITC/\DeltaCom subsystem will be
provided by BellSouth. Interconnection between ITC/\DeltaCom system
and a specified BellSouth location will be pursuant to the use of
ITC/\DeltaCom owned or ITC/\DeltaCom leased facilities and shall be
appropriate sized based upon the volume of queries being generated by
ITC/\DeltaCom.
10.6.4 The specifications for the three interfaces necessary for
interconnection are available in the following documents:
10.6.4.1 DADAS to Subscriber Operator Position System--Northern Telecom
Document CSI-2300-07; Universal Gateway/ Position Message Interface
Format Specification
10.6.4.2 DADAS to Subscriber Switch--Northern Telecom Document Q210-1 Version
A107; NTDMS/CCIDAS System Application Protocol; and AT&T Document
000-000-000 Operator Services Position System Listing Service and
Application Call Processing Data Link Interface Specification
10.6.4.3 DADAS to Audio Subsystem (Optional)--Directory One Call Control to
Audio Response Unit system interface specifications are available
through Northern Telecom as a licensed access protocol--Northern
Telecom Document 355-004424 and Gateway/Interactive Voice subsystem
Protocol Specification
10.6.5 Rates for DADAS are as set forth in Attachment 11 and to the extent
appropriate in the BellSouth FCC Tariff No. 1.
11. SIGNALING
Unbundled signaling and access to BellSouth's signaling databases
shall be provided pursuant to this Attachment and Attachment 3
Section 4.8 subject to compatibility testing and at the rates set
forth in Attachment 11. BellSouth may provide mediated access to
BellSouth signaling systems and databases. Available signaling
elements include signaling links, signal transfer points and service
control points. Signaling functionality will be available with both
A-link and B-link connectivity.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 38
11.1 DEFINITION OF SIGNALING LINK TRANSPORT
Signaling Link Transport is a set of two or four dedicated 56 Kbps.
transmission paths between CLEC-designated Signaling Points of
Interconnection (SPOI) that provides appropriate physical diversity.
11.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
11.2.1 Signaling Link Transport shall consist of full duplex mode 56 kbps
transmission paths.
11.2.2 Of the various options available, Signaling Link Transport shall
perform in the following two ways:
11.2.2.1 As an "A-link" which is a connection between a switch or SCP and a
home Signaling Transfer Point Switch (STP) pair; and
11.2.2.2 As a "B-link" which is a connection between two STP pairs in
different company networks (e.g., between two STP pairs for two
Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (CLECs)).
11.2.3 Signaling Link Transport shall consist of two or more signaling link
layers as follows:
11.2.3.1 An A-link layer shall consist of two links.
11.2.3.2 A B-link layer shall consist of four links.
11.2.4 A signaling link layer shall satisfy a performance objective such
that:
11.2.4.1 There shall be no more than two minutes down time per year for an
A-link layer; and
11.2.4.2 There shall be negligible (less than 2 seconds) down time per year
for a B-link layer.
11.2.5 A signaling link layer shall satisfy interoffice and intraoffice
diversity of facilities and equipment, such that:
11.2.5.1 No single failure of facilities or equipment causes the failure of
both links in an A-link layer (i.e., the links should be provided on
a minimum of two separate physical paths end-to-end); and
11.2.5.2 No two concurrent failures of facilities or equipment shall cause the
failure of all four links in a B-link layer (i.e., the links should
be provided on a minimum of three separate physical paths
end-to-end).
11.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 39
11.3.1 There shall be a DS1 (1.544 Mbps) interface at the
ITC/\DeltaCom-designated SPOIs. Each 56 kbps transmission path shall
appear as a DS0 channel within the DS1 interface.
12. SIGNALING TRANSFER POINTS (STPS)
12.1 DEFINITION - Signaling Transfer Points is a signaling network
function that includes all of the capabilities provided by the
signaling transfer point switches (STPs) and their associated
signaling links which enable the exchange of SS7 messages among and
between switching elements, database elements and signaling transfer
point switches
12.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
12.2.1 STPs shall provide access to Network Elements connected to XxxxXxxxx
XX0 network. These include:
12.2.1.1 BellSouth Local Switching or Tandem Switching;
12.2.1.2 BellSouth Service Control Points/DataBases;
12.2.1.3 Third-party local or tandem switching;
12.2.1.4 Third-party-provided STPs.
12.2.2 The connectivity provided by STPs shall fully support the functions
of all other Network Elements connected to XxxxXxxxx XX0 network.
This explicitly includes the use of XxxxXxxxx XX0 network to convey
messages which neither originate nor terminate at a signaling end
point directly connected to XxxxXxxxx XX0 network (i.e., transient
messages). When XxxxXxxxx XX0 network is used to convey transient
messages, there shall be no alteration of the Integrated Services
Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP) or Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP) user data that constitutes the content of the
message.
12.2.3 If a BellSouth tandem switch routes calling traffic, based on dialed
or translated digits, on SS7 trunks between an ITC/\DeltaCom local
switch and third party local switch, XxxxXxxxx XX0 network shall
convey the TCAP messages that are necessary to provide Call
Management features (Automatic Callback, Automatic Recall, and
Screening List Editing) between ITC/\DeltaCom local STPs and the STPs
that provide connectivity with the third party local switch, even if
the third party local switch is not directly connected to BellSouth
STPs.
12.2.4 STPs shall provide all functions of the MTP as defined in Bellcore
ANSI Interconnection Requirements. This includes:
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 40
12.2.4.1 Signaling Data Link functions, as defined in Bellcore ANSI
Interconnection Requirements,
12.2.4.2 Signaling Link functions, as defined in Bellcore ANSI Interconnection
Requirements, and
12.2.4.3 Signaling Network Management functions, as defined in Bellcore ANSI
Interconnection Requirements.
12.2.5 STPs shall provide all functions of the SCCP necessary for Class 0
(basic connectionless) service, as defined in Bellcore ANSI
Interconnection Requirements. In particular, this includes Global
Title Translation (GTT) and SCCP Management procedures, as specified
in T1.112.4. In cases where the destination signaling point is a
ITC/\DeltaCom or third party local or tandem switching system
directly connected to XxxxXxxxx XX0 network, BellSouth shall perform
final GTT of messages to the destination and SCCP Subsystem
Management of the destination. In all other cases, BellSouth shall
perform intermediate GTT of messages to a gateway pair of STPs in an
SS7 network connected with XxxxXxxxx XX0 network, and shall not
perform SCCP Subsystem Management of the destination. If BellSouth
performs final GTT to a ITC/\DeltaCom database, then ITC/\DeltaCom
agrees to provide BellSouth with the Destination Point Code for the
ITC/\DeltaCom database.
12.2.6 STPs shall provide on a non-discriminatory basis all functions of the
OMAP commonly provided by STPs, as specified in the reference in
Section 12.4.5 of this Attachment. All OMAP functions will be on a
"where available" basis and can include:
12.2.6.1 MTP Routing Verification Test (MRVT) and
12.2.6.2 SCCP Routing Verification Test (SRVT).
12.2.7 In cases where the destination signaling point is a BellSouth local
or tandem switching system or database, or is an ITC/\DeltaCom or
third party local or tandem switching system directly connected to
the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network, STPs shall perform MRVT and SRVT to the
destination signaling point. In all other cases, STPs shall perform
MRVT and SRVT to a gateway pair of STPs in an SS7 network connected
with the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network. This requirement shall be superseded
by the specifications for Internetwork MRVT and SRVT if and when
these become approved ANSI standards and available capabilities of
BellSouth STPs, and if mutually agreed upon by ITC/\DeltaCom and
BellSouth.
12.2.8 STPs shall be on parity with BellSouth.
12.2.9 SS7 ADVANCED INTELLIGENT NETWORK (AIN) ACCESS
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 41
12.2.9.1 When technically feasible and upon request by ITC/\DeltaCom, SS7
Access shall be made available in association with unbundled
switching. SS7 AIN Access is the provisioning of AIN 0.1 triggers in
an equipped BellSouth local switch and interconnection of the
XxxxXxxxx XX0 network with the ITC/\DeltaCom SS7 network to exchange
TCAP queries and responses with an ITC/\DeltaCom SCP.
12.2.9.2 SS7 AIN Access shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom SCP access to BellSouth
local switch in association with unbundled switching xxx
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx xx XxxxXxxxx XX0 and ITC/\DeltaCom SS7 Networks.
BellSouth shall offer SS7 access through its STPs. If BellSouth
requires a mediation device on any part of its network specific to
this form of access, BellSouth must route its messages in the same
manner. The interconnection arrangement shall result in the BellSouth
local switch recognizing the ITC/\DeltaCom SCP as at least at parity
with BellSouth's SCP's in terms of interfaces, performance and
capabilities.
12.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
12.3.1 BellSouth shall provide the following STPs options to connect
ITC/\DeltaCom or ITC/\DeltaCom-designated local switching systems or
STPs to XxxxXxxxx XX0 network:
12.3.1.1 An A-link interface from ITC/\DeltaCom local switching systems; and,
12.3.1.2 A B-link interface from ITC/\DeltaCom local STPs.
12.3.2 Each type of interface shall be provided by one or more sets (layers)
of signaling links.
12.3.3 The Signaling Point of Interconnection (SPOI) for each link shall be
located at a cross-connect element, such as a DSX-1, in the Central
Office (CO) where BellSouth STP is located. There shall be a DS1 or
higher rate transport interface at each of the SPOIs. Each signaling
link shall appear as a DS0 channel within the DS1 or higher rate
interface. BellSouth shall offer higher rate DS1 signaling for
interconnecting ITC/\DeltaCom local switching systems or STPs with
BellSouth STPs as soon as these become approved ANSI standards and
available capabilities of BellSouth STPs. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom
will work jointly to establish mutually acceptable SPOIs.
12.3.4 BellSouth CO shall provide intraoffice diversity between the SPOIs
and BellSouth STPs, so that no single failure of intraoffice
facilities or equipment shall cause the failure of both B-links in a
layer connecting to a BellSouth STP. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will
work jointly to establish mutually acceptable SPOIs.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 42
12.3.5 BellSouth shall provide MTP and SCCP protocol interfaces that shall
conform to all sections relevant to the MTP or SCCP in the following
specifications:
12.3.5.1 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network Interconnection, Message
Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network User
Part (ISDNUP);
12.3.5.2 Bellcore GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) and Transaction
Capabilities Application Part (TCAP).
12.3.6 MESSAGE SCREENING
12.3.6.1 BellSouth shall set message screening parameters so as to accept
valid messages from ITC/\DeltaCom local or tandem switching systems
destined to any signaling point within BellSouth's SS7 network where
the ITC/\DeltaCom switching system has a legitimate signaling
relation.
12.3.6.2 BellSouth shall set message screening parameters so as to pass valid
messages from ITC/\DeltaCom local or tandem switching systems
destined to any signaling point or network accessed through
BellSouth's SS7 network where the ITC/\DeltaCom switching system has
a legitimate signaling relation.
12.3.6.3 BellSouth shall set message screening parameters so as to accept and
pass/send valid messages destined to and from ITC/\DeltaCom from any
signaling point or network interconnected through BellSouth's SS7
network where the ITC/\DeltaCom SCP has a legitimate signaling
relation.
12.4 STPs shall be equal to or better than all of the requirements for
STPs set forth in the following technical references:
12.4.1 ANSI T1.111-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message Transfer Part (MTP);
12.4.2 ANSI T1.111A-1994 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message Transfer Part (MTP)
Supplement;
12.4.3 ANSI T1.112-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP);
12.4.4 ANSI T1.115-1990 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Monitoring and Measurements for
Networks;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 43
12.4.5 ANSI T1.116-1990 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Operations, Maintenance and
Administration Part (OMAP);
12.4.6 ANSI T1.118-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Intermediate Signaling Network
Identification (ISNI);
12.4.7 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network Interconnection, Message
Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network User
Part (ISDNUP); and
12.4.8 Bellcore GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) and Transaction
Capabilities Application Part (TCAP).
13. SERVICE CONTROL POINTS/DATABASES
13.1 DEFINITION
13.1.1 Databases provide the functionality for storage of, access to, and
manipulation of information required to offer a particular service
and/or capability. Databases include, but are not limited to: Local
Number Portability, Toll Free Number Database, Automatic Location
Identification/Data Management System, access to Service Creation
Environment and Service Management System (SCE/SMS) application
databases and Directory Assistance.
13.1.2 A Service Control Point (SCP) is a specific type of Database
functionality deployed in a Signaling System 7 (SS7) network that
executes service application logic in response to SS7 queries sent to
it by a switching system also connected to the SS7 network. Service
Management Systems provide operational interfaces to allow for
provisioning, administration and maintenance of subscriber data and
service application data stored in SCPs.
13.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SCPS/DATABASES
Requirements for SCPs/Databases within this section address storage
of information, access to information (e.g. signaling protocols,
response times), and administration of information (e.g.,
provisioning, administration, and maintenance). All SCPs/Databases
shall be provided to ITC/\DeltaCom in accordance with the following
requirements.
13.2.1 BellSouth shall provide physical access to SCPs through the SS7
network and protocols with TCAP as the application layer protocol.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 44
13.2.2 BellSouth shall provide physical interconnection to databases via
industry standard interfaces and protocols (e.g. SS7, ISDN and X.25).
13.2.3 The reliability of interconnection options shall be consistent with
requirements for diversity and survivability.
13.2.4 DATABASE AVAILABILITY
Call processing databases shall have a maximum unscheduled
availability of 30 minutes per year. Unavailability due to software
and hardware upgrades shall be scheduled during minimal usage periods
and only be undertaken upon proper notification to providers which
might be impacted. Any downtime associated with the provision of call
processing related databases will impact all service providers,
including BellSouth, equally.
13.2.5 The operational interface provided by BellSouth shall complete
Database transactions (i.e., add, modify, delete) for ITC/\DeltaCom
customer records stored in BellSouth databases within 3 days, or
sooner where BellSouth provisions its own customer records within a
shorter interval.
13.3 LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY DATABASE
13.3.1 DEFINITION
The Permanent Number Portability (PNP) database supplies routing
numbers for calls involving numbers that have been ported from one
local service provider to another. PNP is currently being worked in
industry forums. The results of these forums will dictate the
industry direction of PNP. BellSouth agrees to provide access to the
PNP database at rates, terms and conditions as set forth by BellSouth
and in accordance with an effective FCC or Commission directive.
13.4 LINE INFORMATION DATABASE (LIDB)
13.4.1 DEFINITION
The Line Information Database (LIDB) is a transaction-oriented
database accessible through Common Channel Signaling (CCS) networks.
It contains records associated with customer Line Numbers and Special
Billing Numbers. LIDB accepts queries from other Network Elements and
provides appropriate responses. The query originator need not be the
owner of LIDB data. LIDB queries include functions such as screening
billed numbers that provides the ability to accept Collect or Third
Number Billing calls and validation of Telephone Line Number based
non-proprietary calling cards. The interface for the LIDB
functionality is the
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 45
interface between BellSouth CCS network and other CCS networks. LIDB
also interfaces to administrative systems.
13.4.1.1 BellSouth will store in its LIDB only records relating
to service in the BellSouth region.
13.4.1.2 Prior to the availability of a long-term solution for
LNP, BellSouth shall enable ITC/\DeltaCom to store in BellSouth's
LIDB any customer, Line Number or Special Billing Number record,
whether ported or not, for which the non-ITC/\DeltaCom dedicated NPA-
NXX or XXX-0/1XX Group is supported by that LIDB.
13.4.1.3 Prior to the availability of a long-term solution for
LNP, BellSouth shall enable ITC/\DeltaCom to store in BellSouth's
LIDB any customer, Line Number or Special Billing Number record,
whether ported or not, for which the ITC/\DeltaCom dedicated NPA-NXX
or XXX-0/1XX Group is supported by that LIDB.
13.4.1.4 Subsequent to the availability of a long-term solution
for LNP, BellSouth shall enable ITC/\DeltaCom to store in BellSouth's
LIDB any customer, Line Number or Special Billing Number record,
whether ported or not, regardless of the number's dedicated NPA-NXX
or XXX [NXX]-0/1XX.
13.4.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
BellSouth will offer to ITC/\DeltaCom any additional capabilities
that are developed for LIDB during the life of this Agreement.
13.4.2.1 BellSouth shall process ITC/\DeltaCom's Customer records in LIDB at
least at parity with BellSouth customer records, with respect to
other LIDB functions. BellSouth shall indicate to ITC/\DeltaCom what
additional functions (if any) are performed by LIDB in the BellSouth
network.
13.4.2.2 Within two (2) weeks after a request by ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth
shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with a list of the customer data items
which ITC/\DeltaCom would have to provide in order to support each
required LIDB function. The list shall indicate which data items are
essential to LIDB function, and which are required only to support
certain services. For each data item, the list shall show the data
formats, the acceptable values of the data item and the meaning of
those values.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 46
13.4.2.3 BellSouth shall provide LIDB systems for which operating deficiencies
that would result in calls being blocked, shall not exceed 30 minutes
per year.
13.4.2.4 BellSouth shall provide LIDB systems for which operating deficiencies
that would not result in calls being blocked shall not exceed 12
hours per year.
13.4.2.5 BellSouth shall provide LIDB systems for which the LIDB function
shall be in overload no more than 12 hours per year.
13.4.2.6 All additions, updates and deletions of ITC/\DeltaCom data to the
LIDB shall be solely at the direction of ITC/\DeltaCom. Such
direction from ITC/\DeltaCom will not be required where the addition,
update or deletion is necessary to perform standard fraud control
measures (e.g., calling card auto-deactivation).
13.4.2.7 BellSouth shall provide priority updates to LIDB for ITC/\DeltaCom
data upon ITC/\DeltaCom's request (e.g., to support fraud detection),
via password-protected telephone card, facsimile, or electronic mail
within one hour of notice from the established BellSouth contact.
13.4.2.8 BellSouth shall provide LIDB systems such that no more than 0.01% of
ITC/\DeltaCom customer records will be missing from LIDB, as measured
by ITC/\DeltaCom audits. BellSouth will audit ITC/\DeltaCom records
in LIDB against DBAS to identify record mismatches and provide this
data to a designated ITC/\DeltaCom contact person to resolve the
status of the records and BellSouth will update system appropriately.
BellSouth will refer record of mis-matches to ITC/\DeltaCom within
one business day of audit. Once reconciled records are received back
from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will update LIDB the same business day
if less than 500 records are received before 1:00PM Central Time. If
more than 500 records are received, BellSouth will contact
ITC/\DeltaCom to negotiate a time frame for the updates, not to
exceed three business days.
13.4.2.9 BellSouth shall perform backup and recovery of all of ITC/\DeltaCom's
data in LIDB including sending to LIDB all changes made since the
date of the most recent backup copy, in at least the same time frame
BellSouth performs backup and recovery of BellSouth data in LIDB for
itself. Currently, BellSouth performs backups of the LIDB for itself
on a weekly basis and when a new software release is scheduled, a
backup is performed prior to loading the new release.
13.4.2.10 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with LIDB reports of data which
are missing or contain errors, as well as any misroute errors, within
a reason time period as negotiated between ITC/\DeltaCom and
BellSouth.
13.4.2.11 BellSouth shall prevent any access to or use of ITC/\DeltaCom data in
LIDB by BellSouth personnel that are outside of established
administrative
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 47
and fraud control personnel, or by any other party that is not
authorized by ITC/\DeltaCom in writing.
13.4.2.12 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom performance of the LIDB Data
Screening function, which allows a LIDB to completely or partially
deny specific query originators access to LIDB data owned by specific
data owners, for Customer Data that is part of an NPA-NXX or
XXX-0/1XX wholly or partially owned by ITC/\DeltaCom at least at
parity with BellSouth Customer Data. BellSouth shall obtain from
ITC/\DeltaCom the screening information associated with LIDB Data
Screening of ITC/\DeltaCom data in accordance with this requirement.
BellSouth currently does not have LIDB Data Screening capabilities.
When such capability is available, BellSouth shall offer it to
ITC/\DeltaCom under the Bona Fide Request process of Attachment 9.
13.4.2.13 BellSouth shall accept queries to LIDB associated with ITC/\DeltaCom
customer records, and shall return responses in accordance with
industry standards.
13.4.2.14 BellSouth shall provide mean processing time at the LIDB within 0.50
seconds under normal conditions as defined in industry standards.
13.4.2.15 BellSouth shall provide processing time at the LIDB within 1 second
for 99% of all messages under normal conditions as defined in
industry standards.
13.4.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
BellSouth shall offer LIDB in accordance with the requirements of
this subsection.
13.4.3.1 The interface to LIDB shall be in accordance with the technical
references contained within.
13.4.3.2 The CCS interface to LIDB shall be the standard interface described
herein.
13.4.3.3 The LIDB Data Base interpretation of the ANSI-TCAP messages shall
comply with the technical reference herein. Global Title Translation
shall be maintained in the signaling network in order to support
signaling network routing to the LIDB.
13.5 TOLL FREE NUMBER DATABASE
The Toll Free Number Database is a SCP that provides functionality
necessary for toll free (e.g., 800 and 888) number services by
providing routing information and additional so-called vertical
features during call set-up in response to queries from SSPs.
BellSouth shall provide the Toll
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 48
Free Number Database at ITC/\DeltaCom's option and in accordance with
the following:
13.5.1 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
13.5.1.1 BellSouth shall make BellSouth Toll Free Number Database available
for ITC/\DeltaCom to query with a toll-free number and originating
information.
13.5.1.2 The Toll Free Number Database shall return carrier identification
and, where applicable, the queried toll free number, translated
numbers and instructions as it would in response to a query from a
BellSouth switch.
13.5.1.3 The SCP shall also provide, at ITC/\DeltaCom's option, such
additional feature as described in SR-TSV-002275 (BOC Notes on
XxxxXxxxx Xxxxxxxx, XX-XXX-000000, Issue 2, (Bellcore, April 1994))
as are available to BellSouth. These may include but are not limited
to:
13.5.1.3.1 Network Management;
13.5.1.3.2 Customer Sample Collection; and
13.5.1.3.3 Service Maintenance
13.6 AUTOMATIC LOCATION IDENTIFICATION/DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (ALI/DMS)
The ALI/DMS Database contains customer information (including name,
address, telephone information, and sometimes special information
from the local service provider or customer) used to determine to
which Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) to route the call. The
ALI/DMS database is used to provide more routing flexibility for E911
calls than Basic 911. BellSouth shall provide the Emergency Services
Database in accordance with the following:
13.6.1 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
13.6.1.1 BellSouth shall offer ITC/\DeltaCom a data link to the ALI/DMS
database or permit ITC/\DeltaCom to provide its own data link to the
ALI/DMS database. BellSouth shall provide error reports from the
ALI/DMS database to ITC/\DeltaCom immediately after ITC/\DeltaCom
inputs information into the ALI/DMS database. Alternately,
ITC/\DeltaCom may utilize BellSouth, to enter customer information
into the data base on a demand basis, and validate customer
information on a demand basis.
13.6.1.2 The ALI/DMS database shall contain the following customer
information:
13.6.1.2.1 Name;
13.6.1.2.2 Address;
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 49
13.6.1.2.3 Telephone number; and
13.6.1.2.4 Other information as appropriate (e.g., whether a
customer is blind or deaf or has another disability).
13.6.1.3 When the BellSouth is responsible for administering the ALI/DMS
database in its entirety, ported number NXXs entries for the ported
numbers should be maintained unless ITC/\DeltaCom requests otherwise
and shall be updated if ITC/\DeltaCom requests, provided
ITC/\DeltaCom supplies BellSouth with the updates.
13.6.1.4 When Remote Call Forwarding (RCF) is used to provide number
portability to the local customer and a remark or other appropriate
field information is available in the database, the shadow or
"forwarded-to" number and an indication that the number is ported
shall be added to the customer record.
13.6.1.5 If BellSouth is responsible for configuring PSAP features (for cases
when the PSAP or BellSouth supports an ISDN interface) it shall
ensure that CLASS Automatic Recall (Call Return) is not used to call
back to the ported number. Although BellSouth currently does not have
ISDN interface, BellSouth agrees to comply with this requirement once
ISDN interfaces are in place.
13.6.2 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
The interface between the E911 Switch or Tandem and the ALI/DMS
database for ITC/\DeltaCom customers shall meet industry standards.
13.7 DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE DATABASE
BellSouth shall make its directory assistance database available to
ITC/\DeltaCom in order to allow ITC/\DeltaCom to provide its
customers with the same directory assistance telecommunications
services BellSouth provides to BellSouth customers. BellSouth shall
provide ITC/\DeltaCom with an initial feed via magnetic tape and
daily update initially via magnetic tape and subsequently via an
electronic gateway to be developed mutually by ITC/\DeltaCom and
BellSouth of customer address and number changes. Directory
Assistance Services must provide both the ported and ITC/\DeltaCom
telephone numbers to the extent available in BellSouth's database
assigned to a customer. Privacy indicators must be properly
identified to assure the non-published numbers are accurately
identified.
13.8 CALLING NAME (CNAM) DATABASE SERVICE.
ITC/\DeltaCom may provide to its account manager a written request to
enter into a CNAM agreement with BellSouth. If ITC/\DeltaCom is
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 50
interested in requesting CNAM with volume and term pricing,
ITC/\DeltaCom must contact its account manager and specifically
request a CNAM volume and term agreement.
13.9 SCPs/Databases shall be equal to or better than all of the
requirements for SCPs/Databases set forth in the following technical
references:
13.9.1 GR-246-CORE, Xxxx Communications Research Specification of Signaling
System Number 7, ISSUE 1 (Bellcore, December 199);
13.9.2 GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting
Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) and Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP). (Bellcore, March 1994);
13.9.3 GR-954-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting
Line Information Database (LIDB) Service 6, Issue 1, Rev. 1
(Bellcore, October 1995);
13.9.4 XX-0000-XXXX, XXXXX Section 10: System Interfaces, Issue 1 (Bellcore,
October 1995) (Replaces TR-NWT-001149);
13.9.5 BellCore XX-0000-XXXX, XXXXX Section 22.3: Line Information Database
6, Issue (Bellcore, October 1995);
13.9.6 BellCore GR-1428-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Toll Free Service (Bellcore, May 1995); and
13.9.7 BOC Notes on XxxxXxxxx Xxxxxxxx, XX-XXX-000000, ISSUE 2, (Bellcore,
April 1994).
13.10 Service Creation Environment and Service Management System (SCE/SMS)
Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Access.
13.10.1 BellSouth's Service Creation Environment and Service Management
System (SCE/SMS) Advanced Intelligent Network (AIN) Access shall
provide ITC/\DeltaCom the capability that will allow ITC/\DeltaCom
and other third parties to create service applications in a BellSouth
Service Creation Environment and deploy those applications in a
BellSouth SMS to a BellSouth SCP. The third party service
applications interact with AIN triggers provisioned on a BellSouth
SSP.
13.10.2 BellSouth's SCE/SMS AIN Access shall provide access to SCE hardware,
software, testing and technical support (e.g., help desk, system
administrator) resources available to ITC/\DeltaCom. Scheduling
procedures shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom equivalent priority to these
resources.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 51
13.10.3 BellSouth SCP shall partition and protect ITC/\DeltaCom service logic
and data from unauthorized access, execution or other types of
compromise.
13.10.4 When ITC/\DeltaCom selects SCE/SMS AIN Access, BellSouth shall
provide training, documentation, and technical support to enable
ITC/\DeltaCom to use BellSouth's SCE/SMS AIN Access to create and
administer applications. Training, documentation, and technical
support will address use of SCE and SMS access and administrative
functions, but will not include support for the creation of a
specific service application.
13.10.5 When ITC/\DeltaCom selects SCE/SMS AIN Access, BellSouth shall
provide for a secure, controlled access environment in association
with its internal use of AIN components. ITC/\DeltaCom access will be
provided via remote data connection (e.g., dial-in, ISDN).
13.10.6 When ITC/\DeltaCom selects SCE/SMS AIN Access, BellSouth shall allow
ITC/\DeltaCom to download data forms and/or tables to BellSouth SCP
via BellSouth SMS without intervention from BellSouth (e.g., service
customization and customer subscription).
14. DARK FIBER
BellSouth agrees to offer access to Dark Fiber where the state
commissions have required such access pursuant to the terms and
conditions following and at the rates set forth in Attachment 11. The
parties agree that Dark Fiber will be used in the provisioning of
telecommunications service.
14.1 Dark Fiber is unused strands of optical fiber. It may be strands of
optical fiber existing in aerial or underground structure. No line
terminating elements terminated to such strands to operationalize its
transmission capabilities will be available. No regeneration or
optical amplification will be included with this element.
14.2 REQUIREMENTS
14.2.1 BellSouth shall make available Dark Fiber where it exists in
BellSouth's network and where, as a result of future building or
deployment, it becomes available. BellSouth shall offer Dark Fiber to
ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to the prices set forth in Attachment 11.
14.2.2 ITC/\DeltaCom may test the quality of the Dark Fiber to confirm its
usability and performance specifications.
14.2.3 BellSouth shall use its best efforts to provide to ITC/\DeltaCom
information regarding the location, availability and performance of
Dark Fiber within
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 52
ten (10) business days for a records based answer and twenty (20)
business days for a field based answer, after receiving a request
from ITC/\DeltaCom ("Request"). Within such time period, BellSouth
shall send written confirmation of availability of the Dark Fiber
("Confirmation").
14.2.4 BellSouth shall use its best efforts to make Dark Fiber available to
ITC/\DeltaCom within thirty (30) business days after it receives
written confirmation from ITC/\DeltaCom that the Dark Fiber
previously deemed available by BellSouth is wanted for use by
ITC/\DeltaCom. This includes identification of appropriate connection
points (e.g., Light Guide Interconnection (LGX) or splice points) to
enable ITC/\DeltaCom to connect or splice ITC/\DeltaCom provided
transmission media (e.g., optical fiber) or equipment to the Dark
Fiber.
15. SS7 NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
15.1.1 DEFINITION
SS7 Network Interconnection is the interconnection of ITC/\DeltaCom
local Signaling Transfer Point Switches (STP) and ITC/\DeltaCom local
or tandem switching systems with BellSouth STPs. This interconnection
provides connectivity that enables the exchange of SS7 messages among
BellSouth switching systems and databases (DBs), ITC/\DeltaCom local
or tandem switching systems, and other third-party switching systems
directly connected to the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network.
15.1.2 TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS
15.1.2.1 SS7 Network Interconnection shall provide connectivity to all
components of the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network. These include:
15.1.2.1.1 BellSouth local or tandem switching systems;
15.1.2.1.2 BellSouth DBs; and
15.1.2.1.3 Other third-party local or tandem switching systems.
15.1.2.2 The connectivity provided by SS7 Network Interconnection shall fully
support the functions of BellSouth switching systems and DBs and
ITC/\DeltaCom or other third-party switching systems with A-link
access to the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network.
If traffic is routed based on dialed or translated digits between an
ITC/\DeltaCom local switching system and a BellSouth or other
third-party local switching system, either directly or via a
BellSouth tandem switching system, then it is a requirement that the
XxxxXxxxx XX0 network convey via SS7 Network Interconnection the TCAP
messages that are necessary to provide Call Management services
(Automatic Callback, Automatic
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 53
Recall, and Screening List Editing) between the ITC/\DeltaCom local
STPs and BellSouth or other third-party local switch.
15.1.2.3 When the capability to route messages based on Intermediate Signaling
Network Identifier (ISNI) is generally available on BellSouth STPs,
the XxxxXxxxx XX0 Network shall also convey TCAP messages using SS7
Network Interconnection in similar circumstances where the BellSouth
switch routes traffic based on a Carrier Identification Code (CIC).
15.1.2.4 SS7 Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the MTP as
specified in ANSI T1.111. This includes:
15.1.2.4.1 Signaling Data Link functions, as specified in ANSI
T1.111.2;
15.1.2.4.2 Signaling Link functions, as specified in ANSI T1.111.3;
and
15.1.2.4.3 Signaling Network Management functions, as specified in
ANSI T1.111.4.
15.1.2.5 SS7 Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the SCCP
necessary for Class 0 (basic connectionless) service, as specified in
ANSI T1.112. In particular, this includes Global Title Translation
(GTT) and SCCP Management procedures, as specified in T1.112.4. Where
the destination signaling point is a BellSouth switching system or
DB, or is another third-party local or tandem switching system
directly connected to the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network, SS7 Network
Interconnection shall include final GTT of messages to the
destination and SCCP Subsystem Management of the destination. Where
the destination signaling point is an ITC/\DeltaCom local or tandem
switching system, SS7 Network Interconnection shall include
intermediate GTT of messages to a gateway pair of ITC/\DeltaCom local
STPs, and shall not include SCCP Subsystem Management of the
destination.
15.1.2.6 SS7 Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the
Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISDNUP), as specified
in ANSI T1.113.
15.1.2.7 SS7 Network Interconnection shall provide all functions of the TCAP,
as specified in ANSI T1.114.
15.1.2.8 If and when Internetwork MTP Routing Verification Test (MRVT) and
SCCP Routing Verification Test (SRVT) become approved ANSI standards
and available capabilities of BellSouth STPs, SS7 Network
Interconnection shall provide these functions of the OMAP.
15.1.2.9 SS7 Network Interconnection shall be equal to or better than the
following performance requirements:
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 54
15.1.2.9.1 MTP Performance, as specified in ANSI T1.111.6;
15.1.2.9.2 SCCP Performance, as specified in ANSI T1.112.5; and
15.1.2.9.3 ISDNUP Performance, as specified in ANSI T1.113.5.
15.1.3 INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS
15.1.3.1 BellSouth shall offer the following SS7 Network Interconnection
options to connect ITC/\DeltaCom or ITC/\DeltaCom-designated local or
tandem switching systems or STPs to the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network:
15.1.3.1.1 A-link interface from ITC/\DeltaCom local or tandem
switching systems; and
15.1.3.1.2 B-link interface from ITC/\DeltaCom STPs.
15.1.3.2 The Signaling Point of Interconnection (SPOI) for each link shall be
located at a cross-connect element, such as a DSX-1, in the Central
Office (CO) where the BellSouth STP is located. There shall be a DS1
or higher rate transport interface at each of the SPOIs. Each
signaling link shall appear as a DS0 channel within the DS1 or higher
rate interface. BellSouth shall offer higher rate DS1 signaling links
for interconnecting ITC/\DeltaCom local switching systems or STPs
with BellSouth STPs as soon as these become approved ANSI standards
and available capabilities of BellSouth STPs. BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom will work jointly to establish mutually acceptable
SPOI.
15.1.3.3 BellSouth CO shall provide intraoffice diversity between the SPOIs
and the BellSouth STP, so that no single failure of intraoffice
facilities or equipment shall cause the failure of both B-links in a
layer connecting to a BellSouth STP. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will
work jointly to establish mutually acceptable SPOI.
15.1.3.4 The protocol interface requirements for SS7 Network Interconnection
include the MTP, ISDNUP, SCCP, and TCAP. These protocol interfaces
shall conform to the following specifications:
15.1.3.4.1 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Common Channel Signaling Network
Interface Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network Interconnection,
Message Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network
User Part (ISDNUP);
15.1.3.4.2 Bellcore GR-1428-CORE, CCS Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Toll Free Service;
15.1.3.4.3 Bellcore GR-1429-CORE, CCS Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Call Management Services; and
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 55
15.1.3.4.4 Bellcore GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP) and Transaction Capabilities Application Part (TCAP).
15.1.3.5 BellSouth shall set message screening parameters to block accept
messages from ITC/\DeltaCom local or tandem switching systems
destined to any signaling point in the XxxxXxxxx XX0 network with
which the ITC/\DeltaCom switching system has a legitimate signaling
relation.
15.1.4 SS7 Network Interconnection shall be equal to or better than all of
the requirements for SS7 Network Interconnection set forth in the
following technical references:
15.1.4.1 ANSI T1.110-1992 American National Standard Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - General Information;
15.1.4.2 ANSI T1.111-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message Transfer Part (MTP);
15.1.4.3 ANSI T1.111A-1994 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Message Transfer Part (MTP)
Supplement;
15.1.4.4 ANSI T1.112-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Signaling Connection Control Part
(SCCP);
15.1.4.5 ANSI T1.113-1995 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) User Part;
15.1.4.6 ANSI T1.114-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP);
15.1.4.7 ANSI T1.115-1990 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Monitoring and Measurements for
Networks;
15.1.4.8 ANSI T1.116-1990 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Operations, Maintenance and
Administration Part (OMAP);
15.1.4.9 ANSI T1.118-1992 American National Standard for Telecommunications -
Signaling System Number 7 (SS7) - Intermediate Signaling Network
Identification (ISNI);
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 56
15.1.4.10 Bellcore GR-905-CORE, Common Channel Signaling Network Interface
Specification (CCSNIS) Supporting Network Interconnection, Message
Transfer Part (MTP), and Integrated Services Digital Network User
Part (ISDNUP);
15.1.4.11 Bellcore GR-954-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Line Information Database (LIDB) Service;
15.1.4.12 Bellcore GR-1428-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Toll Free Service;
15.1.4.13 Bellcore GR-1429-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Call Management Services; and,
15.1.4.14 Bellcore GR-1432-CORE, CCS Network Interface Specification (CCSNIS)
Supporting Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) and Transaction
Capabilities Application Part (TCAP).
16. BASIC 911 AND E911
If ITC/\DeltaCom orders unbundled network elements, then
ITC/\DeltaCom is also responsible for providing E911 to its end
users. BellSouth agrees to offer access to the 911/E911 network
pursuant to the following terms and conditions set forth in
Attachment 11.
16.1 Definition
Basic 911 and E911 is an additional requirement that provides a
caller access to the applicable emergency service bureau by dialing a
3-digit universal telephone number (911).
16.2 REQUIREMENTS
16.2.1 BASIC 911 SERVICE PROVISIONING. For Basic 911 service, BellSouth will
provide to ITC/\DeltaCom a list consisting of each municipality that
subscribes to Basic 911 service. The list will also provide, if
known, the E911 conversion date for each municipality and, for
network routing purposes, a ten-digit directory number representing
the appropriate emergency answering position for each municipality
subscribing to 911. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to arrange to
accept 911 calls from its end users in municipalities that subscribe
to Basic 911 service and translate the 911 call to the appropriate
10-digit directory number as stated on the list provided by
BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to route that call to
BellSouth at the appropriate tandem or end office. When a
municipality converts to E911 service, ITC/\DeltaCom will be required
to discontinue the Basic 911 procedures and being using E911
procedures.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 57
16.2.2 E911 SERVICE PROVISIONING. For E911 service, ITC/\DeltaCom will be
required to install a minimum of two dedicated trunks originating
from the ITC/\DeltaCom serving wire center and terminating to the
appropriate E911 tandem. The dedicated trunks shall be, at a minimum,
DS-0 level trunks configured either as a 2-wire analog interface or
as part of a digital (1.544 Mb/s) interface. Either configuration
shall use CAMA-type signaling with multifrequency ("MF") pulsing that
will deliver automatic number identification ("ANI") with the voice
portion of the call. If the user interface is digital, MF pulses, as
well as other AC signals, shall be encoded per the u-255 Law
convention. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to provide BellSouth daily
updates to the E911 database. ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to
forward 911 calls to the appropriate E911 tandem, along with ANI,
based upon the current E911 end office to tandem homing arrangement
as provided by BellSouth. If the E911 tandem trunks are not
available, ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to route the call to a
designated 7-digit local number residing in the appropriate Public
Service Answering Point ("PSAP"). This call will be transported over
BellSouth's interoffice network and will not carry the ANI of the
calling party. ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for providing
BellSouth with complete and accurate data for submission to the
911/E911 database for the purpose of providing 911/E911 to its end
users.
16.2.3 RATES. Charges for 911/E911 service are borne by the municipality
purchasing the service. BellSouth will impose no charge on
ITC/\DeltaCom beyond applicable charges for BellSouth trunking
arrangements.
16.2.4 Basic 911 and E911 functions provided to ITC/\DeltaCom shall be at
least at parity with the support and services that BellSouth provides
to its customers for such similar functionality.
16.2.5 DETAILED PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES. The detailed practices and
procedures contained in the E911 Local Exchange Carrier Guide For
Facility-Based Providers as amended from time to time during the term
of this Agreement will determine the appropriate practices and
procedures for BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom to follow in providing
911/E911 services. BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with updates
and the latest available copies of said Guides via webposting.
17. RATES
17.1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
All services and network elements currently provided hereunder and
all new and additional services to be provided hereunder shall be
priced in
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 58
accordance with all applicable provisions of the Act and the rules
and orders of the Federal Communications Commission and the
applicable state commissions.
17.2. UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS
The prices that ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay to BellSouth for Unbundled
Network Elements are set forth in Attachment 11.
17.3 Operational Support Systems (OSS)
BellSouth has developed and made available the following mechanized systems by
which ITC/\DeltaCom may submit LSRs electronically.
LENS Local Exchange Navigation System
EDI Electronic Data Interchange
TAG Telecommunications Access Gateway
17.3.1 LSRs submitted by means of one of these interactive interfaces will
incur an OSS electronic ordering charge as specified in the table
below. An individual LSR will be identified for billing purposes by
its Purchase Order Number (PON). LSRs submitted by means other than
one of these interactive interfaces (mail, fax, courier, etc.) will
incur a manual order charge as specified in the table below:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS AL, GA, LA, MS, SC FL, KY, NC, TN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS LSR charge, per LSR received from ITC/\DeltaCom by $3.50 $3.50
one of the OSS interactive interfaces
SOMEC SOMEC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Incremental charge per LSR received from ITC/\DeltaCom by See applicable rate $19.99
means other than one of the OSS interactive interfaces element
XXXXX
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.3.2 DENIAL/RESTORAL OSS CHARGE
In the event ITC/\DeltaCom provides a list of customers to be denied
and restored, rather than an LSR, each location on the list will
require a separate PON and, therefore will be billed as one LSR per
location.
17.3.3 CANCELLATION OSS CHARGE
ITC/\DeltaCom will incur an OSS charge for an accepted LSR that is
later canceled by ITC/\DeltaCom.
Note: Supplements or clarifications to a previously billed LSR will
not incur another OSS charge.
ATTACHMENT 2
PAGE 59
17.3.4 NETWORK ELEMENTS AND OTHER SERVICES MANUAL ADDITIVE
17.3.4.1 The Commissions in some states have ordered per-element manual
additive non-recurring charges (NRC) for Network Elements and Other
Services ordered by means other than one of the interactive
interfaces. These ordered Network Elements and Other Services manual
additive NRCs will apply in these states, rather than the charge per
LSR. The per-element charges are listed on the Rate Tables in
Attachment 11.
ATTACHMENT 3
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 1
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION
1.0 SCOPE
BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom interconnection with BellSouth's
network for the transmission and routing of Telephone Exchange Service
traffic and Exchange Access traffic pursuant to Section 251 (c)(2) of
the Act on the terms and conditions specified in this ATTACHMENT 3.
1.1 LOCAL TRAFFIC
Local Traffic is defined as any telephone call that is originated by
an end user of one Party and terminated to an end user of the other
Party within a given LATA on that other Party's network, except for
those calls that are originated or terminated through switched access
arrangements as established by the ruling regulatory body.
Additionally, Local Traffic includes any cross boundary intrastate,
interLATA or interstate, interLATA call between specific wire centers
established as a local call by the ruling regulatory body. As further
clarification, Local Traffic does not include calls that do not
transmit information of the user's choosing. In any event, neither
Party will pay reciprocal compensation to the other if the "traffic"
to which such reciprocal compensation would otherwise apply was
artificially generated or manufactured with the knowledge or consent
of either Party, in whole or in part, for the primary purpose of
creating an obligation on the part of the originating carrier to pay
reciprocal compensation for such traffic.
1.2 NETWORK INTERCONNECTION
At each Party's option, Interconnection in each LATA may be
accomplished at any technically feasible point within the Parties'
networks, including without limitation the trunk side of any local
switch; trunk interconnection points for any tandem switch; central
office cross connect points; out-of-band signal transfer points; and
the points of access to unbundled elements. Requests to BellSouth for
interconnection at other points may be made through the Bona Fide
Request/New Business Request process set out in General Terms and
Conditions and Attachment 9. Interconnection may be established by the
Parties via (i) Collocation as provided in ATTACHMENT 4 to the
Agreement; (ii) establishment of a Fiber Meet as provided in SECTIONS
1.6 hereof; or (iii) interconnection via purchase of facilities from
either Party by the other Party.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall establish at least one Point of Presence,
Interface, and Interconnection with BellSouth per LATA for the
delivery of ITC/\DeltaCom's originated local and intraLATA toll and
transit traffic. ITC/\DeltaCom may designate additional Points of
Interconnection in such LATA pursuant to this Agreement. If
ITC/\DeltaCom chooses to
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 2
interconnect at a single Point of Interconnection within a LATA, the
interconnection must be at a BellSouth Access Tandem.
Furthermore,ITC/\DeltaCom must establish Points of Interconnection at
all BellSouth access and local tandems whereITC/\DeltaCom NXXs are
"homed." A "Homing" arrangement is defined by a "Final" Trunk Group
between the BellSouth Tandem andITC/\DeltaCom End Office switch. A
"Final" Trunk Group is the last choice telecommunications path between
the Tandem and End Office switch. It isITC/\DeltaCom's responsibility
to enter its own NPA/NXX access and/or local tandem "homing"
arrangements into the national Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG).
For BellSouth's originated traffic to be terminated by ITC/\DeltaCom,
BellSouth may designate a Point of Interface at one or more of
ITC/\DeltaCom's POPs within each LATA in which ITC/\DeltaCom is
providing local service.
1.2.1 In order forITC/\DeltaCom to home its NPA/NXX(s) on a BellSouth
Tandem,ITC/\DeltaCom's NPA/NXX(s) must be assigned to an Exchange Rate
Center Area served by that BellSouth Tandem and as specified by
BellSouth. The specified association between BellSouth Tandems and
Exchange Rate Center Areas is defined in the Local Exchange Routing
Guide (LERG). To the extent that as of the date hereof, existing
arrangements do not comply with this section, the Parties will work
cooperatively to transition existing arrangements to comply with this
section.
1.2.2 For the purposes of this Attachment, the POINT OF INTERCONNECTION is
the point at which the originating Party delivers its originated
traffic to the terminating Party's first point of switching on the
terminating Party's common (shared) network for call transport and
termination. Points of Interconnection are available at either Access
Tandems, Local Tandems, or End Offices as described in this Agreement.
ITC/\DeltaCom's requested Point of Interconnection will also be used
for the receipt and delivery of transit traffic at BellSouth Access
and Local Tandems. Points of Interconnection established at the
BellSouth Local Tandem apply only to ITC/\DeltaCom -originated local
and local originating and terminating transit traffic.
1.2.3 For the purposes of this Attachment , a POINT OF PRESENCE (POP) is the
physical location (a structure where the environmental, power, air
conditioning, etc. specifications for a Party's terminating equipment
can be met) at which a Party establishes itself for obtaining access
to the other Party's network. The POP is the physical location within
which the Point of Interfaces occur.
1.2.4 For the purposes of this Attachment , a POINT OF INTERFACE is the
physical telecommunications interface between BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom's interconnection functions. It establishes the
technical interface and point of operational responsibility. The
primary function of the Point of Interface is to serve as the terminus
for the interconnection service. The Point of Interface has the
following main characteristics:
1. It is a cross-connect point to allow connection,
disconnection, transfer or restoration of service.
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 3
2. It is a point where BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom can verify and
maintain specific performance objectives.
3. It is specified according to the interface offered in the
tariff or local interconnection agreement (for example: for
DS1 service the FCC # 1 tariff specifies that the interface
meets the technical specifications detailed in Generic
Requirements GR-342-CORE, Issue 1, December 1995.)
4. The Parties provide their own equipment (CPE) to interface
with the DS0, DS1, DS3, STS1 and/or OCn circuits on the
customer premises.
1.2.5 ITC/\DeltaCom, at its option, shall establish Points of Presence and
Points of Interface for the delivery of its originated local and
intraLATA toll traffic to BellSouth. The Point of Interface may not
necessarily be established at the Point of Interconnection.
1.2.6 BellSouth shall designate the Points of Presence and Points of
Interface for the delivery of its originated local and intraLATA toll
traffic to ITC/\DeltaCom for call transport and termination by
ITC/\DeltaCom. ITC/\DeltaCom will not unreasonably refuse to
interconnect at a Point of Interface designated by BellSouth including
providing BellSouth collocation at ITC/\DeltaCom's POPs within each
LATA. In the establishment of BellSouth's Point of Interface, if
BellSouth chooses to collocate with ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will pay
ITC/\DeltaCom collocation charges at rates no more than the BellSouth
collocation rates.
1.2.7 The Party requesting interconnection shall provide written notice to
the other Party to change from one of the interconnection methods
specified above to another of the networks specified above. The
parties shall negotiate in good faith the interval for changing the
interconnection methods. A mutually acceptable third party contractor
can be employed by the Party making the change.
1.2.8 Based on the physical architecture and Reciprocal Compensation
arrangements that the Parties have agreed to in this Agreement, each
Party shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining facilities
and trunking at its own expense, on its side of the Point of Interface
to provide for the transmission, routing and termination of Telephone
Exchange Service traffic and Exchange Access traffic to their
respective End Users, consistent with the standards set forth in this
Agreement.
1.2.9 Each Party shall be responsible for routing calls to the Point of
Interface for termination via the other's facilities. Either Party may
use the Point of Interface for the interconnection of other types of
services, such as toll services, subject to the applicable rates for
such traffic. The Parties agree that no interexchange access services
traffic will be exchanged as local traffic.
1.2.9.1 If either party initiates a network redesign or
reconfiguration and asks the other Party to reconfigure its
existing network to accommodate the requesting Party, the
requesting Party will waive any applicable nonrecurring
charges otherwise payable by the other Party to meet such
request. The foregoing waiver of
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 4
charges shall not apply when such reconfiguration is required
due to exhaust situations or to comply with a Commission or
FCC rule or order.
1.2.9.2 Each Party shall be solely responsible for the installation,
operation and maintenance of equipment and facilities provided
by it for Interconnection, subject to compatibility and
cooperative testing and monitoring, and the specific operation
and maintenance provisions for equipment and facilities used
to provide Interconnection.
1.2.9.3 The intervals for installation, maintenance, and repair of
facilities and services associated with or used in conjunction
with Interconnection shall be determined in accordance with
the requirements of Attachment 10 to the Agreement.
1.3 METHODS OF INTERCONNECTION
Each Party at its election shall have the sole right and descretion to
specify any one of the following methods for interconnection at the
POI:
a) a Fiber-Meet as set forth in Section 1.3.2 of this
Attachment;
b) a collocation facility which it maintains at the other
Party's POI wire center (i.e., physical collocation as
set forth in Attachment 4 of this Agreement);
c) a collocation facility maintained at the POI wire
center by a third party with whom the Party requesting
interconnection has contracted for such purpose;or
d) Interconnection via purchase of leased facility(ies) as
set forth in Section 1.3.1 below.
1.3.1 INTERCONNECTION VIA PURCHASE OF FACILITIES
1.3.1.1 Either Party may purchase Local Channel facilities from the
Party's specified Point of Interface to its designated serving
wire center. The Parties agree that charges for such Local
Channel facilities are as set forth in Attachment 11. If a
nonrecurring or recurring rate is not identified in Attachment
11 for a Local Channel, the rate shall be as set forth in the
appropriate BellSouth intrastate or interstate tariff for
switched access services.
1.3.1.1.1 Additionally, either Party may purchase Dedicated
Transport facilities from its designated serving wire
center to the other Party's first point of switching.
The Parties
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 5
agree that charges for such Dedicated Transport
facilities are as set forth in Attachment 11. If a
nonrecurring or recurring rate is not identified in
Attachment 11 for Dedicated Transport, the rate shall
be as set forth in the appropriate BellSouth intrastate
or interstate tariff for switched access services.
1.3.1.2 For the purposes of this Attachment, Local Channel is defined
as a switch transport facility between a Party's Point of
Presence and its designated serving wire center.
1.3.1.3 For the purposes of this Attachment, Serving Wire Center is
defined as the wire center owned by one Party from which the
other Party would normally obtain dial tone for its Point of
Presence.
1.3.1.4 For the purposes of this Attachment, Dedicated Transport is
defined as a switch transport facility between a Party's
designated serving wire center and the first point of
switching on the other Party's common (shared) network.
1.3.2 FIBER MEET "Fiber-Meet" or "Mid-Span Meet" means an Interconnection
architecture method whereby the Parties physically interconnect their
networks via an optical fiber interface (as opposed to an electrical
interface) at a mutually agreed upon location, at which one Party's
responsibility or service begins and the other Party's responsibility
ends.
1.3.2.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom elects to interconnect with BellSouth
pursuant to a Fiber Meet, ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth shall
jointly engineer and operate a Synchronous Optical Network
("SONET") transmission system by which they shall interconnect
their networks for the transmission and routing of Telephone
Exchange Service traffic pursuant to Section 251 (c)(2) of the
Act. The Parties shall work together to determine the specific
SONET transmission system. However, ITC/\DeltaCom's SONET
transmission system must be compatible with BellSouth's
equipment in the Serving Wire Center. The Parties respective
equipment and software versions must be compatible with each
other and the data communications channel must be turned off.
BellSouth reserves the right to determine the equipment (and
compatibility thereof) that it employs for service.
1.3.2.2 BellSouth shall, wholly at its own expense, procure, install
and maintain the agreed upon SONET equipment in the BellSouth
central office within the interconnection wire center.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 6
1.3.2.3 ITC/\DeltaCom shall, wholly at its own expense, procure,
install and maintain the agreed upon SONET equipment in the
ITC/\DeltaCom central office within the interconnection wire
center.
1.3.2.4 BellSouth shall designate a Point of Interface outside the
BellSouth central office within the interconnection wire
center as a Fiber Meet point, and shall make all necessary
preparations to receive, and to allow and enable ITC/\DeltaCom
to deliver, fiber optic facilities into the Point of Interface
with sufficient spare length to reach the fusion splice point
at the Point of Interface. BellSouth shall, wholly at its own
expense, procure, install and maintain the fusion splicing
point in the Point of Interface. A Common Language Location
Identification ("CLLI") code will be established for each
Point of Interface. The code established must be a building
type code. All orders shall originate from the Point of
Interface (i.e., Point of Interface to ITC/\DeltaCom, Point of
Interface to BellSouth).
1.3.2.5 ITC/\DeltaCom shall deliver and maintain such strands wholly
at its own expense. Upon verbal request by ITC/\DeltaCom,
BellSouth shall allow ITC/\DeltaCom access to the Fiber Meet
entry point for maintenance purposes as promptly as possible.
1.3.2.6 The Parties shall jointly coordinate and undertake maintenance
of the SONET transmission system. Each Party shall be
responsible for maintaining the components of the SONET
transmission system (e.g., software upgrades).
1.3.2.7 Each Party will be responsible for (i) providing its own
transport facilities to the Fiber Meet, (ii) the cost to
build-out its facilities to such Fiber Meet, and (iii)
ITC/\DeltaCom can use BellSouth's dark fiber leases as
ITC/\DeltaCom's portion of the network between the
ITC/\DeltaCom POP and the Point of Interface.
1.3.2.8 Neither Party shall charge the other for its portion of the
Fiber Meet facility used exclusively for non-transit local
traffic (i.e. the Local Channel). Charges incurred for other
services including dedicated transport facilities to the Point
of Interconnection if applicable will apply. Charges for
Switched and Special Access Services shall be billed in
accordance with the applicable Access Service tariff (i.e. the
BellSouth Interstate or Intrastate Access Services Tariff).
1.4 INTERCONNECTION IN ADDITIONAL LATAS
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 7
1.4.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom elects to offer Telephone Exchange Services in any
other LATA in which BellSouth also offers Telephone Exchange Services,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide written notice to BellSouth of the need to
establish Interconnection in such additional LATA pursuant to this
Agreement.
1.4.2 The notice provided in SECTION 1.7.1 shall include (i) the initial
Point of Interface ITC/\DeltaCom has designated for its originated
traffic in the new LATA; (ii) ITC/\DeltaCom's requested
Interconnection Activation Date; and (iii) a non-binding forecast of
ITC/\DeltaCom's trunking requirements.
1.5 ADDITIONAL INTERCONNECTION IN EXISTING LATAS
If ITC/\DeltaCom wishes to establish additional or new Point(s) of
Interface in any LATA, ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide written notice
thereof to BellSouth. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
apply to such Interconnection. BellSouth shall not unreasonably refuse
to interconnect for the delivery of ITC/\DeltaCom traffic at each
ITC/\DeltaCom Point of Interface (e.g., Points of collocation,
existing entrance facilities, or any other mutually agreeable
location). The Parties shall negotiate in good faith the interval for
such additional or new Point of Interface. If and when either Party
deploys a new tandem switch or rehomes end offices, the Party
initiating such change shall notify all interconnectors (including
LERG updates) so that affected Parties may establish proper
interconnection arrangements.
1.6 PERCENT LOCAL USAGE/PERCENT INTERSTATE USAGE
PERCENT LOCAL USE. Each Party will report to the other a Percentage
Local Usage ("PLU"). The application of the PLU will determine the
amount of local minutes to be billed to the other party. For purposes
of developing the PLU, each party shall consider every local call and
every long distance call, excluding intermediary traffic. Effective on
the first of January, April, July and October of each year, BellSouth
and ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide a positive report updating the PLU.
Detailed requirements associated with PLU reporting shall be as set
forth in BellSouth's Standard Percent Local Use Reporting Platform for
Interconnection Purchasers, as it is amended from time to time during
this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the terminating
company has message recording technology that identifies the traffic
terminated, such information, in lieu of the PLU factor, shall upon
mutual agreement of the Parties be utilized to determine the
appropriate local usage compensation to be paid.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 8
PERCENTAGE INTERSTATE USAGE. Both Party's based on their respective
tariffs for combined interstate and intrastate traffic terminated by
the other Party over the same facilities, will be required to provide
a projected Percentage Interstate Usage ("PIU") to the other Party.
All jurisdictional report requirements, rules and regulations for
Interexchange Carriers specified in the Parties' Access Services
Tariff will apply. After interstate and intrastate traffic percentages
have been determined by use of PIU procedures, the PLU factor will be
used for application and billing of local interconnection.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, where the terminating company has
message recording technology that identifies the traffic terminated,
such information, in lieu of the PLU factor, shall upon mutual
agreement of the Parties be utilized to determine the appropriate
local usage compensation to be paid.
2.0 AUDITS
On thirty (30) days written notice, each party must provide the other
the ability and opportunity to conduct an annual audit to ensure the
proper billing of traffic. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall retain
records of call detail for a minimum of nine months from which a PLU
can be ascertained. The audit shall be accomplished during normal
business hours at an office designated by the party being audited.
Audit requests shall not be submitted more frequently than one (1)
time per calendar year. Audits shall be performed by a mutually
acceptable independent auditory paid for by the party requesting the
audit. The PLU and/or PIU shall be adjusted based upon the audit
results and shall apply to the usage for the quarter the audit was
completed, to the usage for the quarter prior to the completion of the
audit, and to the usage for the two quarters following the completion
of the audit. If, as a result of an audit, either Party is found to
have overstated the PLU and/or PIU by twenty percentage points (20%)
or more, that Party shall reimburse the auditing Party for the cost of
the audit.
3.0 METHODS OF INTERCONNECTION
3.1 SCOPE OF TRAFFIC
This Section prescribes parameters for trunk groups to be effected
over the Interconnections specified in this Attachment 3 hereof for
the transmission and routing of Telephone Exchange Service Traffic,
IntraLATA Toll Traffic and Exchange Access Traffic. The Parties agree
for the purpose of this Attachment that Local Interconnection is as
defined in Part B of the General Terms and Conditions of this
Agreement.
3.2 INTERCONNECTION TRUNKING AND ROUTING
3.2.1 Trunking Options. Each of the following trunking arrangements shall be
available to either Party, unless BellSouth demonstrates, consistent
with objectively verifiable engineering standards, that such
arrangement is not
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 9
technically feasible. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall establish
interconnecting trunk groups and trunking configurations between
networks including the establishment of one-way or two-way trunks in
accordance with the following conditions:
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 10
3.2.1.1 INITIAL TRUNKING CONFIGURATION. At the specified Points of Interface per
this Agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth shall interconnect using one-way
trunk groups. One group carries ITC/\DeltaCom-originated local and intraLATA
toll traffic destined for BellSouth end-users. The other group carries
BellSouth-originated local and intraLATA toll traffic destined for ITC/\DeltaCom
end-users. A trunk group must be established as a two-way group from the
ITC/\DeltaCom switch to BellSouth access tandem(s) or local tandem(s) as
specified in this Agreement. This group carries intratandem transit traffic
between ITC/\DeltaCom and Independent Companies, Interexchange Carriers, other
CLECs and other network providers with which ITC/\DeltaCom desires
interconnection and has the proper contractual arrangements. If MTA is ordered
to the BellSouth access tandem, this group may also carry intertandem traffic
between ITC/\DeltaCom and Independent Companies, other CLECs, and other network
providers (except Interexchange Carriers) with which ITC/\DeltaCom desires
interconnection and has the proper contractual arrangements as specified in this
Agreement. Other trunk groups for operator services, directory assistance,
emergency services and intercept may be established if required.
3.2.1.2 TWO-WAY TRUNKING CONFIGURATION. Two-Way Trunk Interconnection
establishes two-way trunk groups to carry local and intraLATA toll
traffic between ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom and
BellSouth must agree to the "BellSouth Two-way Trunking Rules"
(described later in this attachment) in order to establish this
architecture. The other parameters are similar to one-way trunk
interconnection as described by the Initial Trunking architecture
above. Other trunk groups for operator services, directory assistance,
emergency services and intercept may be established if required.
3.2.1.3 SUPERGROUP TRUNKING CONFIGURATION. In the Supergroup arrangement, all
local, intraLATA toll and transit traffic is carried on a single
two-way trunk group between the ITC/\DeltaCom switch and each
BellSouth access tandem within a LATA. ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth
must agree to the " BellSouth Two-way Trunking Rules" in order to
establish this architecture. Other trunk groups for operator services,
directory assistance, emergency services and intercept may be
established if required.
3.2.1.4 PREFERRED TRUNKING CONFIGURATION. At the specified Points of Interface
per this Agreement, all ITC/\DeltaCom-to-BellSouth local, two-way
intraLATA toll and two-way transit traffic is carried on a single
two-way trunk group between the ITC/\DeltaCom switch and BellSouth
access tandem(s) within a LATA. BellSouth-to-ITC/\DeltaCom local and
intraLATA Toll traffic is carried on one-way trunk groups terminating
to the ITC/\DeltaCom switch. Other trunk groups for operator services,
directory assistance, emergency services and intercept may be
established if required.
3.2.2 BellSouth Two-Way Trunking Rules
3.2.2.1 ITC/\DeltaCom will initiate 2-way trunk request, and
BellSouth will concur. However, 2-way trunks will be
jointly provisioned.
3.2.2.2 Point of Interface will be located at a mutually
agreed location or point designated by BellSouth. If
an agreement cannot be reached on the location North
Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 11
of the Point of Interface, each company will establish
its own Point of Interface and order 1-way trunks.
3.2.2.3 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will jointly review the
trunk forecast, as needed, on a periodic basis, or at
least every six (6) months.
3.2.2.4 ITC/\DeltaCom will order trunks using ASR process in
place for Local Interconnection after the joint
planning meeting takes place between BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.2.2.5 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom must agree on Standard
Traffic Engineering parameters that will be used in
the engineering of the trunk groups.
3.2.2.6 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom must agree to meet and
resolve service-affecting situations in a timely
manner.
3.2.2.7 Establishing a 2-way trunk group does not preclude
BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom from adding 1-way trunk
groups within the same Local Calling Area.
3.2.2.8 For technical reasons, 2-way trunk groups may not be
ordered to a BellSouth DMS100 Local Tandem or DMS100
End Office.
3.2.2.9 BellSouth will be responsible for the installation and
maintenance of its trunks and facilities to the
mutually agreed Point of Interface, and ITC/\DeltaCom
will be responsible for the installation and
maintenance of its trunks and facilities to the
mutually agreed to Point of Inteface.
3.2.3 Any ITC/\DeltaCom interconnection request that deviates from the
standard trunking configurations as described in this section or the
BellSouth Call Transport & Termination Service For Facility Based
CLECs section of the Facility Based CLEC Activation Requirements
Customer Guide that affects traffic delivered toITC/\DeltaCom from a
BellSouth switch that requires special BellSouth switch translations
and other network modifications will requireITC/\DeltaCom to submit a
Bona Fide Request/New Business Request via the Bona Fide Request/New
Business Request Process set forth in General Terms and Conditions and
in Attachment 9.
3.2.4 All terms and conditions, as well as charges, both non-recurring and
recurring, associated with interconnecting trunk groups between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom not addressed in Attachment 11 shall be as
set forth in the appropriate BellSouth intrastate or interstate tariff
for switched access services. For two-way trunking that carries the
Parties' local and intraLATA toll traffic, excluding transit traffic,
the Parties shall be compensated for the nonrecurring and recurring
charges for trunks and DS1 facilities at 50% of the applicable
contractual or tariff rates for the services provided by each Party.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for ordering and paying for any
two-way trunks carrying transit traffic.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 12
3.2.5 The Parties shall utilize direct end office trunking under the
following conditions:
(1) Tandem Exhaust - If a tandem through which the
Parties are interconnected is unable to, or is
forecasted to be unable to support additional traffic
loads for any period of time, the Parties will mutually
agree on an end office trunking plan that will
alleviate the tandem capacity shortage and ensure
completion of traffic between ITC/\DeltaCom and
BellSouth's subscribers.
(2) Traffic Volume -To the extent either Party has the
capability to measure the amount of traffic between a
ITC/\DeltaCom switching center and a BellSouth end
office, either Party shall install and retain direct
end office trunking sufficient to handle actual or
reasonably forecasted traffic volumes, whichever is
greater, between a ITC/\DeltaCom switching center and a
BellSouth end office where the traffic exceeds or is
forecasted to exceed a single DS1 of local traffic per
month. Either Party will install additional capacity
between such points when overflow traffic between
ITC/\DeltaCom's switching center and BellSouth's end
office exceeds or is forecasted to exceed a single DS1
of local traffic per month. In the case of one way
trunking, additional trunking shall only be required by
the Party whose trunking has achieved the preceding
usage threshold.
(3) Mutual Agreement - The Parties may install direct
end office trunking upon mutual agreement in the
absence of the conditions (1) or (2) above and
agreement will not unreasonably be withheld.
3.2.6 Switched Access traffic will be delivered to and by IXCs based on
ITC/\DeltaCom's NXX Access Tandem homing arrangement as specified by
ITC/\DeltaCom in the national Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG).
3.2.7 All trunk groups will be provisioned as Signaling System 7 (SS7)
capable where technically feasible.
3.3 MULTIPLE TANDEM ACCESS. BellSouth multiple tandem access (MTA) applies
to the termination of ITC/\DeltaCom-originated traffic and does not
apply to traffic ITC/\DeltaCom receives from other parties or to
switched access traffic. Within each LATA, ITC/\DeltaCom must
interconnect at all BellSouth access tandems where ITC/\DeltaCom NXXs
are "homed". However, if ITC/\DeltaCom does not have NXXs homed at
each BellSouth access tandem within a LATA and elects not to
interconnect at such BellSouth access tandems where no NXXs are homed,
ITC/\DeltaCom must order MTA in each BellSouth access tandem within
the LATA where it interconnects to the extent it desires to terminate
traffic to customers served through BellSouth access tandems in the
LATA to which ITC/\DeltaCom has not interconnected. MTA shall be
provisioned in accordance with BellSouth's Ordering Guidelines.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 13
3.3.1 With MTA, compensation for the BellSouth transport and
termination of ITC/\DeltaCom's local and intraLATA toll
traffic will be billed on an elemental basis at the applicable
rates specified in Attachment 11 for local traffic and in the
BellSouth intrastate access tariff for intraLATA toll traffic
on a statewide basis.
3.3.2 MTA does not include switched access traffic that transits the
BellSouth network to an Interexchange Carrier (IXC). Switched
Access traffic will be delivered to and by IXCs based on
ITC/\DeltaCom's NXX Access Tandem homing arrangement as
specified byITC/\DeltaCom n the national Local Exchange
Routing Guide (LERG).
3.3.3 ForITC/\DeltaCom-originated local and intraLATA toll traffic
that BellSouth transports but is destined for termination by a
third Party network (transit traffic), BellSouth MTA is
required if multiple BellSouth access tandems are necessary to
deliver the call to the third Party network.
3.3.4 To the extentITC/\DeltaCom does not purchase MTA in a calling
area that has multiple access tandems serving the calling area
as defined by BellSouth,ITC/\DeltaCom must establish Points of
Interconnection to every access tandem in the calling area in
order to serve the entire calling area. To the
extentITC/\DeltaCom does not purchase MTA and provides
intraLATA toll service to its customers, it may be necessary
for it to establish a Point of Interconnection to additional
BellSouth access tandems that serve end offices outside the
local calling area.
3.4 LOCAL TANDEM INTERCONNECTION. This interconnection arrangement allows
ITC/\DeltaCom to establish a Point of Interconnection at BellSouth
local tandems for: (1) the delivery of ITC/\DeltaCom-originated local
traffic transported and terminated by BellSouth to BellSouth end
offices within the local calling area as defined in BellSouth's GSST,
section A3 served by those BellSouth local tandems, and (2) for local
transit traffic transported by BellSouth for third party network
providers who have also established Points of Interconnection at those
BellSouth local tandems.
3.4.1 When a specified local calling area is served by more than one
BellSouth local tandem, ITC/\DeltaCom must designate a "home"
local tandem for each of its assigned NPA/NXXs and establish
trunk connections to such local tandems. Additionally,
ITC/\DeltaCom may choose to establish a Point of
Interconnection at the BellSouth local tandems where it has no
codes homing but is not required to do so. ITC/\DeltaCom may
deliver local traffic to a "home" BellSouth local tandem that
is destined for other BellSouth or third party network
provider end offices subtending other BellSouth local tandems
in the same local calling area where ITC/\DeltaCom does not
choose to establish a Point of Interconnection. It
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 14
is ITC/\DeltaCom's responsibility to enter its own NPA/NXX
local tandem homing arrangements into the Local Exchange
Routing Guide (LERG) either directly or via a vendor in order
for other third party network providers to determine
appropriate traffic routing to ITC/\DeltaCom's codes.
Likewise, ITC/\DeltaCom shall obtain its routing information
from the LERG.
3.4.2 Notwithstanding establishing Points of Interconnection to
BellSouth's local tandems, ITC/\DeltaCom must also establish
Points of Interconnection to BellSouth access tandems within
the LATA on which ITC/\DeltaCom has NPA/NXX's homed for the
delivery of Interexchange Carrier Switched Access (SWA) and
toll traffic, and traffic to Type 2A CMRS connections located
at the access tandems. BellSouth cannot switch SWA traffic
through more than one BellSouth access tandem. SWA, Type 2A
CMRS or toll traffic routed to the local tandem in error will
not be backhauled to the BellSouth access tandem for
completion. (Type 2A CMRS interconnection is defined in
BellSouth's A35 General Subscriber Services Tariff.)
3.4.3 BellSouth's provisioning of local tandem interconnection
assumes thatITC/\DeltaCom has executed the necessary local
interconnection agreements with the other third party network
providers subtending those local tandems as required by the
Act.
3.5 Direct connection to an End Office shall provide the Party requesting
Interconnection with access to all valid NXX codes served by that End
Office. Direct end office trunking may not be unreasonably withheld.
Trunking can be established to tandems or end offices or a combination
as mutually agreed.
3.6 If a pre-existing trunk group is unable to support additional traffic
loads, or consistent with standard trunk engineering practices, is
reasonably forecasted as specified in accordance with Section 4.4 to
be unable to support additional traffic loads, each Party shall, upon
request of the other Party, provision additional trunks to expand the
capacity of such pre-existing trunk group (within the timeframes
specified in Attachments 6 and 10 to the Agreement).
3.7 ITC/\DeltaCom may opt at any time to terminate to BellSouth some or
all local exchange traffic and intraLATA toll traffic originating on
its network, together with switched access traffic, via Feature Group
B or D Switched Access services which ITC/\DeltaCom may otherwise
purchase from BellSouth, subject to the rates, terms and conditions
specified in BellSouth's applicable switched access tariffs. At no
time shall ITC/\DeltaCom be required to route outbound traffic via
facilities for which a full retail or end user toll charge would be
assessed when parallel FG-B or FG-D routing, or routing via a
different carrier exists which is capable of carrying and completing
said traffic at more favorable rates. However, Switched Access Traffic
will not be represented as Local Traffic.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 15
4.0 NETWORK DESIGN AND MANAGEMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION
4.1 NETWORK MANAGEMENT AND CHANGES. BellSouth shall work cooperatively
with ITC/\DeltaCom to install and maintain the most effective and
reliable interconnected telecommunications networks, including but not
limited to, the exchange of toll-free maintenance contact numbers and
escalation procedures. BellSouth agrees to provide public notice of
changes in the information necessary for the transmission and routing
of services using its Local Exchange facilities or networks, as well
as of any other changes that would affect the interoperability of
those facilities and networks.
4.2 INTERCONNECTION- TECHNICAL STANDARDS. The interconnection of all
networks will be based upon accepted industry/national guidelines for
transmission standards and traffic blocking criteria. Interconnecting
facilities shall conform, at a minimum, to the telecommunications
industry standard of DS1 pursuant to Xxxxxxxx Xxxxxxxx Xx.
XX-XXX-00000. Signal transfer point, Signaling System 7("SS7")
connectivity is required at each interconnection point. BellSouth will
provide out-of-band signaling using Common Channel Signaling Access
Capability where technically and economically feasible, in accordance
with the technical specifications set forth in the BellSouth
Guidelines to Technical Publication, TR-XXX000000. Facilities of each
Party shall provide the necessary on-hook, off-hook answer and
disconnect supervision and shall hand off calling number ID when
technically feasible.
4.3 NETWORK MANAGEMENT CONTROLS. Both Parties shall work cooperatively
with each other to apply sound network management principles by
invoking appropriate network management controls, e.g., call gapping,
to alleviate or prevent network congestion.
4.4 FORECASTING REQUIREMENTS
4.4.1 The Parties shall exchange technical descriptions and
forecasts of their Interconnection and traffic requirements in
sufficient detail necessary to establish the interconnections
required to assure traffic completion to and from all
customers in their respective designated service areas. In
order for BellSouth to provide as accurate reciprocal trunking
forecasts as possible to ITC/\DeltaCom, ITC/\DeltaCom must
timely inform BellSouth of any known or anticipated events
that may affect BellSouth reciprocal trunking requirements. If
ITC/\DeltaCom refuses to provide such information, BellSouth
shall provide reciprocal trunking forecasts based only on
existing trunk group growth and BellSouth's annual estimated
percentage of BellSouth subscriber line growth.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 15
4.4.2 Both Parties shall meet every six (6) months or at otherwise
mutually agreeable intervals for the purpose of exchanging
non-binding forecasts of their traffic and volume requirements
for the Interconnection and Network Elements provided under
this Agreement, in the form and in such detail as agreed by
the Parties. The Parties agree that each forecast provided
under this Section shall be deemed "Confidential Information"
under Section 9 of the General Terms and Conditions - Part A
of the Agreement.
4.4.3 The trunk forecast should include trunk requirements for all
of the interconnecting trunk groups for the current year plus
the next two future years. The forecast meeting between the
Parties could be a face-to-face meeting, video conference or
audio conference. It could be held regionally or
geographically. Ideally, these forecast meetings should be
held at least semi-annually, or more often if the forecast is
no longer usable. Updates to a forecast or portions thereof,
should be made whenever the Party providing the forecast deems
that the latest trunk requirements exceed the original
quantities by 24 trunks or ten percent (10%), whichever is
greater. Either Party should notify the other Party if they
have measurements indicating that a trunk group is exceeding
its designed call carrying capacity and is impacting other
trunk groups in the network. Also, either Party should notify
the other Party if they know of situations where the traffic
load is expected to increase significantly and thus affect the
interconnecting trunk requirements as well as the trunk
requirements within the other Party's network. The Parties
agree that the forecast information provided under this
Section shall be deemed "Confidential Information" as
described in the General Terms and Conditions Part A of the
Agreement.
4.5 COMMON CHANNEL SIGNALING. Both Parties shall provide LEC-to-LEC Common
Channel Signaling ("CCS") to each other, where available, in
conjunction with all traffic in order to enable full interoperability
of CLASS features and functions except for call return. All CCS
signaling parameters will be provided, including automatic number
identification ("ANI"), calling party number ("CPN"), originating line
information ("OLI"), calling company category, charge number, etc. All
privacy indicators will be honored, and each Party will cooperate with
the other on the exchange of Transactional Capabilities Application
Part ("TCAP") messages to facilitate full interoperability of
CCS-based features between the respective networks. Where available,
network signaling information such as Carrier Identification Parameter
(CCS platform), at the standard tariff rates, and CIC/OZZ information
(non-CCS environment) will be provided wherever such information is
needed for call routing or billing. The Parties will follow all
Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF) adopted standards pertaining to
CIC/OZZ codes. Where CCS is not available, in-band multi-frequency
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 17
(MF) wink start E&M channel Associated signaling will be provided.
Such MF arrangements will require a separate trunk group between
ITC/\DeltaCom's switch and one specified BellSouth switch.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall establish CCS interconnection with BellSouth
signal transfer points (STPs) in each LATA, either directly or via an
intermediary STP provider.
4.5.1 Where the interconnection is via B-link connections, charges
for the SS7 interconnection elements are as follows: 1) Port
Charge - BellSouth will not xxxx an STP port charge nor will
BellSouth agree to pay a port charge; 2) SS7 Network Usage -
BellSouth will xxxx SS7 Network Usage and will agree to pay
usage billed by ITC/\DeltaCom (to the extent that a flat rate
surrogate charge is billed by ITC/\DeltaCom, it will not
exceed BellSouth's charge); 3) SS7 Link- BellSouth will xxxx
for only two links of each quad ordered. Application of these
charges in this manner reflects the reciprocal use of the two
parties signaling networks.
4.5.2 Where the interconnection is via A-link connections, charges
for the SS7 interconnection elements are as follows: 1) Port
Charge- BellSouth will xxxx an STP port charge and does not
agree to pay a termination charge at ITC/\DeltaCom's end
office; 2) SS7 Network Usage- BellSouth will xxxx for usage on
its SS7 network and will not agree to pay for any usage billed
by ITC/\DeltaCom; 3) Link- BellSouth will xxxx full charges
for each link in the A link pair and will not agree to pay
ITC/\DeltaCom for any portion of those links
4.5.3 Call Information. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will send and
receive 10 digits for local traffic. BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom shall exchange the proper call information,
i.e., originated call company number and destination call
company number, CIC, and OZZ, including all proper
translations for routing between networks and any information
necessary for billing.
4.5.4 Each Party is responsible for requesting Interconnection to
the other Party's CCS network, where SS7 signaling on the
trunk group(s) is desired. The Parties shall establish
Interconnection at the STP.
4.5.5 Where available and upon the request of the other Party, each
Party shall cooperate to ensure that its trunk groups are
configured utilizing the B8ZS ESF protocol for 64 kbps clear
channel transmission to allow for ISDN interoperability
between the Parties' respective networks.
4.5.6 All originating Toll Free Service calls for which BellSouth
performs the Service Switching Point (SSP) function (e.g.,
performs the
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 18
database query) shall be delivered by ITC/\DeltaCom using
GR-394 format over the transit trunk group. Carrier Code
"0110" and Circuit Code of "08" shall be used for all such
calls. In the event ITC/\DeltaCom becomes a toll free service
provider, BellSouth shall deliver traffic using the GR-394
format over a trunk group designated for Toll Free Service.
4.5.7 All originating Toll Free Service calls for which
ITC/\DeltaCom performs the SSP function, if delivered to
BellSouth, shall be delivered by ITC/\DeltaCom using GR-394
format over the transit trunk group for calls destined to
IXCs, or shall be delivered by ITC/\DeltaCom using GR-317
format over the Local Interconnection Trunk Group for calls
destined to end offices that directly subtend BellSouth access
tandems.
5.0 PARITY
Interconnection shall be equal in quality to that provided by the
Parties to themselves or to any subsidiary, affiliate, or other party.
Equal in quality means that interconnection facilities shall meet the
same technical criteria and service standards that are used within the
Parties' own networks, such as probability of blocking in peak hours
and transmission standards.
5.1 The Parties shall provide Interconnection (i) in accordance with the
requirements of this Attachment 3, (ii) in conformance with the
Performance Standards listed in Attachment 10, and (iii) as required
by the applicable state Commission and the FCC.
5.2 Local Dialing Parity
Each Party shall provide local dialing parity, meaning that each
Party's customers will not have to dial any greater number of digits
than the other Party's customers to complete the same call. In
addition, under equivalent interconnection arrangements, ITC/\DeltaCom
local service customers will experience at least the same quality as
BellSouth local service customers regarding post-dial delay, call
completion rate and transmission quality.
6.0 INTERCONNECTION COMPENSATION
6.1 COMPENSATION FOR LOCAL TRAFFIC
6.1.1 Local Traffic is defined as any telephone call that is
originated by an end user of one Party and terminated to an
end user of the other Party within a given LATA on that other
Party's network, except for those calls that are originated or
terminated through switched access arrangements as established
by the ruling regulatory body. Additionally, Local Traffic
includes any cross boundary
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 19
intrastate, interLATA or interstate, interLATA call between
specific wire centers established as a local call by the
ruling regulatory body. As further clarification, Local
Traffic does not include calls that do not transmit
information of the user's choosing. In any event, neither
Party will pay reciprocal compensation to the other if the
"traffic" to which such reciprocal compensation would
otherwise apply was artificially generated or manufactured
with the knowledge or consent of either Party, in whole or in
part, for the primary purpose of creating an obligation on the
part of the originating carrier to pay reciprocal compensation
for such traffic.
6.1.2 The Parties shall provide for the mutual and reciprocal
recovery of the costs for the elemental functions performed in
transporting and terminating local traffic on each other's
network. Such functions include Common (Shared) Transport,
Tandem Switching and End Office Switching. The Parties agree
that charges for transport and termination of calls on its
respective networks are as set forth in Attachment 11. Based
upon the Commission evaluation of ITC/\DeltaCom's network and
in accordance with the order of the Commission in Docket No.
P-500, Sub 10, for reciprocal compensation purposes,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be compensated at BellSouth's tandem
interconnection rate.
6.2 Dial-up Internet Service Provider (ISP) traffic shall be subject to an
interim inter-carrier compensation mechanism. The inter-carrier
compensation rates for dial-up ISP traffic shall mirror those rates
set forth in Section 6.1.2 above. Such rates shall be subject to
true-up at such time as the Commission has ruled pursuant to the FCC's
anticipated order on inter-carrier compensation for ISP traffic.
6.3 If ITC/\DeltaCom utilizes a switch outside the LATA and BellSouth
chooses to purchase dedicated or common (shared) transport from
ITC/\DeltaCom for transport and termination of BellSouth originated
traffic, BellSouth will pay ITC/\DeltaCom no more than the airline
miles between the V & H coordinates of the Point of Interface within
the LATA where ITC/\DeltaCom receives the BellSouth-originated traffic
and the V & H coordinates of the BellSouth Exchange Rate Center Area
that the ITC/\DeltaCom terminating NPA/NXX is associated in the same
LATA. For these situations, BellSouth will compensate ITC/\DeltaCom at
either dedicated or common (shared) transport rates specified in
Attachment 11.
7.0 TRANSMISSION AND ROUTING OF EXCHANGE ACCESS TRAFFIC
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 20
The Parties shall jointly provide Tandem-transported Switched Exchange
Access Services to Interexchange Carriers to enable such Interexchange
Carriers to originate and terminate traffic from/to ITC/\DeltaCom's
End Users, and to originate and terminate traffic to/from BellSouth's
End Users.
8.0 NXX TRANSLATIONS IMPLEMENTATION
It shall be the responsibility of each Party to program and update its
switches and network systems pursuant to the local exchange routing
guide (LERG) and other switched telecommunications industry guidelines
to recognize and route traffic to the other Party's assigned NXX
codes. Neither Party shall impose any fees or charges whatsoever on
the other Party for such activities.
8.1 Testing and inputting of the translations in the BellSouth databases
of ITC/\DeltaCom's NXXs' should be the same as BellSouth's own.
8.2 Each Party will translate NXXs according to industry guidelines,
including the terminating LATA in which the NXXs/rate center is
located.
8.3 The Parties will cooperate and implement industry solutions for number
conservation, e.g. number pooling.
9.0 MEET-POINT BILLING ARRANGEMENTS
9.1 MEET-POINT BILLING When BellSouth and DeltaCom provide an access
service connection between an interexchange carrier ("IXC") and each
other, each party will provide its own access services to the IXC on a
multi-xxxx, multi-tariff meet-point basis. Each party will xxxx its
own access services rates to the IXC with the exception of the
interconnection charge. The interconnection charge will be billed by
the party providing the end office function. The Parties will use the
Multiple Exchange Carrier Access Billing guidelines to establish meet
point billing for all applicable traffic, including traffic
terminating to ported numbers. 30-day billing periods will be employed
for these arrangements. The recording party agrees to provide to the
initial billing company, at no charge, the switched access detailed
usage data within no more than sixty (60) days after the recording
date. The initial billing company will provide the switched access
summary usage data to all subsequent billing companies within 10 days
of rendering the initial xxxx to the IXC. Each company will notify the
other when it is not feasible to meet these requirements so that the
customers may be notified for any necessary revenue accrual associated
with the significantly
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 21
delayed recording or billing. As business requirements change data
reporting requirements may be modified as necessary.
9.2 In the event that either Party fails to provide switched access
detailed usage data to the other Party within 90 days after the
recording date and the receiving Party is unable to xxxx and/or
collect access revenues due to the sending Party's failure to provide
such data within said time period, then the Party failing to send the
data as specified herein shall be liable to the other Party in an
amount equal to the unbillable or uncollectible revenues. Each Party
will provide complete documentation to the other to substantiate any
claim of unbillable access revenues. A negotiated settlement will be
agreed upon between the Parties.
9.3 Each company will retain for a minimum period of sixty (60) days,
access message detail sufficient to recreate any data which is lost or
damaged by their company or any third party involved in processing or
transporting data.
9.4 Each company agrees to recreate the lost or damaged data within five
(5) days of notification by the other or by an authorized third party
handling the data.
9.5 Each company also agrees to process the recreated data within five (5)
days of receipt at its data processing center.
9.6 All claims should be filed with the other company with 120 days of the
receipt of the date of the unbillable usage.
9.7 The Initial Billing Company shall keep records of its billing
activities relating to jointly-provided Intrastate and Interstate
access services in sufficient detail to permit the Subsequent Billing
Company to, by formal or informal review or audit, to verify the
accuracy and reasonableness of the jointly-provided access billing
data provided by the Initial billing Company. Each company agrees to
cooperate in such formal or informal reviews or audits and further
agrees to jointly review the findings of such reviews or audits in
order to resolve any differences concerning the findings thereof.
9.8 The billing percentages shall be calculated by the Parties according
to one of the methodologies specified for such purposes in the MECAB
document and filed by the Parties, if applicable, in the National
Exchange Carrier Association ("NECA") FCC Tariff No. 4.
9.9 Switched Access Traffic shall be defined in accordance with either
Party's Commision approved Access Tariffs.
10 TRANSIT TRAFFIC SERVICE
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 22
10.1 Transit Traffic Service is defined as the tandem switching,
transport and delivery by one Party of (1) Local Traffic,
IntraLATA Toll Traffic and InterLATA Toll Traffic originated
from the other Party and terminating to a third party carrier,
and (2) Local Traffic, IntraLATA Toll Traffic and InterLATA
Toll Traffic originated from a third party carrier and
terminating to the other Party. The Parties shall provide
Transit Traffic Service to ITC/\DeltaCom in accordance with
this Section 10. Rates for Transit Traffic Service for Local
Traffic shall be the applicable call transport and termination
charges for Local Traffic, as set forth in Attachment 11 to
this Agreement. Rates for Transit Traffic Service for
IntraLATA Toll Traffic and InterLATA Toll Traffic (i.e.,
Switched Access Traffic) shall be the applicable call
transport and termination charges as set forth in the
providing Party's Intrastate or Interstate switched access
tariff, as filed and effective with the FCC or appropriate
State Commission. Billing associated with all Transit Traffic
Service shall be pursuant to MECAB procedures. Wireless Type 1
traffic shall not be treated as transit traffic from a routing
or billing perspective. Wireless Type 2A traffic from a third
Party carrier to ITC/\DeltaCom shall not be treated as transit
traffic from a routing or billing perspective until the
transiting Party and the wireless carrier have the capability
to meet point xxxx properly in accordance with MECAB
guidelines. Where ITC/\DeltaCom has a direct connection (via a
cross connect between collocation spaces in a BellSouth
central office or otherwise) to a third party carrier,
ITC/\DeltaCom and that third party carrier shall not utilize
Transit Traffic Service from BellSouth.
10.2 The delivery of traffic originated by ITC/\DeltaCom which
transits the BellSouth network and is transported to another
carrier's network is excluded from any BellSouth billing
guarantees and will be delivered at the rates as set forth in
Attachment 11 to this Agreement. ITC/\DeltaCom is responsible
for establishing any necessary agreements or the placement of
any necessary valid orders with the terminating carrier for
the receipt of this traffic through the BellSouth network.
BellSouth will not be liable for any compensation to the
terminating carrier as a result of providing Transit Traffic
Service.
10.3 The Parties shall compensate each other for Transit Traffic
Service as follows:
10.3.1 For Local Traffic and IntraLATA Toll Traffic originating from
ITC/\DeltaCom that is delivered over the Transit Traffic
Service, ITC/\DeltaCom will pay to BellSouth the applicable
Tandem Switching and/or Interoffice Transport charges set
forth in Attachment 11 to the Agreement. Charges for services
provided by the Parties to a third party carrier(s) shall be
assessed on a meet point basis, consistent with the terms of
Section 9 hereof.
10.3.2 Except as provided in Section 10.3.3 hereafter, transit
charges shall be assessed upon the originating carrier, and
shall not be imposed on the terminating carrier.
10.3.3 Transit charges associated with the provision of toll-free
services (e.g. 800/888/877) shall be imposed upon the
terminating carrier and shall not be assessed on the
originating carrier.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 23
11.0 PACKET SWITCHED NETWORK INTERCONNECTION/FRAME RELAY The Parties agree to
interconnect their local data services networks for the exchange of Frame Relay
Services ("FRS") traffic.
11.1 The following provisions will apply only to Frame Relay Service and
Exchange Access Frame Relay Service in those states where traffic is being
exchanged between ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth Frame Relay Switches in the same
LATA.
11.1.1 The Parties agree to establish two-way Frame Relay facilities
between their respective Frame Relay Switches to the mutually-agreed
upon Frame Relay Service point(s) of interconnection ("POIs") within
the LATA. All POIs shall be within the same Frame Relay Network
Serving Area as defined in Section A40 of BellSouth's General
Subscriber Services Tariff.
11.1.2 Upon the request of either Party, such interconnection will be
established where BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom have Frame Relay
Switches in the same LATA. Where there are multiple Frame Relay
switches in the central office of a Party, an interconnection with any
one of the switches will be considered an interconnection with all of
the switches at that central office for purposes of routing packet
traffic.
11.1.3 The Parties agree to provision local and IntraLATA Frame Relay
Service and Exchange Access Frame Relay Service (both intrastate and
interstate) over Frame Relay Trunks between the respective Frame Relay
switches and the POIs.
11.1.4 The Parties agree to assess each other reciprocal charges for
the facilities that each provides to the other according to the
Percent Local Circuit Use ("PLCU") factor PLCU, determined as follows:
(i) Frame Relay framed packet data is transported within
Virtual Circuits ("VC"). For the purposes of calculating the
PLCU, if all the data packets transported within a VC remain
within the LATA, then consistent with the local definitions in
this Agreement, the traffic on that VC is local ("Local VC").
(ii) If the originating and terminating locations of the two
way packet data traffic are not in the same LATA, the traffic
on that VC is interLATA.
(iii) The PLCU shall be determined by dividing the total
number of Local VCs, by the total number of VCs on each Frame
Relay facility at the end of the reporting period. The Parties
agree to renegotiate the
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 24
method for determining PLCU, at either Parties' request, and
within 90 days, if either Party notifies the other that it has
found that this method does not adequately represent the PLCU.
(iv) If there are no VCs on a facility when it is billed, the
PLCU will be zero.
11.1.5 BellSouth will provide the Frame Relay Trunk(s) between the
Parties' respective Frame Relay Switches. The Parties will be
compensated as follows- BellSouth will invoice, and ITC/\DeltaCom will
pay, the total non-recurring and recurring charges for the trunk
facility. ITC/\DeltaCom will then invoice, and BellSouth will pay, an
amount calculated by multiplying the BellSouth billed charges for the
trunk facility by one-half of ITC/\DeltaCom's PLCU.
11.1.6 Each Party will provide a Frame Relay network-to-network
interface ("NNI") port to the other Party for each trunk facility
provided pursuant to 11.1.5 above. Compensation for NNI ports shall be
based upon the NNI rates set forth in the BellSouth F.C.C Tariff No.
1. Pursuant to that tariff, ITC/\DeltaCom may select a month-to-month
or term rate structure for the NNI ports BellSouth provides to
ITC/\DeltaCom. Whatever rate structure ITC/\DeltaCom selects shall be
deemed to be the same rate structure that applies to the NNI port
ITC/\DeltaCom provides to BellSouth. There shall be no termination
liability to either party for the local portion of the NNI port as
determined by the ITC/\DeltaCom PLCU at the time of termination.
11.1.7 Compensation for the NNI ports shall be calculated as follows:
11.1.7.1 For NNI ports provided by BellSouth to ITC/\DeltaCom,
BellSouth will invoice, and ITC/\DeltaCom will pay, the total
nonrecurring and recurring charges for the NNI port.
ITC/\DeltaCom will then invoice, and BellSouth will pay, an
amount calculated by multiplying the BellSouth billed
non-recurring and recurring charges for the NNI port by
one-half of ITC/\DeltaCom's PLCU.
11.1.7.2 For NNI ports provided by ITC/\DeltaCom to BellSouth,
ITC/\DeltaCom will invoice, and BellSouth will pay, the total
non-recurring and recurring charges for the NNI port.
BellSouth will then invoice, and ITC/\DeltaCom will pay, an
amount determined as follows: ITC/\DeltaCom's combined
interLATA and local usage will be calculated by subtracting
one-half of ITC/\DeltaCom's PLCU factor from one hundred
percent. The difference will then be multiplied by the total
charges initially billed by ITC/\DeltaCom for the NNI port.
BellSouth will then invoice, and ITC/\DeltaCom will pay, this
amount to BellSouth.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 25
11.1.8 A Permanent Virtual Circuit ("PVC") is a logical
channel from a frame relay network interface (e.g., NNI or
User Network Interface) to another frame relay network
interface. A PVC is created when a Data Link Channel
Identifier ("DLCI") is mapped together with another DLCI.
Neither Party will charge the other Party any DLCI or
Committed Information Rate ("CIR") charges for the PVC from
its Frame Relay switch to its own subscriber's premises.
11.1.9 For the PVC between the ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth
Frame Relay switches, compensation for the DLCI and CIR
charges are based upon the rates in the BellSouth FCC Tariff
No. 1. Compensation for PVC and CIR rate elements shall be
calculated as follows:
11.1.10 For PVCs between the BellSouth Frame Relay switch and
the ITC/\DeltaCom Frame Relay switch, BellSouth will invoice,
and ITC/\DeltaCom will pay, the total nonrecurring and
recurring DLCI and CIR charges. If the VC is a Local VC,
ITC/\DeltaCom will invoice and BellSouth will pay, 100% of the
DLCI and CIR charges initially billed by BellSouth for that
PVC. If the VC is not local, no compensation will be paid to
ITC/\DeltaCom for the PVC.
11.1.11 Each Party will compensate the other Party for any
applicable Feature Change or Transfer of Service Charges as
set forth in BellSouth's Tariff F.C.C. No. 1. The Parties
agree to limit the sum of the CIR for the VCs on a given NNI
port to not more than two times the port speed.
11.1.12 Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement
does not address or alter in any way either Party's provision
of Exchange Access Frame Relay Service or interLATA Frame
Relay Service. All charges by each Party to the other for
carriage of Exchange Access Frame Relay Service or interLATA
Frame Relay Service are included in the BellSouth access
tariffs.
11.1.13 Until such time as BellSouth obtains authority to
provide in-region, interLATA service, ITC/\DeltaCom will
identify and report its PLCU to BellSouth on a quarterly
basis.
11.1.14 Either Party may request a review or audit of the
various service components, including but not limited to a
Party's determination of its PLCU, consistent with the
provisions of section E2 of the BellSouth State Access
Services tariffs or Section 2 of the BellSouth FCC No. 1
Tariff.
11.1.15 If during the term of this Agreement, BellSouth
obtains authority to provide in-region, interLATA service, the
Parties shall renegotiate the provisions of Section 11.1.5,
11.1.7, 11.1.8-11.1.10, and 11.1.13 to account for BellSouth's
PLCU. In the event the parties are unable to reach agreement
within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 3
PAGE 26
BellSouth receives interLATA authority, the matter shall be
resolved pursuant to the dispute resolution provisions set
forth in this agreement.
11.1.16 If during the term of this Agreement, BellSouth makes
available, to an affiliate or any other telecommunications
carrier, Frame Relay interconnection on rates, terms and
conditions different than those provided for in this Section
11, then ITC/\DeltaCom shall be entitled, at its option, to
replace any part of this Section 11 with such rates, terms,
and conditions.
North Carolina
ATTACHMENT 4
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION
1. SCOPE OF ATTACHMENT
1.1 SCOPE OF ATTACHMENT. The rates, terms, and conditions contained
within this Attachment shall only apply when ITC/\DeltaCom is occupying the
collocation space as a sole occupant or as a Host pursuant to Section 4.
1.2 RIGHT TO OCCUPY. Subject to Section 4 of this Attachment, BellSouth
hereby grants ITC/\DeltaCom a right to occupy that certain area designated by
BellSouth within a BellSouth Central Office premises of a size which is
specified by ITC/\DeltaCom and agreed to by BellSouth (hereinafter "Collocation
Space"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, BellSouth shall consider in its
designation for cageless collocation any unused space within the BellSouth
central office premises. The size specified by ITC/\DeltaCom may contemplate a
request for space sufficient to accommodate ITC/\DeltaCom's growth within a two
year period unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties.
1.2.1 SPACE RECLAMATION. In the event of space exhaust within a
central office premises, and applicable only to those physical collocation
arrangements applied for subsequent to the execution of this Agreement,
ITC/\DeltaCom may be required to release space to BellSouth to be allocated to
other physical collocation applicants when a minimum of 50% percent of the total
amount of space in ITC/\DeltaCom's collocation arrangement is not being
reasonably utilized within the first year of operation, or 100% of the total
amount of space by the end of the second year of operation. release space to
BellSouth to be allocated to other physical collocation applicants when a
minimum of fifty percent of the total amount of space in ITC/\DeltaCom's
collocation arrangement is not being utilized within the first year of
operation, or 100% of the total amount of space by the end of the second year of
operation. For those physical collocation arrangements existing or applied for
prior to the execution of this Agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom may be required to
release space to BellSouth to be allocated to other physical collocation
applicants when 100% of the total amount of space in the collocation arrangement
is not reasonably utilized by the end of the second year of operation.
ITC/\DeltaCom will first have the option of subleasing any amount of space not
being utilized pursuant to this subsection in lieu of releasing space to
BellSouth.
1.3 USE OF SPACE. ITC/\DeltaCom shall use the Collocation Space for the
purposes of installing, maintaining and operating ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment (to
include testing and monitoring equipment) which is used or useful primarily to
interconnect with BellSouth's services and facilities including access to
unbundled network elements, for the provision of telecommunications services.
Pursuant to Section 5, following, ITC/\DeltaCom may at its option, place
ITC/\DeltaCom-owned fiber entrance facilities to the Collocation Space. In
addition to, and not in lieu of, interconnection to BellSouth services and
facilities, ITC/\DeltaCom may connect to other Interconnectors within the
designated BellSouth Central Office (including to its other virtual or physical
collocated arrangements) through co-carrier cross connect facilities designated
by ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to Section 5.6 following. The Collocation Space may be
used for no other purposes except as for specifically agreed upon by the
Parties.
1.4 RATES AND CHARGES. ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to pay the rates and
charges identified at Exhibit A attached hereto.
1.5 PERFORMANCE MEASURES. Collocation provided under this Collocation
Agreement shall be subject to Attachment 10 of the Agreement.
2. SPACE NOTIFICATION
2.1 AVAILABILITY OF SPACE. Upon submission of an application pursuant
to Section 6, BellSouth will permit ITC/\DeltaCom to physically collocate,
pursuant to the terms of this Attachment, at any BellSouth central office
premises, unless BellSouth has determined that there is no space available due
to space limitations or no space available due to technical infeasibility.
BellSouth will respond to an application within ten (10) business days as to
whether space is available or not available within a BellSouth central office
premises.
2.2 REPORTING. Upon request from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will provide
a written report specifying the amount of collocation space available at the
central office premises requested, the number of collocators present at the
central office premises, any modifications in the use of the space since the
last report or the central office premises requested and the measures BellSouth
is taking to make additional space available for collocation arrangements.
2.2.1 The request from ITC/\DeltaCom must be written and must
include the central office premises and Common Language Location Identification
(CLLI) code of the central office premises. Such information regarding central
office premises and CLLI code is located in the National Exchange Carriers
Association (NECA) Tariff FCC No. 4.
2.2.2 BellSouth will respond to a request for a particular Central
Office location within ten (10) business days of receipt of such request.
BellSouth will make best efforts to respond in ten (10) business days to such a
request when the request includes up to and including five (5) Central Office
locations within the same state. The response time for requests of more than
five (5) shall be negotiated between the Parties. If BellSouth cannot meet the
ten business day response time, BellSouth shall notify ITC/\DeltaCom and inform
ITC/\DeltaCom of the time frame under which it can respond.
2.3 DENIAL OF APPLICATION. After notifying ITC/\DeltaCom that BellSouth
has no available space in the requested Central Office ("Denial of
Application"), BellSouth will allow ITC/\DeltaCom, upon request, to tour the
entire Central Office within ten (10) business days of such Denial of
Application. In order to schedule said tour within ten (10) business days, the
request for a tour of the Central Office must be received by BellSouth within
five (5) business days of the Denial of Application.
2.4 FILING OF PETITION FOR WAIVER. Upon Denial of Application BellSouth
will timely file a petition with the Commission pursuant to 47
U.S.C.ss.251(c)(6).
2.5 WAITING LIST. On a first come first served basis, BellSouth will
maintain a waiting list of requesting carriers who have either received a Denial
of Application or, where it is publicly known that the central office premises
is out of space, have submitted a Letter of Intent to collocate. BellSouth will
notify the telecommunications carriers on the waiting list when space becomes
available according to how much space becomes available and the position of
telecommunications carrier on said waiting list. Upon request BellSouth will
advise ITC/\DeltaCom as to its position on the list.
2.6 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION. BellSouth will maintain on its Interconnection
Services website a notification document that will indicate all central office
premises that are without available space. BellSouth shall update such document
within ten (10) business days of the Denial of Application date. BellSouth will
also post a document on its Interconnection Services website that contains a
general notice where space has become available in a Central Office previously
on the space exhaust list. BellSouth shall allocate said available space
pursuant to the waiting list referenced in Section 2.5.
2.7 STATE AGENCY PROCEDURES. Notwithstanding the foregoing, should any
state regulatory agency impose a procedure different than procedures set forth
in this section, that procedure shall supersede the requirements set forth
herein.
3. COLLOCATION OPTIONS
3.1 CAGELESS. Except where local building code does not allow cageless
collocation, BellSouth shall allow ITC/\DeltaCom to collocate ITC/\DeltaCom's
equipment and facilities without requiring the construction of a cage or similar
structure and without requiring the creation of a separate entrance to the
Collocation Space. BellSouth shall allow ITC/\DeltaCom to have direct access to
its equipment and facilities but may require ITC/\DeltaCom to use a central
entrance to the BellSouth Central Office. BellSouth shall make cageless
collocation available in single bay increments pursuant to Section 7. Except
where ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment requires special technical considerations (e.g.,
special cable racking, isolated ground plane), BellSouth shall assign cageless
Collocation Space in conventional equipment rack lineups where feasible. For
equipment requiring special technical considerations, ITC/\DeltaCom must provide
the equipment layout, including spatial dimensions for such equipment pursuant
to generic requirements contained in BellCore (Telcordia) GR-63-Core and shall
be responsible for constructing all special technical requirements associated
with such equipment pursuant to Section 6.5 following.
3.2 CAGES AND ADJACENT ARRANGEMENT ENCLOSURES. BellSouth shall
authorize the enclosure of ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and facilities at
ITC/\DeltaCom's option or if required by local building code. ITC/\DeltaCom must
arrange with a BellSouth certified contractor to construct a collocation
arrangement enclosure in accordance with BellSouth's guidelines and
specifications and at its sole expense. BellSouth will provide guidelines and
specifications upon request. Where local building codes require enclosure
specifications more stringent than BellSouth's standard enclosure specification,
ITC/\DeltaCom and ITC/\DeltaCom's BellSouth certified contractor must comply
with local building code requirements. ITC/\DeltaCom's BellSouth certified
contractor shall be responsible for filing and receiving any and all necessary
permits and/or licenses for such construction. The Certified Vendor shall xxxx
ITC/\DeltaCom directly for all work performed for ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to this
Agreement and BellSouth shall have no liability for nor responsibility to pay
such charges imposed by the Certified Vendor. ITC/\DeltaCom must provide the
local BellSouth building contact with two Access Keys used to enter the locked
enclosure. Except in case of emergency, BellSouth will not access
ITC/\DeltaCom's locked enclosure prior to notifying ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.2.1 BellSouth has the right to review ITC/\DeltaCom's plans and
specifications prior to allowing construction to start. BellSouth has the right
to inspect the
enclosure after construction to make sure it is designed and constructed
according to BellSouth's guidelines and specifications and to require
ITC/\DeltaCom to remove or correct at ITC/\DeltaCom's cost any structure that
does not meet these standards.
3.3 SHARED (SUBLEASED) CAGED COLLOCATION. ITC/\DeltaCom may allow other
telecommunications carriers to share ITC/\DeltaCom's caged collocation
arrangement pursuant to terms and conditions agreed to by ITC/\DeltaCom ("Host")
and other telecommunications carriers ("Guests") and pursuant to this section
with the following exceptions: (1) where local building code does not allow
Shared (Subleased) Caged Collocation and (2) where the BellSouth central office
premises is located within a leased space and BellSouth is prohibited by said
lease from offering such an option,. The terms and conditions of the agreement
between the Host and its Guests shall be written and a copy provided to the
BellSouth contact specified in Section 15 within ten (10) business days of its
execution and prior to any Firm Order. Further, said agreement shall incorporate
by reference the rates, terms, and conditions of this Agreement between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.3.1 ITC/\DeltaCom shall be the sole interface and responsible
party to BellSouth for the purpose of submitting applications for initial and
additional equipment placements of Guest; for assessment of rates and charges
contained within this Agreement; and for the purposes of ensuring that the
safety and security requirements of this Agreement are fully complied with by
the Guest, its employees and agents. The initial Guest application shall require
the assessment of an Application Fee, as set forth in Exhibit A. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Guest may arrange directly with BellSouth for the provision of
the interconnecting facilities between BellSouth and Guest and for the
provisions of the services and access to unbundled network elements.
3.3.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall indemnify and hold harmless BellSouth
from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, of whatever kind or nature
arising out of the presence of ITC/\DeltaCom's Guests in the Collocation Space.
3.4 ADJACENT COLLOCATION. BellSouth will provide adjacent collocation
arrangements ("Adjacent Arrangement") where space within the Central Office is
legitimately exhausted, subject to technical feasibility, where the Adjacent
Arrangement does not interfere with access to existing or planned structures or
facilities on the Central Office property and where permitted by zoning and
other applicable state and local regulations. The Adjacent Arrangement shall be
constructed or procured by ITC/\DeltaCom and in conformance with BellSouth's
design and construction specifications. Further, ITC/\DeltaCom shall construct,
procure, maintain and operate said Adjacent Arrangement(s) pursuant to all of
the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Rates shall be negotiated
at the time of the request for Adjacent Collocation.
3.4.1 Should ITC/\DeltaCom elect such option, ITC/\DeltaCom must
arrange with a BellSouth certified contractor to construct an Adjacent
Arrangement structure in accordance with BellSouth's guidelines and
specifications. BellSouth will provide guidelines and specifications upon
request. Where local building codes require enclosure specifications more
stringent than BellSouth's standard specification, ITC/\DeltaCom and
ITC/\DeltaCom's contractor must comply with local building code requirements.
ITC/\DeltaCom's contractor shall be responsible for filing and receiving any and
all necessary zoning, permits and/or licenses for such construction.
ITC/\DeltaCom's BellSouth Certified Vendor shall xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom directly for
all work performed for ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to this Agreement and BellSouth
shall have no liability for nor responsibility to pay such charges imposed by
the Certified Vendor.
ITC/\DeltaCom must provide the local BellSouth building contact with two cards,
keys or other access device used to enter the locked enclosure. Except in cases
of emergency, BellSouth shall not access ITC/\DeltaCom's locked enclosure prior
to notifying ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.4.2 BellSouth maintains the right to review ITC/\DeltaCom's plans
and specifications prior to construction of an Adjacent Arrangement(s).
BellSouth may inspect the Adjacent Arrangement(s) following construction and
prior to commencement, as defined in Section 4.1 following, to ensure the design
and construction comply with BellSouth's guidelines and specifications.
BellSouth may require ITC/\DeltaCom, at ITC/\DeltaCom's sole cost, to correct
any deviations from BellSouth's guidelines and specifications found during such
inspection(s), up to and including removal of the Adjacent Arrangement, within
five (5) business days of BellSouth's inspection, unless the Parties mutually
agree to an alternative time frame.
3.4.3 ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide a concrete pad, the structure
housing the arrangement, HVAC, lighting, and all facilities that connect the
structure (i.e. racking, conduits, etc.) to the BellSouth point of
interconnection. At ITC/\DeltaCom's option, BellSouth shall provide an AC power
source and access to physical collocation services and facilities subject to the
same nondiscriminatory requirements as applicable to any other physical
collocation arrangement.
3.4.4 BellSouth shall allow Shared (Subleased) Caged Collocation
within an Adjacent Arrangement pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in
Section 3.3 proceeding.
4. OCCUPANCY
4.1 COMMENCEMENT DATE. The "Commencement Date" shall be the day
ITC/\DeltaCom's 's equipment becomes operational as described in Section 4.2,
following. -----------------
4.2 OCCUPANCY. BellSouth will notify ITC/\DeltaCom in writing that the
Collocation Space is ready for occupancy. ITC/\DeltaCom must place operational
telecommunications equipment in the Collocation Space and connect with
BellSouth's network within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of such
notice. ITC/\DeltaCom must notify BellSouth in writing that collocation
equipment installation is complete and is operational with BellSouth's network.
BellSouth may, at its option not complete orders for interconnected service
until receipt of such notice. BellSouth may consent to an extension beyond 180
days upon a demonstration by ITC/\DeltaCom that circumstances beyond its
reasonable control prevented ITC/\DeltaCom from completing installation by the
prescribed date. If ITC/\DeltaCom fails to place operational telecommunications
equipment in the Collocation Space within 180 days and such failure continues
for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from BellSouth,
then and in that event ITC/\DeltaCom's right to occupy the Collocation Space
terminates and BellSouth shall have no further obligations to ITC/\DeltaCom with
respect to said Collocation Space. Termination of ITC/\DeltaCom's rights to the
Collocation Space pursuant to this paragraph shall not operate to release
ITC/\DeltaCom from its obligation to reimburse BellSouth for all costs
reasonably incurred by BellSouth in preparing the Collocation Space, but rather
such obligation shall survive this Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph,
ITC/\DeltaCom's telecommunications equipment will be deemed operational when
cross-connected to BellSouth's network for the purpose of service provision
4.3 TERMINATION. Except where otherwise agreed to by the Parties,
ITC/\DeltaCom may terminate occupancy in a particular Collocation Space upon
thirty (30) days prior written
notice to BellSouth. Upon termination of such occupancy, ITC/\DeltaCom at its
expense shall remove its equipment and other property from the Collocation
Space. ITC/\DeltaCom shall have thirty (30) days from the termination date to
complete such removal, including the removal of all equipment and facilities of
ITC/\DeltaCom's Guests; provided, however, that ITC/\DeltaCom shall continue
payment of monthly fees to BellSouth until such date as ITC/\DeltaCom has fully
vacated the Collocation Space. Should ITC/\DeltaCom fail to vacate the
Collocation Space within thirty (30) days from the termination date, BellSouth
shall have the right to remove the equipment and other property of ITC/\DeltaCom
at ITC/\DeltaCom's expense and with no liability for damage or injury to
ITC/\DeltaCom's property unless caused by the gross negligence or intentional
misconduct of BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for the cost of
removing any enclosure, together with all support structures (e.g., racking,
conduits), of an Adjacent Collocation arrangement at the termination of
occupancy and restoring the grounds to their original condition.
5. USE OF COLLOCATION SPACE
5.1 EQUIPMENT TYPE. BellSouth permits the collocation of any type of
equipment used or useful for interconnection to BellSouth's network or for
access to unbundled network elements in the provision of telecommunications
services. Such equipment used or useful for interconnection and access to
unbundled network elements includes, but is not limited to transmission
equipment including, but not limited to, optical terminating equipment and
multiplexers, and digital subscriber line access multiplexers, routers,
asyncronous transfer mode multiplexers, and remote switching modules. Nothing in
this section requires BellSouth to permit collocation of equipment used solely
to provide enhanced services; provided, however, that BellSouth may not place
any limitations on the ability of requesting carriers to use all the features,
functions, and capabilities of equipment collocated pursuant to this section.
5.1.1 Such equipment must at a minimum meet the following BellCore
(Telcordia) Network Equipment Building Systems (NEBS) General Equipment
Requirements: Criteria Level 1 requirements as outlined in the BellCore
(Telcordia) Special Report SR-3580, Issue 1; equipment design spatial
requirements per GR-63-CORE, Section 2; thermal heat dissipation per
GR-063-CORE, Section 4, Criteria 77-79; acoustic noise per GR-063-CORE, Section
4, Criterion 128, and National Electric Code standards.
5.1.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall not use the Collocation Space for
marketing purposes nor shall it place any identifying signs or markings in the
area surrounding the Collocation Space or on the grounds of the central office
premises.
5.1.3 ITC/\DeltaCom shall place a plaque or other identification
affixed to ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment necessary to identify ITC/\DeltaCom's
equipment, including a list of emergency contacts with telephone numbers.
5.2 ENTRANCE FACILITIES. ITC/\DeltaCom may elect to place
ITC/\DeltaCom-owned or ITC/\DeltaCom-leased fiber entrance facilities into the
Collocation Space. BellSouth will designate the point of interconnection in
close proximity to the Central Office building housing the Collocation Space,
such as an entrance manhole or a cable vault which are physically accessible by
both parties. ITC/\DeltaCom will provide and place fiber cable at the point of
interconnection of sufficient length to be pulled through conduit and into the
splice location. ITC/\DeltaCom will provide and install a sufficient length of
fire retardant riser cable, to which
the entrance cable will be spliced, which will extend from the splice location
to the ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment in the Collocation Space. In the event
ITC/\DeltaCom utilizes a non-metallic, riser-type entrance facility, a splice
will not be required. ITC/\DeltaCom must contact BellSouth for instructions
prior to placing the entrance facility cable in the manhole. ITC/\DeltaCom is
responsible for maintenance of the entrance facilities At ITC/\DeltaCom's option
BellSouth will accommodate where technically feasible a microwave entrance
facility pursuant to separately negotiated terms and conditions.
5.2.1 DUAL ENTRANCE. BellSouth will provide at least two
interconnection points at each central office premises where there are at least
two such interconnection points available and where capacity exists. Upon
receipt of a request for physical collocation under this Agreement, BellSouth
shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with information regarding BellSouth's capacity to
accommodate dual entrance facilities. If conduit in the serving manhole(s) is
available and is not reserved for another purpose for utilization within 12
months of the receipt of an application for collocation, BellSouth will make the
requested conduit space available for installing a second entrance facility to
ITC/\DeltaCom's arrangement. The location of the serving manhole(s) will be
determined at the sole discretion of BellSouth. Where dual entrance is not
available due to lack of capacity, BellSouth will so state in the Application
Response.
5.2.2 SHARED USE. ITC/\DeltaCom may utilize spare capacity on an
existing Interconnector entrance facility for the purpose of providing an
entrance facility to another ITC/\DeltaCom collocation arrangement within the
same BellSouth Central Office. ITC/\DeltaCom must arrange with BellSouth for
BellSouth to splice the utilized entrance facility capacity to
ITC/\DeltaCom-provided riser cable.
5.3 SPLICING IN THE ENTRANCE MANHOLE. Although not generally permitted,
should ITC/\DeltaCom request a splice to occur in the entrance manhole(s),
BellSouth, at its sole discretion, may grant such a request, provided that
BellSouth will not unreasonably withhold approval of requests to make such a
splice. When the request for a splice is granted to ITC/\DeltaCom by BellSouth,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall ensure its employees or agents entering and/or performing
work in the entrance manhole(s) are trained and comply with BellSouth procedures
and OSHA requirements regarding access to manholes and that BellSouth personnel
are notified and present for all entrances and work performed in the entrance
manhole(s). Manhole covers shall be properly closed and secured at the
conclusion of entry and/or work. Advance notification to BellSouth shall occur
at a minimum of 48 hours prior to desired entry for normal work activities and
at a minimum of 2 hours prior to desired entry in an out of service condition.
5.4 DEMARCATION POINT. BellSouth will designate the point(s) of
interconnection between ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and/or network and BellSouth's
network. Each party will be responsible for maintenance and operation of all
equipment/facilities on its side of the demarcation point. For 2-wire and 4-wire
connections to BellSouth's network, the demarcation point shall be a common
block on the BellSouth designated conventional distributing frame. ITC/\DeltaCom
shall be responsible for providing, and ITC/\DeltaCom's BellSouth Certified
Vendor shall be responsible for installing and properly labelling/stenciling,
the common block, and necessary cabling pursuant to Section 6.4. For all other
terminations BellSouth shall designate a demarcation point on a per arrangement
basis. ITC/\DeltaCom or its agent must perform all required maintenance to
equipment/facilities on its side of the demarcation point, pursuant to
subsection 5.5, following, and may self-provision cross-connects that may be
required within the collocation space to activate service requests. At
ITC/\DeltaCom's option, a Point of Termination (POT) bay or frame may be placed
in the Collocation Space.
5.5 ITC/\DELTACOM'S EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. ITC/\DeltaCom, or if
required by thisAttachment, ITC/\DeltaCom's BellSouth certified vendor, is
solely responsible for the design, engineering, installation, testing,
provisioning, performance, monitoring, maintenance and repair of the equipment
and facilities used by ITC/\DeltaCom. Such equipment and facilities may include
but are not limited to cable(s); equipment; and point of termination
connections.
5.6 CO-CARRIER CROSS-CONNECT. In addition to, and not in lieu of,
obtaining interconnection with, or access to, BellSouth telecommunications
services, unbundled network elements, and facilities, ITC/\DeltaCom may directly
connect to other Interconnectors within the designated BellSouth Central Office
(including to its other virtual or physical collocated arrangements) through
facilities owned by ITC/\DeltaCom or through BellSouth facilities designated by
ITC/\DeltaCom, at ITC/\DeltaCom's option. Such connections to other carriers may
be made using either optical or electrical facilities. ITC/\DeltaCom may deploy
such optical or electrical connections directly between its own facilities and
the facilities of other Interconnectors without being routed through BellSouth
equipment.
5.6.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom requests a co-Carrier cross-connect after
the initial installation i.e., ITC/\DeltaCom must submit an application with a
Subsequent Application Fee.ITC/\DeltaCom must use a Certified Vendor to place
the co-Carrier cross connect, except in cases where the ITC/\DeltaCom equipment
and the equipment of the other Interconnectors are located within the same
collocation area or are within contiguous collocation spaces. In cases where
ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and the equipment of the other ITC/\DeltaCom are
located in the same collocation area or are in contiguous collocation spaces,
ITC/\DeltaCom will have the option to deploy the co-Carrier cross connects
between the sets of equipment. Where cable support structure exists for such
connection there will be a recurring charge per linear foot of support structure
used. When cable support structures do not exist and must be constructed a non-
recurring charge for the individual case will be assessed.
5.7 EASEMENT SPACE. From time to time BellSouth may require access to
the Collocation Space. BellSouth retains the right to access such space for the
purpose of making BellSouth equipment and building modifications (e.g., running,
altering or removing racking, ducts, electrical wiring, HVAC, and cables).
BellSouth will give reasonable notice to ITC/\DeltaCom when access to the
Collocation Space is required. ITC/\DeltaCom may elect to be present whenever
BellSouth performs work in the Collocation Space. The Parties agree that
ITC/\DeltaCom will not bear any of the expense associated with this work.
5.8 ACCESS. ITC/\DeltaCom shall have access to the Collocation Space
twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week beginning at the time of
Space Acceptance. At the time of Bona Fide Firm Order, ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to
provide the name, social security number, and date of birth of each employee,
contractor, or agent upon initial request for Access Keys or cards ("Access
Keys") for such employee, contractor, or agent. BellSouth will make Access Keys
available at Space Acceptance upon completion of the requirements in sub-Section
6.3.4 and Section 11. To the extent any employee, contractor, or agent has
completed the requirements of Section 6.3.4 and Section 11 and has been provided
an Access Key pursuant to this Section, any additional Access Keys or updates to
access locations for such employee, contractor, or agent may be obtained by
ITC/\DeltaCom's provision of that employee's, contractor's or agent's existing
Access Key information. Access Keys shall not be
duplicated under any circumstances. ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to be responsible for
all Access Keys and for the return of all said Access Keys in the possession of
ITC/\DeltaCom employees, contractors, Guests, or agents after termination of the
employment relationship, contractual obligation with ITC/\DeltaCom or upon the
termination of this Attachment or the termination of occupancy of an individual
collocation arrangement. A security escort will be required whenever
ITC/\DeltaCom or its approved agent desires access to the entrance manhole or
must have access to the Central Office Premises after the one accompanied site
visit allowed pursuant to subsection 6.3.2 prior to completing BellSouth's
Security Training requirements and/or prior to Space Acceptance.
5.8.1 LOST OR STOLEN ACCESS KEYS. ITC/\DeltaCom shall notify
BellSouth in writing immediately in the case of lost or stolen Access Keys.
ITC/\DeltaCom will pay BellSouth $250.00 per Access Key(s) lost or stolen.
Should it become necessary for BellSouth to re-key buildings as a result of a
lost Access Key(s) or for failure to return an Access Key(s), ITC/\DeltaCom
shall pay for all reasonable costs associated with the re-keying.
5.9 INTERFERENCE OR IMPAIRMENT. Notwithstanding any other provisions of
this Agreement, equipment and facilities placed in the Collocation Space shall
not interfere with or impair service provided by BellSouth or by any other
ITC/\DeltaCom located in the Central Office; shall not endanger or damage the
facilities of BellSouth or of any other ITC/\DeltaCom, the Collocation Space, or
the Central Office; shall not compromise the privacy of any communications
carried in, from, or through the Central Office; and shall not create an
unreasonable risk of injury or death to any individual or to the public. If
BellSouth reasonably determines that any equipment or facilities of
ITC/\DeltaCom violates the provisions of this paragraph, BellSouth shall give
written notice to ITC/\DeltaCom, which notice shall direct ITC/\DeltaCom to cure
the violation within forty-eight (48) hours of ITC/\DeltaCom's actual receipt of
written notice or, at a minimum, to commence curative measures within 24 hours
and to exercise reasonable diligence to complete such measures as soon as
possible thereafter. After receipt of the notice, the parties agree to consult
immediately and, if necessary, to inspect the arrangement. If ITC/\DeltaCom
fails to take curative action within 48 hours or if the violation is of a
character which poses an immediate and substantial threat of damage to property,
injury or death to any person, or interference/impairment of the services
provided by BellSouth or any other ITC/\DeltaCom, then and only in that event
BellSouth may take such action as it deems appropriate to correct the violation,
including without limitation the interruption of electrical power to
ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment. BellSouth will endeavor, but is not required, to
provide notice to ITC/\DeltaCom prior to taking such action and shall have no
liability to ITC/\DeltaCom for any damages arising from such action, except to
the extent that such action by BellSouth constitutes willful misconduct.
5.10 PERSONALTY AND ITS REMOVAL. Subject to requirements of this
Agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom may place or install in or on the Collocation Space
such facilities and equipment, including storage for and spare equipment, as it
deems desirable for the conduct of business; Provided that such equipment is
telecommunications equipment, does not violate floor loading requirements,
imposes or could impose or contains or could contain environmental conditions or
hazards. Personal property, facilities and equipment placed by ITC/\DeltaCom in
the Collocation Space shall not become a part of the Collocation Space, even if
nailed, screwed or otherwise fastened to the Collocation Space, but shall retain
their status as personalty and may be removed by ITC/\DeltaCom at any time. Any
damage caused to the Collocation Space by ITC/\DeltaCom's employees, agents or
representatives during the removal of such property shall be promptly repaired
by ITC/\DeltaCom at its expense.
5.11 ALTERATIONS. In no case shall ITC/\DeltaCom or any person acting
on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom make any rearrangement, modification, improvement,
addition, repair, or other alteration to the Collocation Space or the BellSouth
Central Office without the written consent of BellSouth, which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The cost of any such specialized alterations shall be
paid by ITC/\DeltaCom.
5.12 JANITORIAL SERVICE. ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for the
general upkeep and cleaning of the Caged Collocation Space and shall arrange
directly with a BellSouth certified contractor for janitorial services.
BellSouth shall provide a list of such contractors on a site-specific basis upon
request.
6. ORDERING AND PREPARATION OF COLLOCATION SPACE
6.1 APPLCATION FOR SPACE. ITC/\DeltaCom shall submit an application
document when ITC/\DeltaCom or ITC/\DeltaCom's Guest(s), as defined in Section
3.3, desires to request or modify the use of the Collocation Space.
6.1.1 INITIAL APPLICATION. For ITC/\DeltaCom or ITC/\DeltaCom's
Guest(s) initial equipment placement, ITC/\DeltaCom shall submit to BellSouth a
complete and accurate Application and Inquiry document (Bona Fide Application),
together with payment of the Application Fee as stated in Exhibit A. The Bona
Fide Application shall contain a detailed description and schematic drawing of
the equipment to be placed in ITC/\DeltaCom's Collocation Space(s) and an
estimate of the amount of square footage required.
6.1.2 SUBSEQUENT APPLICATION FEE. In the event ITC/\DeltaCom or
ITC/\DeltaCom's Guest(s) desire to modify the use of the Collocation Space,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall complete an Application document detailing all information
regarding the modification to the Collocation Space together with payment of the
minimum Subsequent Application Fee as stated in Exhibit A. Said minimum
Subsequent Application Fee shall be considered a partial payment of the
applicable Subsequent Application Fee which shall be calculated as set forth
below. BellSouth shall determine what modifications, if any, to the Central
Office premises are required to accommodate the change requested by
ITC/\DeltaCom in the Application. Such necessary modifications to the Central
Office premises may include but are not limited to, floor loading changes,
changes necessary to meet HVAC requirements, changes to power plant
requirements, and equipment additions. The fee paid by ITC/\DeltaCom for its
request to modify the use of the Collocation Space shall be dependent upon the
modification requested and ITC/\DeltaCom will be notified of the applicable fee
within the same time intervals as set forth in Section 6.2 below. Where the
subsequent application does not require provisioning or construction work by
BellSouth, no Subsequent Application Fee will be required and the pre-paid fee
shall be refunded to ITC/\DeltaCom The fee for an application where the
modification requested has limited effect (i.e.., does not require capital
expenditure by BellSouth) shall be the Subsequent Application Fee as set forth
in Exhibit A. All other modifications shall require a Subsequent Application Fee
assessed at the applicable Application Fee. In the event such modifications
require the assessment of a full Application Fee as set forth in Exhibit A, the
outstanding balance shall be due by ITC/\DeltaCom within 30 calendar days
following ITC/\DeltaCom's receipt of a xxxx or invoice from BellSouth.
6.2 APPLICATION RESPONSE. In addition to the notice of space
availability pursuant to Section 2.1, BellSouth will respond within ten (10)
business days of receipt of an Application whether the Application is Bona Fide,
and if it is not Bona Fide, the items necessary to cause the Application to
become Bona Fide. When space has been determined to be available, BellSouth will
provide a comprehensive written response within thirty (30) calendar days of
receipt of a complete application. When multiple applications are submitted
within a fifteen calendar day window within the same state, BellSouth will
respond to the applications as soon as possible, but no later than the
following: within thirty (30) calendar days for applications 1-5; within
thirty-six (36) calendar days for applications 6-10; within forty-two (42)
calendar days for applications 11-15. Response intervals for multiple
applications submitted by ITC/\DeltaCom within the same timeframe for the same
state in excess of 15 must be negotiated. All negotiations shall consider the
total volume from all requests from telecommunications companies for
collocation. The Application Response will detail whether the amount of space
requested is available or if the amount of space requested is not available, the
amount of space that is available. The response will also include the
configuration of the space. When BellSouth's response includes an amount of
space less than that requested by ITC/\DeltaCom or differently configured,
ITC/\DeltaCom must amend its application to reflect the actual space available
prior to submitting a Bona Fide Firm Order.
6.3 BONA FIDE FIRM ORDER. ITC/\DeltaCom shall indicate its intent to
proceed with equipment installation in a BellSouth Central Office by submitting
a Bona Fide Firm Order to BellSouth. A Bona Fide Firm Order requires
ITC/\DeltaCom to complete the Application/Inquiry process described in
Subsection 6.1, preceding, and submit the Expanded Interconnection Bona Fide
Firm Order document (BSTEI-1P-F) indicating acceptance of the written
application response provided by BellSouth ("Bona Fide Firm Order") and all
appropriate fees. The Bona Fide Firm Order must be received by BellSouth no
later than thirty (30) calendar days after BellSouth's response to
ITC/\DeltaCom's Application/Inquiry. If ITC/\DeltaCom makes major changes to its
application in light of BellSouth's written Application Response, BellSouth will
be required to re-evaluate and respond to the change(s). In this event,
BellSouth's provisioning interval will not start until the re-evaluation and
response to the change(s) is complete and the Bona Fide Firm Order is received
by BellSouth and all appropriate fees and duties have been executed. If
BellSouth needs to reevaluate ITC/\DeltaCom's application as a result of changes
requested by ITC/\DeltaCom to ITC/\DeltaCom's original application, then
BellSouth will charge ITC/\DeltaCom a fee based upon the additional engineering
hours required to do the reassessment. Major changes such as requesting
additional space or adding additional equipment may require ITC/\DeltaCom to
resubmit the application with an application fee.
6.3.1 BellSouth will establish a firm order date, per request,
based upon the date BellSouth is in receipt of a Bona Fide Firm Order. BellSouth
will acknowledge the receipt of ITC/\DeltaCom's Bona Fide Firm Order within five
(5) business days of receipt indicating that the Bona Fide Firm Order has been
received. A BellSouth response to a Bona Fide Firm Order will include a Firm
Order Confirmation containing the firm order date.
6.3.2 BellSouth will permit one accompanied site visit to
ITC/\DeltaCom's designated collocation arrangement location after receipt of the
Bona Fide Firm Order without charge to ITC/\DeltaCom.
6.3.3 Space preparation for the Collocation Space will not begin
until BellSouth receives the Bona Fide Firm Order and all applicable fees.
6.3.4 ITC/\DeltaCom must submit to BellSouth the completed Access
Control Request Form (RF-2906-A) for all employees or agents requiring access to
the BellSouth Central Office a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the date
ITC/\DeltaCom desires access to the Collocation Space.
6.4 CONSTRUCTION AND PROVISIONING INTERVAL. BellSouth will negotiate
construction and provisioning intervals per request on an individual case basis.
Excluding the time interval required to secure the appropriate government
licenses and permits, BellSouth will use best efforts to complete construction
for collocation arrangements under ordinary conditions as soon as possible and
within a maximum of 90 business days from receipt of a complete and accurate
Bona Fide Firm Order. Ordinary conditions are defined as space available with
only minor changes to support systems required, such as but not limited to,
HVAC, cabling and the power plant(s). Excluding the time interval required to
secure the appropriate government licenses and permits, BellSouth will use best
efforts to complete construction of all other collocation space ("extraordinary
conditions") within 130 business days of the receipt of a complete and accurate
Bona Fide Firm Order. Extraordinary conditions are defined to include but are
not limited to major BellSouth equipment rearrangement or addition; power plant
addition or upgrade; major mechanical addition or upgrade; major upgrade for ADA
compliance; environmental hazard or hazardous materials abatement. Space that is
the subject of a request for cageless physical collocation shall be made
available within thirty (30) days after receipt by BellSouth of a complete and
accurate Bona Fide Order.
6.4.1 JOINT PLANNING MEETING. Unless otherwise agreed to by the
Parties, a joint planning meeting or other method of joint planning between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will commence within a maximum of 15 business days
from BellSouth's receipt of a Bona Fide Firm Order and the payment of agreed
upon fees. At such meeting, the Parties will agree to the preliminary design of
the Collocation Space and the equipment configuration requirements as reflected
in the Application and affirmed in the Bona Fide Firm Order. The Collocation
Space Completion time period will be provided to ITC/\DeltaCom during the joint
planning meeting or as soon as possible thereafter. BellSouth will complete all
design work following the joint planning meeting.
6.4.2 PERMITS. Each Party or its agents will diligently pursue
filing for the permits required for the scope of work to be performed by that
Party or its agents within 7 business days of the completion of finalized
construction designs and specifications.
6.4.3 ACCEPTANCE WALK THROUGH. ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth will
complete an acceptance walk through of each Collocation Space requested from
BellSouth by ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will correct any deviations to
ITC/\DeltaCom's original or jointly amended requirements within five (5)
business days after the walk through, unless the Parties jointly agree upon a
different time frame.
6.5 USE OF CERTIFIED VENDOR. ITC/\DeltaCom shall select a vendor which
has been approved as a BellSouth Certified Vendor to perform all engineering and
installation work required in the Collocation Space. In some cases,
ITC/\DeltaCom must select separate BellSouth Certified Vendors for transmission
equipment, switching equipment and power equipment. BellSouth shall provide
ITC/\DeltaCom with a list of Certified Vendors upon request. The Certified
Vendor(s) shall be responsible for installing ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and
components, installing co-carrier cross connects, extending power cabling to the
BellSouth power distribution frame, performing operational tests after
installation is complete, and notifying BellSouth's equipment engineers and
ITC/\DeltaCom upon successful completion of
installation. The Certified Vendor shall xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom directly for all
work performed for ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to this Agreement and BellSouth shall
have no liability for nor responsibility to pay such charges imposed by the
Certified Vendor. BellSouth shall consider certifying ITC/\DeltaCom or any
vendor proposed by ITC/\DeltaCom.
6.6 ALARM AND MONITORING. BellSouth shall place environmental alarms in
the Central Office for the protection of BellSouth equipment and facilities.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for placement, monitoring and removal of
environmental and equipment alarms used to service ITC/\DeltaCom's Collocation
Space. Upon request, BellSouth will provide ITC/\DeltaCom with applicable
tariffed service(s) to facilitate remote monitoring of collocated equipment by
ITC/\DeltaCom. Both parties shall use best efforts to notify the other of any
verified environmental hazard known to that party. The parties agree to utilize
and adhere to the Environmental Hazard Guidelines identified as Exhibit B
attached hereto.
6.7 BASIC TELEPHONE SERVICE. Upon request of ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth
will provide basic telephone service to the Collocation Space under the rates,
terms and conditions of the current tariff offering for the service requested.
6.8 SPACE PREPARATION FEE IN NORTH CAROLINA. In North Carolina, the
Space Preparation Fee is a monthly recurring charge, assessed per arrangement,
per location, which is due beginning with the date on which BellSouth releases
the Collocation Space for occupancy or on the date ITC/\DeltaCom first occupies
the Collocation Space, which include survey, engineering, design and
modification costs for network, building and support systems. In the event
ITC/\DeltaCom opts for cageless space, the space preparation charge will be
assessed based on the total floor space dedicated to ITC/\DeltaCom as described
in Section 7.4. The Space Preparation Fee always consists of charges for Central
Office Modifications, Power, and Common Systems Modifications. The charge for
Common Systems Modification will be on a per square foot basis for cageless and
on a per cage basis for caged collocation. The charge for Power will be assessed
per the nominal -48V DC ampere requirements specified by ITC/\DeltaCom on the
Bona Fide Application.
6.9 VIRTUAL COLLOCATION TRANSITION. BellSouth offers Virtual
Collocation pursuant to the rates, terms and conditions set forth in its F.C.C.
Tariff No. 1. For the interconnection to BellSouth's network and access to
BellSouth unbundled network elements, ITC/\DeltaCom may purchase 2-wire and
4-wire Cross-Connects as set forth in Exhibit A, and ITC/\DeltaCom may place
within its Virtual Collocation arrangements the telecommunications equipment set
forth in Section 5.1. In the event physical collocation space was previously
denied at a location due to technical reasons or space limitations, and that
physical collocation space has subsequently become available, ITC/\DeltaCom may
transition its virtual collocation arrangements to physical collocation
arrangements and pay the appropriate non-recurring fees for physical collocation
and for the rearrangement or reconfiguration of services terminated in the
virtual collocation arrangement. In the event that BellSouth knows when
additional space for physical collocation may become available at the location
requested by ITC/\DeltaCom, such information will be provided to ITC/\DeltaCom
in BellSouth's written denial of physical collocation. To the extent that (i)
physical collocation space becomes available to ITC/\DeltaCom within 180 days of
BellSouth's written denial of ITC/\DeltaCom's request for physical collocation,
and (ii) ITC/\DeltaCom was not informed in the written denial that physical
collocation space would become available within such 180 days, then
ITC/\DeltaCom may transition its virtual collocation arrangement to a physical
collocation arrangement and will receive a credit for any nonrecurring charges
previously paid for such virtual collocation credit for any ITC/\DeltaCom must
arrange
with a BellSouth certified vendor for the relocation of equipment from its
virtual collocation space to its physical collocation space and will bear the
cost of such relocation.
6.10 CANCELLATION. If, at anytime, ITC/\DeltaCom cancels its order for
the Collocation Space(s), ITC/\DeltaCom will reimburse BellSouth for any
expenses incurred up to the date that written notice of the cancellation is
received. In no event will the level of reimbursement under this paragraph
exceed the maximum amount ITC/\DeltaCom would have otherwise paid for work
undertaken by BellSouth if no cancellation of the order had occurred.
6.11 LICENSES. ITC/\DeltaCom, at its own expense, will be solely
responsible for obtaining from governmental authorities, and any other
appropriate agency, entity, or person, all rights, privileges, and licenses
necessary or required to operate as a provider of telecommunications services to
the public or to occupy the Collocation Space.
7. RATES AND CHARGES
7.1 NON-RECURRING FEES. In addition to the Application Fee referenced
in Section 6, preceding, ITC/\DeltaCom shall remit payment of a Cable
Installation Fee and one-half (1/2) of the estimated Space Preparation Fee, as
applicable, coincident with submission of a Bona Fide Firm Order. The
outstanding balance of the actual Space Preparation Fee shall be due thirty (30)
calendar days following ITC/\DeltaCom's receipt of a xxxx or invoice from
BellSouth. Once the installation of the initial equipment arrangement is
complete, a subsequent application fee may apply (as described in Subsection
7.4), when ITC/\DeltaCom requests a modification to the arrangement.
7.2 DOCUMENTATION. BellSouth shall provide documentation to establish
the actual Space Preparation Fee. The Space Preparation Fee will be pro rated as
prescribed in Section 6, preceding.
7.3 CABLE INSTALLATION. Cable Installation Fee(s) are assessed per
entrance fiber placed.
7.4 FLOOR SPACE. The floor space charge includes reasonable charges for
lighting, heat, air conditioning, ventilation and other allocated expenses
associated with maintenance of the Central Office but does not include amperage
necessary to power ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment. When the Collocation Space is
enclosed , ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay floor space charges based upon the number of
square feet so enclosed. When the Collocation Space is not enclosed,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay floor space charges based upon the following floor space
calculation: [(depth of the equipment lineup in which the rack is placed) + (0.5
x maintenance aisle depth) + (0.5 x wiring aisle depth)] X (width of rack and
spacers). For purposes of this calculation, the depth of the equipment lineup
shall consider the footprint of equipment racks plus any equipment overhang.
BellSouth will assign unenclosed Collocation Space in conventional equipment
rack lineups where feasible. In the event ITC/\DeltaCom's collocated equipment
requires special cable racking, isolated grounding or other treatment which
prevents placement within conventional equipment rack lineups, ITC/\DeltaCom
shall be required to request an amount of floor space sufficient to accommodate
the total equipment arrangement. Floor space charges are due beginning with the
date on which BellSouth releases the Collocation Space for occupancy or on the
date ITC/\DeltaCom first occupies the Collocation Space, whichever is sooner.
7.5 POWER. BellSouth shall supply -48 Volt (-48V) DC power for
ITC/\DeltaCom's Collocation Space within the central office premises and shall
make available AC power at ITC/\DeltaCom's option for Adjacent Arrangement
collocation.
7.5.1 Charges for -48V DC power will be assessed per ampere per
month based upon the certified vendor engineered and installed power feed fused
ampere capacity. Rates include redundant feeder fuse positions (A&B) and cable
rack to ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment or space enclosure. When obtaining power from
a BellSouth Battery Distribution Fuse Bay, fuses and power cables (A&B) must be
engineered (sized), furnished and installed by ITC/\DeltaCom's certified vendor.
When obtaining power from a BellSouth Power Board, power cables (A&B) must be
engineered (sized), furnished and installed by ITC/\DeltaCom's certified power
vendor. ITC/\DeltaCom's certified vendor must also provide a copy of the
engineering power specification prior to the Commencement Date. In the event
BellSouth shall be required to construct additional DC power plant or upgrade
the existing DC power plant in a Central Office as a result of ITC/\DeltaCom's
request to collocate in that Central Office ("Power Plant Construction"),
ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay its pro-rata share of costs associated with the Power
Plant Construction. The determination of whether Power Plant Construction is
necessary shall be within BellSouth's sole, but reasonable, discretion.
BellSouth shall comply with all BellCore (Telcordia) and ANSI Standards
regarding power cabling, including BellCore (Telcordia) Network Equipment
Building System (NEBS) StandardGR-63-CORE. BellSouth will notify ITC/\DeltaCom
of the need for the Power Plant Construction and will estimate the costs
associated with the Power Plant Construction if BellSouth were to perform the
Power Plant Construction. The costs of power plant construction shall be pro-
rated and shared among all who benefit from that construction. ITC/\DeltaCom
shall pay BellSouth one-half of its prorata share of the estimated Power Plant
Construction costs prior to commencement of the work. ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay
BellSouth the balance due (actual cost less one-half of the estimated cost)
within thirty (30) days of completion of the Power Plant Construction.
ITC/\DeltaCom has the option to perform the Power Plant Construction itself;
provided, however, that such work shall be performed by a BellSouth certified
contractor and such contractor shall comply with BellSouth's guidelines and
specifications. Where the Power Plant Construction results in construction of a
new power plant room, upon termination of this Agreement ITC/\DeltaCom shall
have the right to remove its equipment from the power plant room, but shall
otherwise leave the room intact. Where the Power Plant Construction results in
an upgrade to BellSouth's existing power plant, upon termination of
thisAttachment, such upgrades shall become the property of BellSouth.
7.5.2 Charges for AC power will be assessed per breaker ampere per
month based upon the certified vendor engineered and installed power feed fused
ampere capacity. Rates include the provision of commercial and standby AC power.
When obtaining power from a BellSouth Distribution Fuse Bay, Power Board or
Service Panel, fuses and power cables must be engineered (sized), furnished and
installed by ITC/\DeltaCom's certified vendor. ITC/\DeltaCom's certified vendor
must also provide a copy of the engineering power specification prior to the
Commencement Date. Charges for AC power shall be assessed pursuant to the rates
specified in Exhibit A. AC power voltage and phase ratings shall be determined
on a per location basis.
7.6 SECURITY ESCORT. A security escort will be required as set forth in
Section 5.8. ITC/\DeltaComRates for a security escort are assessed in one-half
(1/2) hour increments according to the schedule appended hereto as Exhibit A.
7.7 RATE "TRUE-UP." The Parties agree that the prices reflected as
interim herein shall be "trued-up" (up or down) based on final prices either
determined by further agreement or by final order, including any appeals, in a
proceeding involving BellSouth before the regulatory authority for the state in
which the services are being performed or any other body having jurisdiction
over this agreement (hereinafter "Commission"). Under the "true-up" process, the
interim price for each service shall be multiplied by the volume of that service
purchased to arrive at the total interim amount paid for that service ("Total
Interim Price"). The final price for that service shall be multiplied by the
volume purchased to arrive at the total final amount due ("Total Final Price").
The Total Interim Price shall be compared with the Total Final Price. If the
Total Final Price is more than the Total Interim Price, ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay
the difference to BellSouth. If the Total Final Price is less than the Total
Interim Price, BellSouth shall pay the difference to ITC/\DeltaCom. Each party
shall keep its own records upon which a "true-up" can be based and any final
payment from one party to the other shall be in an amount agreed upon by the
Parties based on such records. In the event of any disagreement as between the
records or the Parties regarding the amount of such "true-up," the Parties agree
that the Commission shall be called upon to resolve such differences.
7.8 OTHER. If no rate is identified in the contract, the rate for the
specific service or function will be negotiated by the parties upon request by
either party. Payment of all other charges under this Agreement shall be due
thirty (30) days after receipt of the xxxx (payment due date). ITC/\DeltaCom
will pay a late payment charge of one and one-half percent (1-1/2%) assessed
monthly on any balance which remains unpaid after the payment due date.
8. INSURANCE
8.1 ITC/\DeltaCom shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure,
maintain, and keep in force insurance as specified in this Article VI and
underwritten by insurance companies licensed to do business in the states
applicable under this Agreement and having a BEST Insurance Rating of B ++ X (B
++ ten).
8.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall maintain the following specific coverage:
8.2.1 Commercial General Liability coverage in the amount of ten
million dollars ($10,000,000.00) or a combination of Commercial General
Liability and Excess/Umbrella coverage totaling not less than ten million
dollars ($10,000,000.00). BellSouth shall be named as an ADDITIONAL INSURED on
ALL applicable policies as specified herein.
8.2.2 Statutory Workers Compensation coverage and Employers
Liability coverage in the amount of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00)
each accident, one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) each employee by
disease, and five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000.00) policy limit by
disease.
8.2.3 ITC/\DeltaCom may elect to purchase business interruption and
contingent business interruption insurance, having been advised that BellSouth
assumes no liability for loss of profit or revenues should an interruption of
service occur.
8.3 The limits set forth in Subsection 6.2 above may be increased by
BellSouth from time to time during the term of this Agreement upon thirty (30)
days notice to ITC/\DeltaCom to
at least such minimum limits as shall then be customary with respect to
comparable occupancy of BellSouth structures.
8.4 All policies purchased by ITC/\DeltaCom shall be deemed to be
primary and not contributing to or in excess of any similar coverage purchased
by BellSouth. All insurance must be in effect on or before the date equipment is
delivered to BellSouth's Central Office and shall remain in effect for the term
of this Agreement or until all ITC/\DeltaCom's property has been removed from
BellSouth's Central Office, whichever period is longer. If ITC/\DeltaCom fails
to maintain required coverage, BellSouth may pay the premiums thereon and seek
reimbursement of same from ITC/\DeltaCom.
8.5 ITC/\DeltaCom shall annually submit one certificate of insurance
covering all central offices and reflecting the coverage required pursuant to
this Section. The first such certificate will be required a minimum of ten (10)
days prior to the commencement of any work in the first Collocation Space.
Failure to meet this requirement may result in construction and equipment
installation delays. ITC/\DeltaCom shall arrange for BellSouth to receive thirty
(30) days advance notice of cancellation from ITC/\DeltaCom's insurance company.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall forward a certificate of insurance and notice of
cancellation to BellSouth at the following address:
BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.
Attn.: Risk Management Coordinator
000 X. 00xx Xxxxxx, 00X0
Xxxxxxxxxx, Xxxxxxx 00000
8.6 ITC/\DeltaCom must conform to recommendations made by BellSouth's
fire insurance company to the extent BellSouth has agreed to, or shall hereafter
agree to, such recommendations.
8.7 Failure to comply with the provisions of this Section will be
deemed a material breach of this Agreement.
9. MECHANICS LIENS
9.1 If any mechanics lien or other liens shall be filed against
property of either party (BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom), or any improvement
thereon by reason of or arising out of any labor or materials furnished or
alleged to have been furnished or to be furnished to or for the other party or
by reason of any changes, or additions to said property made at the request or
under the direction of the other party, the other party directing or requesting
those changes shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice
from the party against whose property said lien has been filed, either pay such
lien or cause the same to be bonded off the affected property in the manner
provided by law. The party causing said lien to be placed against the property
of the other shall also defend, at its sole cost and expense, on behalf of the
other, any action, suit or proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement
of such liens and shall pay any damage and discharge any judgment entered
thereon.
10. INSPECTIONS
10.1 BellSouth may conduct an inspection of ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment
and facilities in the Collocation Space(s) prior to the activation of facilities
between ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and equipment of BellSouth. BellSouth may
conduct an inspection if ITC/\DeltaCom adds equipment and may otherwise conduct
routine inspections at reasonable intervals mutually agreed upon by the Parties.
The Parties agree that three months is a reasonable interval on which to
mutually agree upon conducting routine inspections unless BellSouth determines a
need outside of the three month interval to conduct an inspection of
ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment and facilities. BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom
with a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours or two (2) business days, whichever is
greater, advance notice of all such inspections. All costs of such inspection
shall be borne by BellSouth.
11. SECURITY.
11.1 Only BellSouth employees, BellSouth certified vendors and
authorized employees, authorized Guests, pursuant to Section 3.3, preceding, or
authorized agents of ITC/\DeltaCom will be permitted in the BellSouth Central
Office. ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide its employees and agents with picture
identification which must be worn and visible at all times while in the
Collocation Space or other areas in or around the Central Office. The photo
Identification card shall bear, at a minimum, the employee's name and photo, and
the ITC/\DeltaCom name. BellSouth reserves the right to remove from its premises
any employee of ITC/\DeltaCom not possessing identification issued by
ITC/\DeltaCom. ITC/\DeltaCom shall hold BellSouth harmless for any damages
resulting from such removal of its personnel from BellSouth premises.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be solely responsible for ensuring that any Guest of
ITC/\DeltaCom is in compliance with all subsections of this Section 11.
11.1.1 ITC/\DeltaCom will be required, at its own expense, to
conduct a statewide investigation of criminal history records for each
ITC/\DeltaCom employee being considered for work on the BellSouth Central
Office, for the states/counties where the ITC/\DeltaCom employee has worked and
lived for the past five years. Such investigation shall cover the period five
years prior to the date of investigation. The investigation will be required
prior to issuance of an Access Key to gain entry into the BellSouth Central
Office(s) and shall be no more than three months old as of the date upon which
issuance of an Access Key for such employee is required. Where state law does
not permit statewide collection or reporting, an investigation of the applicable
counties is acceptable.
11.1.2 ITC/\DeltaCom will be required to administer to their
personnel assigned to the BellSouth Central Office security training either
provided by BellSouth, or meeting criteria defined by BellSouth.
11.1.3 ITC/\DeltaCom shall not assign to the BellSouth Central
Office any personnel with records of felony criminal convictions. ITC/\DeltaCom
shall not assign to the BellSouth Central Office any personnel with records of
misdemeanor convictions (other than traffic offenses) without advising BellSouth
of the nature and gravity of the offense(s). BellSouth reserves the right to
refuse building access to any ITC/\DeltaCom personnel who have been identified
to have misdemeanor criminal convictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event that ITC/\DeltaCom chooses not to advise BellSouth of the nature and
gravity of any misdemeanor conviction, ITC/\DeltaCom may, in the alternative,
certify to BellSouth that it shall not assign to the BellSouth Central Office
any personnel with records of misdemeanor convictions (other than traffic
offenses).
11.1.4 For each ITC/\DeltaCom employee requiring access to a
BellSouth Central Office pursuant to this agreement, ITC/\DeltaCom shall furnish
BellSouth, prior to an employee gaining such access, a notarized affidavit
certifying that the aforementioned background check and security training were
completed. The affidavit will contain a statement certifying no felony
convictions were found and certifying that the security training was completed
by the employee. If the employee's criminal history includes misdemeanor
convictions, ITC/\DeltaCom will disclose the nature of the convictions to
BellSouth at that time, or, if ITC/\DeltaCom so chooses in accordance with
Section 11.1.3 above, ITC/\DeltaCom may certify in the aforementioned affidavit
that no misdemeanor convictions were found.
11.1.5 At BellSouth's request, ITC/\DeltaCom shall promptly remove
from the BellSouth's premises any employee of ITC/\DeltaCom BellSouth does not
wish to grant access to its premises pursuant to any investigation conducted by
BellSouth.
11.2 NOTIFICATION TO BELLSOUTH. BellSouth reserves the right to
interview ITC/\DeltaCom's employees, agents or contractors in the event of
wrongdoing in or around BellSouths property or involving BellSouth's or another
CLEC's property or personnel, provided that BellSouth shall provide 24 hours
notice (or such shorter notice as may be agreed by the parties as reasonable
under the circumstances) to ITC/\DeltaCom's Security contact of such interview.
ITC/\DeltaCom and its contractors shall reasonably cooperate with BellSouth's
investigation into allegations of wrongdoing or criminal conduct committed by,
witnessed by or involving ITC/\DeltaCom's employees, agents, or contractors.
Additionally, BellSouth reserves the right to xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom for all
reasonable costs associated with investigations involving its employees, agents,
or contractors if it is established and mutually agreed in good faith that
ITC/\DeltaCom's employees, agents, or contractors are responsible for the
alleged act. BellSouth shall xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom for BellSouth property which is
stolen or damaged where an investigation determines the culpability of
ITC/\DeltaCom employees, agents, or contractors and ITC/\DeltaCom agrees, in
good faith, with the results of such investigation. ITC/\DeltaCom shall notify
BellSouth in writing immediately in the event that ITC/\DeltaCom discovers one
of its employees already working on the BellSouth central office premises is a
possible security risk. BellSouth reserves the right to permanently but lawfully
remove from its premises any employee of ITC/\DeltaCom identified as posing a
security risk to BellSouth or any other CLEC, or having violated BellSouth
policies set forth in the BellSouth CLEC Security Training. ITC/\DeltaCom shall
hold BellSouth harmless for any damages resulting from such removal of its
personnel from BellSouth premises.
11.3 USE OF BELLSOUTH SUPPLIES BY ITC/\DELTACOM EMPLOYEES. Use of any
BellSouth supplies by a ITC/\DeltaCom employee, whether or not used routinely to
provide telephone service (e.g. plug-in cards,) will be considered theft and
will be handled accordingly. Costs associated with such unauthorized use of
BellSouth property may be charged to ITC/\DeltaCom as may be all associated
investigative costs. At BellSouth's request, ITC/\DeltaCom shall promptly and
permanently remove from BellSouth's Central Office any employee of ITC/\DeltaCom
found to be in violation of this rule.
11.4 USE OF OFFICIAL LINES BY ITC/\DELTACOM EMPLOYEES. Except for local
calls necessary in the performance of their work, ITC/\DeltaCom employees shall
not use the telephones on BellSouth Central Office. Charges for unauthorized
telephone calls made by a
ITC/\DeltaCom's employees may be charged to ITC/\DeltaCom as may be all
associated investigative costs. At BellSouth's request, ITC/\DeltaCom shall
promptly and permanently remove from BellSouth's premises any employee of
ITC/\DeltaCom found to be in violation of this rule.
11.5 ACCOUNTABILITY. Full compliance with the Security requirements of
this section shall in no way limit the accountability of any CLEC for the
improper actions of its employees.
12. DESTRUCTION OF COLLOCATION SPACE.
12.1 In the event a Collocation Space is wholly or partially damaged by
fire, windstorm, tornado, flood or by similar causes to such an extent as to be
rendered wholly unsuitable for ITC/\DeltaCom's permitted use hereunder, then
either party may elect within ten (10) days after such damage, to terminate this
Attachment, and if either party shall so elect, by giving the other written
notice of termination, both parties shall stand released of and from further
liability under the terms hereof. If the Collocation Space shall suffer only
minor damage and shall not be rendered wholly unsuitable for ITC/\DeltaCom's
permitted use, or is damaged and the option to terminate is not exercised by
either party, BellSouth covenants and agrees to proceed promptly without expense
to ITC/\DeltaCom, except for improvements not the property of BellSouth, to
repair the damage. BellSouth shall have a reasonable time within which to
rebuild or make any repairs, and such rebuilding and repairing shall be subject
to delays caused by storms, shortages of labor and materials, government
regulations, strikes, walkouts, and causes beyond the control of BellSouth,
which causes shall not be construed as limiting factors, but as exemplary only.
ITC/\DeltaCom may, at its own expense, accelerate the rebuild of its collocated
space and equipment provided however that a certified vendor is used and the
necessary space preparation has been completed. Rebuild of equipment must be
performed by a BellSouth Certified Vendor. If ITC/\DeltaCom's acceleration of
the project increases the cost of the project, then those additional charges
will be incurred by ITC/\DeltaCom. Where allowed and where practical,
ITC/\DeltaCom may erect a temporary facility while BellSouth rebuilds or makes
repairs. In all cases where the Collocation Space shall be rebuilt or repaired,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of rent and other
charges, depending upon the unsuitability of the Collocation Space for
ITC/\DeltaCom's permitted use, until such Collocation Space is fully repaired
and restored and ITC/\DeltaCom's equipment installed therein (but in no event
later than thirty (30) days after the Collocation Space is fully repaired and
restored). Where ITC/\DeltaCom has placed an Adjacent Arrangement pursuant to
section 3.4, ITC/\DeltaCom shall have the sole responsibility to repair or
replace said Adjacent Arrangement provided herein. Pursuant to this section,
BellSouth will restore the associated services to the Adjacent Arrangement.
13. EMINENT DOMAIN
13.1 If the whole of a Collocation Space shall be taken by any public
authority under the power of eminent domain, then this Attachment shall
terminate as of the day possession shall be taken by such public authority and
rent and other charges for the Collocation Space shall be paid up to that day
with proportionate refund by BellSouth of such rent and charges as may have been
paid in advance for a period subsequent to the date of the taking. If any part
of the Collocation Space shall be taken under eminent domain, BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom shall
each have the right to terminate this Attachment and declare the same null and
void, by written notice of such intention to the other party within ten (10)
days after such taking.
14. NONEXCLUSIVITY
14.1 ITC/\DeltaCom understands that this Agreement is not exclusive and
that BellSouth may enter into similar agreements with other parties. Assignment
of space pursuant to all such agreements shall be determined by space
availability and made on a first come, first served basis.
15. NOTICES
15.1 Except as otherwise provided herein, any notices or demands that
are required by law or under the terms of this Agreement shall be given or made
by ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth in writing and shall be given by hand delivery, or
by certified or registered mail, and addressed to the parties at the addresses
set forth in Section 20 of the General Terms and Conditions of this Agreement.
15.2 Such notices shall be deemed to have been given in the case of
certified or registered mail when deposited in the United States mail with
postage prepaid.
16. INDEMNITY/LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
16.1 ITC/\DeltaCom shall be liable for any damage to property,
tequipment or facilities or injury to person caused by the activities of
ITC/\DeltaCom, its agents or employees pursuant to, or in furtherance of, rights
granted under this Agreement. ITC/\DeltaCom shall indemnify and hold BellSouth
harmless from and against any judgments, fees, costs or other expenses resulting
or claimed to result from such activities by ITC/\DeltaCom, its agents or
employees. Likewise, BellSouth shall be liable for any damage to property,
equipment or facilities or injury to person caused by the activities of
BellSouth, its agents or employees pursuant to, or in furtherance of, providing
the Collocation Space(s) under this Agreement. BellSouth shall indemnify and
hold ITC/\DeltaCom harmless from and against any judgments, fees, costs or other
expenses resulting or claimed to result from such activities by BellSouth, its
agents or employees.
EXHIBIT A
Page 1 of 4
SCHEDULE OF RATES AND CHARGES
EXHIBIT A: BELLSOUTH/ITC/\DELTACOM RATES - NORTH CAROLINA
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION
RATES MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK (*) ARE INTERIM AND ARE SUBJECT TO TRUE-UP.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USOC RATE ELEMENT DESCRIPTION UNIT RECURRING RATE (RC) NON-RECURRING RATE (NRC)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1BA Application Fee Per request NA $3,850.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1CA Subsequent Application Fee (NOTE 1) Per request NA $1,600.00 Minimum
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Space Preparation Fee
Central Office Modification Per sq. ft. $1.57
Common Systems Modification - Cageless Per sq. ft. $3.26
Common Systems Modification - Caged Per cage $110.79
Power Per nominal -48v DC Amp $5.76
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Space Enclosure (NOTE 2)
PE1BW Welded Wire-mesh Per first 100 sq. ft. $102.76 NA
PE1CW Welded Wire-mesh Per add'l 50 sq. ft. $10.44 NA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1PJ Floor Space Per sq. ft. $3.45 NA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1BD Cable Installation Per cable NA $2,305.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1PM Cable Support Structure Per entrance cable $21.33 NA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Power
PE1PL -48V DC Power Per amp $6.65 ICB
PE1FB 120V AC Power single phase* Per breaker amp $5.50 ICB
PE1FD 240V AC Power single phase* Per breaker amp $11.00 ICB
PE1FE 120V AC Power three phase* Per breaker amp $16.50 ICB
PE1FG 277 AC Power three phase* Per breaker amp $38.20 ICB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cross Connects (NOTE 3) Per cross connect First/Add'l
PE1P2 2-wire $0.32 $41.78/$39.23
PE1P4 4-wire $0.64 $41.91/$39.25
PE1P1 DS-1 $2.34 $71.02/$51.08
PE1P3 DS-3 $42.84 $69.84/$49.43
PE1F2 2-fiber $15.99 $67.34/$48.55
PE1F4 4-fiber $28.74 $82.35/$63.56
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT A
Page 2 of 4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NORTH CAROLINA (CONTINUED)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USOC RATE ELEMENT DESCRIPTION UNIT RECURRING RATE (RC) NON-RECURRING RATE (NRC)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Co-Carrier Cross-Connect (NOTE 4)
PE1ES Fiber Fiber Cable Support Structure, existing Per linear ft. $0.06 NA
PE1DS Copper Copper or Coaxial Cable Support Structure, existing Per linear ft. $0.03 NA
(TBD) Cable Support Structure Construction, new Per new construction NA ICB
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1AX Security Access System Security System* Per premises $52.00
New Access Card Activation* Per card $55.00
PE1AA Administrative change, existing card* Per card $35.00
PE1AR Replace lost or stolen card Per card $250.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PE1SR Space Availability Report* Per premises requested $550.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POT Bay Arrangements Per cross-connect
Prior to 6/1/99
PE1PE 2-Wire Cross-Connect $0.10 NA
PE1PF 4-Wire Cross-Connect $0.19 NA
PE1PG DS1 Cross-Connect $0.79 NA
PE1PH DS3 Cross-Connect $4.85 XX
XX0X0 0 Xxxxx Xxxxx-Xxxxxxx $39.67 XX
XX0X0 0 Xxxxx Xxxxx-Xxxxxxx $53.49 NA
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Security Escort Per half hr./Add'l half hr.
PE1BT Basic Time NA $42.92/$25.56
PE1OT Overtime NA $54.51/$32.44
PE1PT Premium Time NA $66.10/$39.32
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AEH Additional Engineering Fee (NOTE 5) Per request, first First/Add'l
half hr/add'l half hr. Basic Time
$31.00/$22.00
Overtime
$37.00/$26.00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXHIBIT A
Page 3 of 4
EXHIBIT A: BELLSOUTH/ITC/\DELTACOM RATES - NORTH CAROLINA
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION (CONTINUED)
NOTE(S):
N/A refers to rate elements which do not have a negotiated rate.
(1) SUBSEQUENT APPLICATION FEE: BellSouth requires the submission of an
Application Fee for modifications to an existing arrangement. However, when
the modifications do not require BellSouth to expend capital, BellSouth
will assess the Subsequent Application Fee in lieu of the Application Fee.
Proposed modifications that could result in assessment of a Subsequent
Application Fee would cause BellSouth to analyze the following but are not
limited to: floor loading changes, changes to HVAC requirements, power
requirement changes which may result in a power plant upgrade,
environmental or safety requirements, or equipment relocation. Should the
Subsequent Application Fee not be included as part of this Attachment,
ITC/\DeltaCom will be assessed the full Application Fee for all subsequent
activity for completed arrangements.
(2) SPACE ENCLOSURE FEE: The Space Enclosure Construction Fee is a monthly
recurring fee, assessed per enclosure, per location with a one-hundred
(100) square foot minimum enclosure. It recovers costs associated with
providing an optional equipment arrangement enclosure, which include
architectural and engineering fees, materials, and installation costs. The
cost for additional square feet is applicable only when ordered with the
first 100 square feet and must be requested in fifty (50) square foot
increments. ITC/\DeltaCom may, at its option, arrange with a BellSouth
Certified Contractor to construct the space enclosure in accordance with
BellSouth's guidelines and specifications. In this event, the BellSouth
Certified Contractor shall directly xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom for the space
enclosure, and this fee shall not be applicable.
(3) CROSS CONNECT: The charges for cross connects are for orders placed
electronically. Cross connect elements may also be ordered manually for
which there is an additional charge per element.
FIRST/ADDITIONAL
2-wire $46.53/$43.98
4-wire $46.64/$43.98
DS-1 $75.72/$55.78
DS-3 $74.54/$54.13
(4) CO-CARRIER CROSS-CONNECT. As stated in Section 5 of the Collocation
Attachment, ITC/\DeltaCom may connect to other CLECs within the designated
Premises in addition to, and not in lieu of, interconnection to BellSouth
services and facilities. Where BellSouth must construct a cable rack
structure to house the co-Carrier cross-connection, construction charges
will be applied on an individual case basis as described in Section 5.6.1
of the Collocation Attachment. BellSouth shall provide an estimate of these
charges in the Application Response. Where an existing cable rack structure
is in place and has sufficient capacity to accommodate the co-Carrier
cross-connection requested, the recurring charges as stated in this Exhibit
A shall apply.
EXHIBIT A
Page 4 of 4
EXHIBIT A: BELLSOUTH/ITC/\DELTACOM RATES - NORTH CAROLINA
PHYSICAL COLLOCATION (CONTINUED)
(5) ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING FEE: BellSouth's additional engineering, and other
labor costs associated with handling ITC/\DeltaCom-requested modifications
to requests in progress or augmentations for existing arrangements shall be
recovered as Additional Engineering charges, under provisions in
BellSouth's F.C.C. Number 1 Tariff, Sections 13.1 and 13.2. Should
Additional Engineering rates not be included, ITC/\DeltaCom agrees not to
make changes to collocation arrangement after a Bona Fide Firm Order is
submitted.
EXHIBIT B
Page 1 of 4
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY
PRINCIPLES
The following principles provide basic guidance on environmental and safety
issues when applying for and establishing Physical Collocation arrangements.
1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
1.1 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom agree to comply
with applicable federal, state, and local environmental and safety laws and
regulations including U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)
regulations issued under the Clean Air Act (CAA), Clean Water Act (CWA),
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act (XXXX), the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), and
OSHA regulations issued under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of
1970, as amended and NFPA and National Electrical Codes (NEC) and the NESC
("Applicable Laws"). Each Party shall notify the other if compliance
inspections are conducted by regulatory agencies and/or citations are
issued that relate to any aspect of this Attachment.
1.2 NOTICE. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall provide notice to the other,
including Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs), of known and recognized
physical hazards or Hazardous Chemicals existing on site or brought on
site. Each Party is required to provide specific notice for known potential
Imminent Danger conditions. ITC/\DeltaCom should contact 0-000-000-0000 for
BellSouth MSDS sheets.
1.3 PRACTICES/PROCEDURES. BellSouth may make available additional environmental
control procedures for ITC/\DeltaCom to follow when working at a BellSouth
Premises (See Section 2, below). These practices/procedures will represent
the regular work practices required to be followed by the employees and
contractors of BellSouth for environmental protection. ITC/\DeltaCom will
require its contractors, agents and others accessing the BellSouth Premises
to comply with these practices. Section 2 lists the Environmental
categories where BST practices should be followed by CLEC when operating in
the BellSouth Premises.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY INSPECTIONS. BellSouth reserves the right to
inspect the ITC/\DeltaCom space with proper notification. BellSouth
reserves the right to stop any ITC/\DeltaCom work operation that imposes
Imminent Danger to the environment, employees or other persons in the area
or Facility.
1.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS BROUGHT ON SITE. Any hazardous materials brought into,
used, stored or abandoned at the BellSouth Premises by ITC/\DeltaCom are
owned by ITC/\DeltaCom. ITC/\DeltaCom will indemnify BellSouth for claims,
lawsuits or damages to persons or property caused by these materials.
Without prior written
BellSouth approval, no substantial new safety or environmental hazards can
be created by ITC/\DeltaCom or different hazardous materials used by
ITC/\DeltaCom at BellSouth Facility. ITC/\DeltaCom must demonstrate
adequate emergency response capabilities for its materials used or
remaining at the BellSouth Facility.
1.6 SPILLS AND RELEASES. When contamination is discovered at a BellSouth
Premises, the Party discovering the condition must notify BellSouth. All
Spills or Releases of regulated materials will immediately be reported by
ITC/\DeltaCom to BellSouth.
1.7 COORDINATED ENVIRONMENTAL PLANS AND PERMITS. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom
will coordinate plans, permits or information required to be submitted to
government agencies, such as emergency response plans, spill prevention
control and countermeasures (SPCC) plans and community reporting. If fees
are associated with filing, BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will develop a cost
sharing procedure. If BellSouth's permit or EPA identification number must
be used, ITC/\DeltaCom must comply with all of BellSouth's permit
conditions and environmental processes, including environmental "best
management practices (BMP)" (see Section 2, below) and/or selection of BST
disposition vendors and disposal sites.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY INDEMNIFICATION. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party from and against any
claims (including, without limitation, third-party claims for personal
injury or death or real or personal property damage), judgments, damages,
(including direct and indirect damages, and punitive damages), penalties,
fines, forfeitures, costs, liabilities, interest and losses arising in
connection with the violation or alleged violation of any Applicable Law or
contractual obligation or the presence or alleged presence of contamination
arising out of the acts or omissions of the indemnifying Party, its agents,
contractors, or employees concerning its operations at the Facility.
2. CATEGORIES FOR CONSIDERATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES When performing
functions that fall under the following Environmental categories on
BellSouth's Premises, ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to comply with the applicable
sections of the current issue of BellSouth's Environmental and Safety
Methods and Procedures (M&Ps), incorporated herein by this reference.
ITC/\DeltaCom further agrees to cooperate with BellSouth to ensure that
ITC/\DeltaCom's employees, agents, and/or subcontractors are knowledgeable
of and satisfy those provisions of BellSouth's Environmental M&Ps which
apply to the specific Environmental function being performed by
ITC/\DeltaCom, its employees, agents and/or subcontractors.
The most current version of reference documentation must be requested from
BellSouth.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL ADDRESSED BY THE FOLLOWING
CATEGORIES ISSUES DOCUMENTATION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Disposal of hazardous Compliance with all applicable and regulations o Std T&C 450
material or other regulated material local, state, & federal laws o Fact Sheet Series 17000
(e.g., batteries, fluorescent o Std T&C 660-3
tubes, solvents & cleaning Pollution liability insurance o Approved Environmental
materials) Vendor List (Contact E/S
EVET approval of contractor Management)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Emergency response Hazmat/waste release/spill firesafety emergency o Fact Sheet Series 1700
o Building Emergency
Operations Plan (EOP)
(specific to and
located on Premises)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract labor/outsourcing for Compliance with all applicable local, state, o Std T&C 450
services with environmental implications & federal laws and regulations
to be performed on BellSouth Premises
(e.g., disposition of hazardous material/waste; Performance of services in accordance with o Std T&C 450-B
maintenance of storage BST's environmental M&Ps o (Contact E/S for copy of
tanks) appropriate E/S M&Ps.)
Insurance o Std T&C 660
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transportation of hazardous material Compliance with all applicable o Std T&C 450
local, state, & federal laws and regulations o Fact Sheet Series 17000
Pollution liability insurance o Std T&C 660-3
EVET approval of contractor o Approved Environmental
Vendor List (Contact E/S
Management)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance/operations Compliance with all application local, o Std T&C 450
work which may produce a waste state, & federal laws and regulations
Other maintenance work Protection of BST employees and equipment o 29CFR 1910.147
(OSHA Standard)
o 29CFR 1910 Subpart O
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(OSHA Standard)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janitorial services All waste removal and disposal must conform
to all applicable federal, state o P&SM Manager - Procurement
and local regulations
All Hazardous Material and Waste o Fact Sheet Series 17000
Asbestos notification and protection of o GU-BTEN-001BT, Chapter 3
employees and equipment
o BSP 010-170-001BS (Hazcom)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manhole cleaning Compliance with all applicable local, o Std T&C 450
state, & federal laws and regulations o Fact Sheet 14050
o BSP 620-145-011PR
Issue A, August 1996
Pollution liability insurance o Std T&C 660-3
EVET approval of contractor o Approved Environmental
Vendor List (Contact E/S
Management)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Removing or disturbing building materials Asbestos work practices o GU-BTEN-001BT, Chapter 3
that may contain asbestos
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. DEFINITIONS
GENERATOR. Under RCRA, the person whose act produces a Hazardous Waste, as
defined in 40 CFR 261, or whose act first causes a Hazardous Waste to become
subject to regulation. The Generator is legally responsible for the proper
management and disposal of Hazardous Wastes in accordance with regulations.
HAZARDOUS CHEMICAL. As defined in the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health (OSHA)
hazard communication standard (29 CFR 1910.1200), any chemical which is a health
hazard or physical hazard.
HAZARDOUS WASTE. As defined in section 1004 of RCRA.
IMMINENT DANGER. Any conditions or practices at a facility which are such that a
danger exists which could reasonably be expected to cause immediate death or
serious harm to people or immediate significant damage to the environment or
natural resources.
SPILL OR RELEASE. As defined in Section 101 of CERCLA.
4. ACRONYMS
E/S - Environmental/Safety
EVET - Environmental Vendor Evaluation Team
DEC/LDEC - Department Environmental Coordinator/Local Department Environmental
Coordinator
GU-BTEN-001BT - BellSouth Environmental Methods and Procedures
NESC - National Electrical Safety Codes
P&SM - Property & Services Management
STD. T&C - Standard Terms & Conditions
ATTACHMENT 5
ACCESS TO NUMBERS AND NUMBER PORTABILITY
ATTACHMENT 5
PAGE 1
ACCESS TO NUMBERS AND NUMBER PORTABILITY
1.0 Non-Discriminatory Access to Telephone Numbers
Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise
adversely affect in any manner either Party's right to employ, or to
request and be assigned, any Central Office (NXX) Codes pursuant to the
Central Office Code Assignment Guidelines, as may be amended from time
to time, or to establish by Tariff or otherwise, Rate Center and Rating
Points corresponding to such NXX Codes. BellSouth will provide number
portability to ITC/\DeltaCom and their customers with minimum
impairment of functionality, quality, reliability and convenience.
1.1 During the term of this Agreement, the Parties shall contact Lockheed
Xxxxxx for the assignment of numbering resources. In order to be
assigned a Central Office Code, the Parties will be required to
complete the Central Office Code (NXX) Assignment Request and
Confirmation Form (Code Request Form) in accordance with Industry
Numbering Committee's Central Office Code (NXX) Assignment Guidelines
(INC 95-0407-008).
1.2 It shall be the responsibility of each Party to program and update its
own switches and network systems in accordance with the Local Exchange
Routing Guide ("LERG") in order to recognize and route traffic to the
other Party's assigned NXX Codes at all times.
2.0 Local Number Portability
2.1 The Parties shall provide Local Number Portability ("LNP") on a
reciprocal basis to each other to the extent technically feasible, and
in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations as prescribed
from time to time by the FCC and/or the Commission.
2.2 Local Number Portability
2.2.1 Deployment of LNP. LNP allows End Users to keep their existing
Telephone Line Numbers ("TLNs") when switching LECs. The Parties shall
implement and deploy the Location Routing Number ("LRN") solution for
permanent LNP in accordance with orders, rulings and policies regarding
LNP issued by the North American Numbering Committee ("NANC"), the FCC
and applicable state commissions, including without limitation, the FCC
prescribed permanent LNP geographic deployment schedules.
2.2.2 Description of LNP. LNP uses the industry standard LRN that assigns a
unique 10-digit number to each Wire Center. To support LNP, LRN data is
stored, and LNP is provisioned on Advanced Intelligent Network ("AIN")
elements that replace the dialed TLN with the LRN so that LNP calls can
be routed to the proper Wire Center for connection to the dialed party.
To obtain the LRN data and properly provision LNP services, carriers
must be connected to independently
Attachment 5
Page 2
operated Regional Number Portability Administration Centers ("NPACs")
which will manage LNP services and provide LNP call routing data to
carriers.
2.2.3 Once LNP is implemented, either Party will withdraw its Interim Number
Portability ("INP") offerings, subject to (i) provision of reasonable
advance notice to the other Party; and (ii) coordination to allow the
seamless and transparent conversion of INP customers to LNP. Once LNP
is implemented in an end office pursuant to FCC or state Commission
orders, rules or regulations, with advance written notice, either Party
must withdraw its INP offerings. The transition from existing INP
arrangements to LNP shall occur within 120 days from the date LNP is
implemented in the end office serving the telephone number. Neither
Party shall charge the other Party for conversion from INP to LNP. The
Parties shall comply with any INP/LNP transition processes established
by the FCC and State Commissions and appropriate industry number
portability work groups.
2.2.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties acknowledge that the FCC has
determined once LNP has been deployed pursuant to the FCC's orders,
rules and regulations, that all local exchange carriers (LECs) have the
duty to provide LNP. Therefore, either Party, at any time, may seek
appropriate legal or regulatory relief concerning the transition from
INP to LNP or other related issues.
2.2.5 CHARGES. The Parties agree to compensate each other for providing LNP
in accordance with pertinent rules, orders and charges adopted or
approved by the FCC, and effective Tariffs filed in accordance with
such FCC requirements. Such charges shall be itemized and clearly
designated as "LNP charges."
2.2.6 The Parties will exchange SS7 TCAP messages as required for the
implementation of Customer Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS) or
other features available.
2.3. INTERIM NUMBER PORTABILITY
2.3.1 SERVICE PROVIDER NUMBER PORTABILITY
2.3.1.1 DEFINITION. Until an industry-wide permanent solution
can be achieved, BellSouth shall provide Service Provider
Number Portability ("SPNP"). SPNP is an interim service
arrangement whereby an end user who switches subscription of
his local exchange service from BellSouth to ITC/\DeltaCom, or
vice versa, is permitted to retain the use of his existing
assigned telephone number, provided that the end user remains
at the same location for his local exchange service. or
changes locations and service providers but stays within the
same serving wire center of his existing number.
2.3.1.2 METHODS OF PROVIDING NUMBER PORTABILITY. SPNP is
available through either remote call forwarding or direct
inward dialing trunks, at the election of ITC/\DeltaCom.
Remote call forwarding (SPNP-RCF) is an existing switch-based
Attachment 5
Page 3
BellSouth service that redirects calls within the telephone
network. Direct inward dialing trunks (SPNP-DID) allow calls
to be routed over a dedicated facility to the ITC/\DeltaCom
switch that serves the subscriber. SS7 Signaling is required
for the provision of either of these services.
2.3.2 SPNP-DID is available from BellSouth on a per DS0, DS1, or DS3
basis. Where SPNP-DID is technically feasible and is provided
on a DS1 or a DS3 basis, the applicable channelization rates
are those specified in Attachment 11 hereto, incorporated
herein by this reference. SPNP is available only for basic
local exchange service.
2.4 SPNP is available only where ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth is currently
providing, or will begin providing concurrent with provision of SPNP,
basic local exchange service to the affected end user. SPNP for a
particular telephone number is available only from the central office
originally providing local exchange service to the end user. SPNP for a
particular assigned telephone number will be disconnected when any end
user, Commission, BellSouth, or ITC/\DeltaCom initiated activity (e.g.,
a change in exchange boundaries) would normally result in a telephone
number change had the end user retained his initial local exchange
service.
2.4.1 SPNP-RCF, as contemplated by this Agreement, is a
telecommunications service whereby a call dialed to an SPNP-
RCF equipped telephone number is automatically forwarded to an
assigned seven- or ten- digit telephone number within the
local calling area as defined in BellSouth's General
Subscriber Services Tariff. The forwarded-to number shall be
specified by ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth, as appropriate. The
forwarding company will provide identification of the
originating telephone number, via SS7 signaling, to the
receiving Party. Identification of the originating telephone
number to the SPNP-RCF end user cannot be guaranteed, however.
SPNP-RCF provides a single call path for the forwarding of no
more than one simultaneous call to the receiving Party's
specified forwarded-to number. Additional call paths for the
forwarding of multiple simultaneous calls are available on a
per path basis at separate rates in addition to the rates for
SPNP-RCF.
2.4.2 SPNP-DID service, as contemplated by this Agreement, provides
trunk side access to end office switches for direct inward
dialing to the other company's premises equipment from the
telecommunications network to lines associated with the other
company's switching equipment and must be provided on all
trunks in a group arranged for inward service. A SPNP-DID
trunk termination charge, provided with SS7 Signaling only,
applies for each trunk voice grade equivalent. In addition,
direct facilities are required from the end office where a
ported number resides to the end office serving the ported end
user customer. The rates for a switched local channel and
switched dedicated transport apply as contained in Attachment
11 hereto. Transport mileage will be calculated as the airline
distance between the end office where the number is ported and
the Point of Interface ("POI") using the V&H coordinate
method. SPNP-DID must be established with a minimum
configuration of two channels and one unassigned telephone
number per switch, per arrangement for control purposes.
Transport facilities arranged
Attachment 5
Page 4
for SPNP-DID may not be mixed with any other type of trunk
group, with no outgoing calls placed over said facilities.
SPNP-DID will be provided only where such facilities are
available and where the switching equipment of the ordering
company is properly equipped. Where SPNP-DID service is
required from more than one wire center or from separate trunk
groups within the same wire center, such service provided from
each wire center or each trunk group within the same wire
center shall be considered a separate service. Only customer-
dialed sent-paid calls will be completed to the first number
of a SPNP-DID number group; however, there are no restrictions
on calls completed to other numbers of a SPNP-DID number
group. Interface group arrangements provided for terminating
the switched transport at the Party's terminal location are as
set forth in of BellSouth's Intrastate Access Services
Tariff,ss. E6.1.3.A as amended from time to time.
2.4.3 The calling Party shall be responsible for payment of the
applicable charges for sent-paid calls to the SPNP number. For
collect, third-Party, or other operator-assisted non-sent paid
calls to the ported telephone number, BellSouth or
ITC/\DeltaCom shall be responsible for the payment of charges
under the same terms and conditions for which the end user
would have been liable for those charges. Either company may
request that the other block collect and third company non-
sent paid calls to the SPNP-assigned telephone number. If a
company does not request blocking, the other company will
provide itemized local usage data for the billing of non-sent
paid calls on the monthly xxxx of usage charges provided at
the individual end user account level. The detail will include
itemization of all billable usage. Each company shall have the
option of receiving this usage data on a daily basis via a
data file transfer arrangement. This arrangement will utilize
the existing industry uniform standard, known as EMI
standards, for exchange of billing data. Files of usage data
will be created daily for the optional service. Usage
originated and recorded in the sending BellSouth XXX will be
provided in unrated or rated format, depending on processing
system. ITC/\DeltaCom usage originated elsewhere and delivered
via CMDS to the sending BellSouth XXX shall be provided in
rated format.
2.4.4 Each company shall be responsible for obtaining authorization
from the end user for the handling of the disconnection of the
end user's service, the provision of new local service and the
provision of SPNP services. Each company shall be responsible
for coordinating the provision of service with the other to
assure that its switch is capable of accepting SPNP ported
traffic. Each company shall be responsible for providing
equipment and facilities that are compatible with the other's
service parameters, interfaces, equipment and facilities and
shall be required to provide sufficient terminating facilities
and services at the terminating end of an SPNP call to
adequately handle all traffic to that location and shall be
solely responsible to ensure that its facilities, equipment
and services do not interfere with or impair any facility,
equipment, or service of the other company or any of its end
users. In the event that either company determines in its
reasonable judgment that the other company will likely impair
or is impairing, or interfering with any equipment, facility
or service or any of its end users, that company may either
refuse to provide SPNP service or may terminate SPNP service
to the other Party after providing appropriate notice.
Attachment 5
Page 5
2.4.5 Each company shall be responsible for providing an appropriate
intercept announcement service for any telephone numbers
subscribed to SPNP services for which it is not presently
providing local exchange service or terminating to an end
user. Where either company chooses to disconnect or terminate
any SPNP service, that company shall be responsible for
designating the preferred standard type of announcement to be
provided.
2.4.6 Each company shall be the other company's single point of
contact for all repair calls on behalf of each company's end
user. Each company reserves the right to contact the other
company's customers if deemed necessary for maintenance
purposes.
2.4.7 Neither company shall be responsible for adverse effects on any
service, facility or equipment from the use of SPNP services.
End-to-end transmission characteristics may vary depending on
the distance and routing necessary to complete calls over SPNP
facilities and the fact that another carrier is involved in the
provisioning of service. Therefore, end-to-end transmission
characteristics cannot be specified by either company for such
calls. Neither company shall be responsible to the other if any
necessary change in protection criteria or in any of the
facilities, operation, or procedures of either renders any
facilities provided by the other company obsolete or renders
necessary modification of the other company's equipment.
2.4.8 For terminating IXC traffic ported to either Party which
requires use of either Party's 's tandem switching, the tandem
provider will xxxx the IXC tandem switching and its portion of
the transport, and the other Party will xxxx the IXC local
switching, the carrier common line, the interconnection charge,
and its portion of the transport. If the tandem provider is
unable to provide the necessary access records to permit the
other company to xxxx the IXC directly for terminating access
to ported numbers, then the tandem provider will xxxx the IXC
full terminating switched access charges at the tandem
provider's rate, keep the, tandem switching and its portion of
transport, and remit the local switching, the interconnection
charge, the other Party's portion of transport at the tandem
provider's rate, CCL revenues to the other Party. If an
intraLATA toll call is delivered, the delivering Party will pay
terminating access rates to the other Party. This subsection
does not apply in cases where SPNP-DID is utilized for number
portability.
2.4.9 If, through an effective order, the Federal Communications
Commission ("FCC") issues regulations pursuant to 47 U.S.C.
ss. 251 to require number portability different than that
provided pursuant to this section, the Parties will comply
with any such order.
2.4.10 Charges for INP shall be as specified in Attachment 11.
2.5 INP Requirements
2.5.1 Either Party shall notify the other of any technical or
capacity limitations that would prevent use of a requested INP
implementation in a particular End Office or Wire Center.
Attachment 5
Page 6
2.5.2 Either Party shall pass all Calling Party Number ("CPN") or
Automatic Number Identification ("ANI") information to and
from the ported number, whenever technically feasible.
2.5.3 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall cooperate in resolving all
service calls involving the other Party's service, to avoid
unnecessary service outages.
2.6 LNP Cutover Procedures.
2.6.1 BellSouth will ensure that the disconnect order is completed
for all ported numbers once the NPAC notification of
ITC/\DeltaCom's Activate Subscription Version has been
received by BellSouth. If BellSouth receives such notice by
12:00 noon, it will complete the disconnect the same business
day. If BellSouth receives such notice after 12:00 noon, it
will complete the disconnect the next business day.
2.6.2 For an LNP Coordinated Cutover Environment (where the loop is
being purchased by ITC/\DeltaCom as an unbundled Network
Element at the time of LNP implementation), BellSouth shall
use best efforts to update switch translations, where
necessary, within fifteen (15) minutes after receiving the
activate message from NPAC.
2.6.3 For an LNP Non-Coordinated Cutover Environment (where the Loop
is supplied by ITC/\DeltaCom) BellSouth shall use its best
efforts to update switch translationswhere necessary, within
fifteen (15) minutes after receiving the activate message from
NPAC.
2.7 Number Portability Through NXX Migration
2.7.1 Where either Party has activated an entire NXX for a single
End User, or activated 25% or more of the numbers available in
an NXX for a single End User with the remaining numbers in
that NXX either reserved for future use or otherwise unused,
if such End User chooses to receive service from the other
Party, the other Party shall cooperate with the second Party
to have the entire NXX reassigned in the Local Exchange
Routing Guide ("LERG") (and associated industry databases,
routing tables, etc.) to an End Office operated by the second
Party. Such transfer will be accomplished with appropriate
coordination between the Parties and subject to appropriate
industry lead-times for movements of NXX's from one switch to
another.
ATTACHMENT 6
ORDERING AND PROVISIONING
Attachment 6
ORDERING AND PROVISIONING
1. ORDERING AND PROVISIONING
1.1 BellSouth shall provide ordering and provisioning services to
ITC/\DeltaCom that are equal to the ordering and provisioning services
BellSouth provides to itself, any affiliates or subsidiaries or any
other CLEC where technically feasible and shall provide reasonable
assistance to ITC/\DeltaCom as necessary for ITC/\DeltaCom to
understand how to implement and use all of the OSS functions available
to it. BellSouth shall provide information, assistance and access to
training at rates as may be specified by BellSouth as necessary to
provide ITC/\DeltaCom with nondiscriminatory access to BellSouth's OSS.
BellSouth shall make available one free seat per year for each OSS
system (e.g., LENS, TAG, EDI, and TAFI). Additional training shall be
available at rates specified by BellSouth. BellSouth shall provide
ITC/\DeltaCom with nondiscriminatory access to its Operations Support
Systems ("OSS") as necessary to access pre-ordering information, place
orders, and obtain maintenance and repair, of both Resale Services and
Unbundled Network Elements ("UNEs"). Detailed guidelines for ordering
and pre-ordering are set forth in the Ordering Guide for manual
ordering and the Local Exchange Ordering Guide for electronic ordering.
Except where otherwise required by Commission order, where practicable,
BellSouth will notify ITC/\DeltaCom of changes to ordering and
preordering interfaces and business rules via the appropriate BellSouth
web site thirty days prior to such changes. Where thirty (30) days
advance notice is not practicable, BellSouth will use its best efforts
to provide such notification via the appropriate web site within one
(1) day of BellSouth's decision to implement the changes or as soon as
possible. In addition, BellSouth will use its best efforts, through the
account team assigned to ITC/\DeltaCom and upon ITC/\DeltaCom's
request, to provide such notices via e-mail to the address specified by
ITC/\DeltaCom.
1.2 All changes implemented by the Change Control Process ("CCP") shall be
followed by the Parties. Upon request of ITC/\DeltaCom for electronic
access to the pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning, maintenance/repair
and billing functions described herein, BellSouth shall make available
to ITC/\DeltaCom the following interfaces, without limitation: (i) for
ordering, an electronic interface utilizing the Electronic Data
Interchange ("EDI") protocol, consistent with the most recent industry
standards for such systems established by the Ordering and Billing
Forum ("OBF") and the Alliance for Telecommunications Industry
Solutions ("ATIS") as determined by the CCP; (ii) for pre-ordering and
ordering, a -human-to-machine interface known as the Local Exchange
Navigation System ("LENS"), and the machine-to-machine interface known
as Telecommunications Access Gateway ("TAG"); (iii) facsimile-based and
e-mail-based interfaces; (iv)
Attachment 6
BellSouth's Trouble Analysis and Facilitation Interface ("TAFI"), T I
/M I machine-to-machine interface, and Electronic Communication Trouble
Administration ("ECTA") interface for maintenance and repair; or (v)
any other mutually agreeable method. Each such interface shall be made
available to support the ordering of both Resale services and UNEs
(provided that as of the date hereof LENS does not support UNE
ordering), and shall be upgraded as necessary to ensure that
ITC/\DeltaCom is provided access to OSS functions at parity to that
provided by BellSouth to itself, its Affiliates or any other
Telecommunications Carrier.
1.3 Access shall be offered immediately for pre-ordering capability
integratable with ordering capability, and for associated
maintenance/repair and billing functions. Any such interface shall
remain consistent with ATIS, Telecommunications Industry Forum ("TIF"),
and the most current industry guideline(s) as determined by the EICCP.
Notwithstanding the forgoing, in the event that an industry standard
interface is developed by the appropriate industry forum , and is
generally accepted for implementation by the industry, then upon
agreement by the EICCP, BellSouth shall implement such interface and
make it available to ITC/\DeltaCom on a timely basis.
1.4 When BellSouth is unable to test and implement OSS interfaces for
multiple Telecommunications Carriers simultaneously, BellSouth shall
engage in such testing and implementation on a "first come-first
served" basis.
1.5 ITC/\DeltaCom may utilize BellSouth electronic interfaces for the
purpose of establishing and maintaining Resale services, UNEs, and
future uses as they are made available by BellSouth.
1.6 When utilizing such OSS functions, ITC/\DeltaCom shall at all times
adhere to all FCC requirements relating to confidentiality of
End-Users' Customer Proprietary Network Information ("CPNI") and in
accordance with the terms of the Blanket Letter of Authorization
provided to BellSouth.
1.7 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall jointly establish interface
contingency and disaster recovery plans for the pre-order, ordering,
provisioning, repair and maintenance of Resale Services and UNEs.
1.8 The electronic interfaces described herein shall be utilized for, but
not limited to, transferring and receiving orders, Firm Order
Confirmations ("FOCs"), completion notices, other electronic error
notices, and service jeopardies.
1.9 industry standards bodies and forums (OBF and ECIC) regularly produce
updates and new releases to specifications and documentation related to
electronic access to OSS functions. Except as otherwise specified in
the Agreement, the Parties agree that systems utilized for access to
OSS shall be compliant with the most current policies and/or guidelines
of OBF and ECIC, as determined by the CCP.
1.9.1 Neither Party waives its right to participate in, or advocate
any position in connection with deliberations of OBF, ATIS-TIF
or other industry standards organizations to establish and
conform standards for electronic interfaces for pre-ordering,
ordering, provisioning, and maintenance and repoair.
ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth shall be individually responsible
for evaluating the risk of developing their respective systems
in advance of standards and shall support their own system
modifications as necessary to comply with new requirements.
1.10 In areas where BellSouth does not provide an electronic interface for
the pre-order and ordering processes, BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall
develop manual work around processes until such time as the transactions
can be electronically transmitted. ITC/\DeltaCom shall transmit preorder
and ordering requests to the Local Carrier Service Center ("LCSC")via
facsimile where electronic interfaces are not available or are not
functioning.
2
Attachment 6
1.11 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom personnel with all relevant
manuals or other publications, information concerning ordering codes
and field identifiers, and information concerning other business rules
or practices necessary to ensure nondiscriminatory access to OSS,
including all updates, on a timely basis via an electronic means as
mutually agreed by the Parties.
1.12 BellSouth shall deploy the necessary systems and personnel to provide
sufficient access to each of the necessary OSS functions.
1.13 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with the technical specifications
necessary to instruct ITC/\DeltaCom on how to modify or design its
systems in a manner that shall enable it to communicate with
BellSouth's legacy systems and any interfaces utilized by BellSouth for
such access.
1.14 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with all of the information
necessary to format and process its electronic requests so that these
requests flow through the interfaces, the transmission links, and into
the legacy systems as quickly and efficiently as possible.
3
1.15 BellSouth shall disclose to ITC/\DeltaCom any 'business rules,'
including information concerning the ordering codes, that BellSouth
uses which ITC/\DeltaCom needs to place orders through the system
efficiently via BellSouth's Interconnection Web Site in downloadable
common spaced value format. Such ordering codes include universal
service ordering codes ("USOCs") and field identifiers ("FIDs") used to
identify the different services and features used in offering
Telecommunications Services to Customers. Throughout the term of this
Agreement, the following information will be available on BellSouth's
Web Site:
1.15.1 USOC Code. Alphanumeric code that is utilized to provision
BellSouth products and services;
1.15.2 USOC Description . English description of each USOC Code;
1.15.3 State Code. State where the USOC is available;
1.15.4 Service Type Indicator. Designates whether the USOC is
available at the order level;
1.15.5 Line Indicator. Designates whether the USOC is available at
the line level;
1.15.6 Feature Charge Code. Designates whether the USOC is available
at the feature level;
1.15.7 Resellable Code. Designates whether the USOC is available for
resale;
1.15.8 Bus/Res Indicator. Designates whether the USOC is available
for Business or Residential;
1.15.9 MRC. Designates appropriate Monthly Recurring Charges for the
USOC;
1.15.10 NRC. Designates appropriate Non-Recurring Charges for the
USOC;
1.15.11 FIDs. A list of all valid FIDs (File Identifiers) associated
with the USOC; and
4
Attachment 6
1.16 BellSouth shall ensure that its OSS are designed to accommodate both
current demand and projected demand of ITC/\DeltaCom and other CLECs in
the aggregate for access to OSS functions.
1.17 For those OSS functions, if any, that have no retail analogue,
BellSouth shall provide access to ITC/\DeltaCom that offers
ITC/\DeltaCom a meaningful opportunity to compete. The specific
performance measurements for OSS functions are specified in Attachment
10.
1.18 BellSouth shall provide access to OSS functions necessary to order both
individual UNEs and those combinations of Network Elements as set forth
in Attachment 2.
1.19 BellSouth OSS functions for ordering and provisioning shall be able to
handle reasonable fluctuations in service orders by competing carriers
as well as reasonably foreseeable general increases in ordering
volumes.
1.20 The Ordering Guide and the Local Exchange Ordering Guide, and
associated training and carrier consultation, shall support both Resale
services and UNEs.
1.21 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom notification of disconnects,
updated and delivered once daily, via an electronic process known as
OUTPLOC.
2.0 CHANGE MANAGEMENT
2.1 BellSouth reserves the right to modify or discontinue the use of any
OSS interface or version of such interface on the following terms:
2.1.1 With respect to national standard electronic interfaces, upon
the release of a new version of such interfaces, BellSouth shall
maintain the current national standard version and the previous
national standard version.
2.1.2 With respect to discontinuation of electronic interfaces,
BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with ninety (90) days advance
notice of such discontinuation consistent with applicable state and FCC
requirements.
2.1.3 With respect to changes or modifications to electronic
interfaces other than as specified in 2.1.1 above, BellSouth shall
provide prior notice of such changes and modifications and shall use
its best efforts to provide ITC/\DeltaCom with ninety (90) days advance
notice of such changes or
5
Attachment 6
modifications. When necessary, the Parties shall work cooperatively to
develop a temporary work around solution and to implement such changes
and modifications to the electronic interfaces.
3.0 PRE-ORDERING INTERFACES AND FUNCTIONS
3.1 Definition. Pre-ordering is defined as the exchange of information
between ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth relating to current or proposed
products, services or UNEs utilized by End Users. Pre-ordering includes
the activities undertaken by ITC/\DeltaCom to gather and verify
information necessary to formulate an accurate order for End Users. As
provided hereafter, pre-ordering functions include, without limitation:
telephone number selection; street address validation; services and
features availability; due date selection; and Customer Service Record
("CSR") information. BellSouth shall provide OSS to ITC/\DeltaCom
necessary to access such pre-order functions that is at parity with
that provided by BellSouth to itself, its Affiliates, or any other
Telecommunications Carrier.
3.2 Interfaces. BellSouth shall make available the following interfaces to
ITC/\DeltaCom for access to pre-order functions: LENS and TAG (as
provided in Section1.2 above). LENS shall be available for resale
services and TAG shall be available in connection with both Resale
services and UNEs.
3.3 The Parties acknowledge that ordering requirements necessitate the use
of current, real time pre-order information to accurately build service
orders. Each pre-order interface shall be available twenty-four (24)
hours a day, seven (7) days a week, less reasonable periods required
for regular maintenance and scheduled down-time. BellSouth shall use
its best efforts to perform maintenance and schedule down-time during
evening hours and on weekends.
3.4 Preordering Functions. Pre-ordering functions for Resale Services and
UNEs shall include, but not be limited to:
3.4.1 Obtain End User information, including, but not limited to,
customer name, billing address and residence or business
address, billing telephone numbers, billed telephone numbers,
features and services available in the End Office where the
End User is provisioned and directory listing and delivery
information; BellSouth agrees to provide accurate customer
service record information that is updated on a daily
6
Attachment 6
basis. When a customer selects ITC/\DeltaCom as its primary
local carrier, BellSouth will, within 24 hours after the
conversion date, update the customer service record.
3.4.2 Identify prices for all features and services to which the End
User subscribes where required by Commission order.
3.4.3 ITC/\DeltaCom may electronically assign a telephone number to
its End User. Telephone numbers may be reserved for up to 30
days via LENS and up to 365 days via TAG.
3.4.4 Provide service availability dates (i.e., actual due dates); -
3.4.5 Provide information regarding the dispatch/installation
schedule, if applicable;
3.4.6 Provide PIC options for intraLATA toll and interLATA toll;
3.4.7 Perform address verification;
3.4.8 Channel Facility Assignment ("CFA"), Network Channel ("NC"),
and Network Channel Interface ("NCI") data.
4.0 ORDERING/PROVISIONING INTERFACES AND FUNCTIONS
4.1 For generation of Resale service orders, ordering flows shall be
available via such electronic interfaces for each of the following
ordering functions: Conversion ("as is" or "with changes"); Change
(features, listings, long distance, etc); New Connect; Disconnect; From
and To (change of premises with same service).
4.1.1 BellSouth shall accept any requests from ITC/\DeltaCom to
disconnect the service of an existing ITC/\DeltaCom end user. BellSouth
will not require end user confirmation prior to disconnection of the
end user's service. If ITC/\DeltaCom rescinds such disconnect order or
issues a reconnect order within 24 hours of submission of the
disconnect order, BellSouth shall use its best efforts to reconnect
service within 24 hours.
7
Attachment 6
4.2 BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with a FOC for each Resale and
UNE order. As of the date of this Agreement, the FOC includes purchase
order number, telephone number, Local Service Request Number, the due
date and Service Order number. Any changes to information included in
the FOC shall be as determined by the EICCP.
4.3 BellSouth shall provision Resale Services and UNEs as prescribed in
ITC/\DeltaCom's service order requests. Access to status on such
electronic orders of Resale services and UNEs shall be provided via the
electronic interfaces utilized by ITC/\DeltaCom. Status on manual
orders shall be provided as mutually agreed by the Parties.
4.4 Order Status shall allow ITC/\DeltaCom to check service order status,
including Due Dates and Customer and Facility Due Date-Jeopardies.
4.5 BellSouth shall provide notice of a lack of facilities availability at
parity (in terms of means and timing) to that BellSouth provides to
itself, its Affiliates, or any other Telecommunications Carrier.
4.6 GENERAL ORDERING/PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS
4.6.1 BellSouth shall provide a single point of contact ("SPOC") for
the provisioning of Resale Services (LCSC) and provisioning of
UNEs (UNE center) ordered by ITC/\DeltaCom. For services and
UNEs available electronically, preordering and ordering shall
be available via an electronic interface seven (7) days a
week, 24 hours a day less reasonable periods for maintenance
and scheduled downtime. During provisioning of services to
ITC/\DeltaCom, support personnel will be available until the
migration of the end user is complete. Provisioning services
(LCSC and UNE Center) shall be provided during the same
business hours that BellSouth provisions services to its own
end users. All other ITC/\DeltaCom requests for provision and
installation services are considered outside of the normal
hours of operation and may be performed subject to the
application of additional charges.
4.6.2 BellSouth shall provide access to assistance for technical
issues such as connectivity and passwords related to LENS, TAG
and TAFI, and to the "EDI Central Group" for technical
problems with EDI. Assistance will be available by telephone
during normal business hours and through other contacts on
nights, weekends and holidays.
8
Attachment 6
4.6.3 BellSouth shall provide the following to ITC/\DeltaCom:
4.6.3.1 Circuit Layout Record Card and Design Layout Records
("DLRs") for designed unbundled Network Elements;
4.6.3.2 Upon request of ITC/\DeltaCom, advance information on
the details and requirements for planning and
implementation of NPA splits.
4.6.3.3 BellSouth shall provide MSAG to ITC/\DeltaCom, as a
facilities based carrier, and shall provide updates
to MSAG on a quarterly basis. MSAG and the updates
thereto shall be provided at no charge.
4.6.4 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall work cooperatively to
develop methods and procedures between BellSouth's LCSC and
ITC/\DeltaCom's corresponding Work Center(s) regarding common
systems and work center interfaces.
4.6.5 BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall establish mutually
acceptable methods andprocedures at no charge to the other for
handling all misdirected calls from ITC/\DeltaCom End Users.
All misdirected calls to BellSouth from ITC/\DeltaCom End
Users shall be given a recording (or a live statement)
directing them to call an ITC/\DeltaCom designated 800 number.
ITC/\DeltaCom, on a reciprocal basis, shall refer all
misdirected calls that ITC/\DeltaCom receives from BellSouth
End Users to a BellSouth-designated number.
4.6.6 BellSouth shall provide order format specifications to
ITC/\DeltaCom for all available services, features, and
functions and for ancillary data that is necessary to
provision these services. Business Rules and EDI Mapping for
format and data requirements shall be consistent with industry
guidelines and standards.
4.6.7 The Parties shall provide a generic intercept referral message
that includes any new telephone number of an End User for the
same period of time that the Party's provide such service to
their end users. The intercept message shall be similar in
format to the intercept referral
9
Attachment 6
message currently provided by BellSouth for its own End Users.
Each Party shall provide this referral service at no charge to
the other Party.
4.6.8 BellSouth shall perform all pre-testing necessary to insure
the services ordered meet the specifications outlined in the
technical service description provided by BellSouth for the
service being ordered.
4.6.9 Any written "leave behind" materials that BellSouth
technicians provide to ITC/\DeltaCom End Users shall be
non-branded materials that do not identify the work being
performed as being by BellSouth. These materials shall
include, without limitation, non-branded forms for the
Customer and non-branded "not at home" cards.
4.6.10 If an ITC/\DeltaCom End User requests a change of service at
the time of installation, BellSouth technicians shall direct
them to contact ITC/\DeltaCom directly and provide a toll-free
(8xx) number supplied by ITC/\DeltaCom. When a BellSouth
employee visits the premise of an ITC/\DeltaCom End User, the
BellSouth employee shall inform the Customer that he or she is
there acting on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.6.11 BellSouth shall provide telephone and/or facsimile
notification of any charges associated with any construction
required for a given service, and obtain ITC/\DeltaCom's
approval prior to commencing construction under an
ITC/\DeltaCom order for such service or those charges shall be
waived.
4.6.12 Each Party shall train and direct its employees who have
contact with End Users of the other Party, including but not
limited to those employees involved in the process of
provisioning, maintenance or repair, not to disparage the
other Party or its services in any way to the other Party's
End Users. Nor shall either Party use these calls to End Users
as a basis for internal referrals or to solicit customers to
market services. Both Parties shall respond with accurate
information in answering customer questions.
4.6.13 When ITC/\DeltaCom places an LSR, ITC/\DeltaCom shall specify
a requested Due Date, and BellSouth shall assign a Due Date
based on the applicable intervals. In the event
ITC/\DeltaCom's requested date is less than the standard
interval, ITC/\DeltaCom shall contact BellSouth by telephone
and the Parties shall negotiate an expedited Due Date. This
situation shall be considered an expedited order. In the event
the
10
Attachment 6
negotiated Due Date assigned by BellSouth is within the
standard interval, the order will not be considered expedited.
BellSouth shall not complete the order prior to the Due Date
unless authorized by ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth shall use its
best efforts to notify ITC/\DeltaCom of any known jeopardies
prior to the scheduled conversion. BellSouth shall also
promptly notify ITC/\DeltaCom of the revised installation Due
Date if known at the time of the jeopardy notice. If
ITC/\DeltaCom requests that an order be expedited, BellSouth
shall notify ITC/\DeltaCom of the status of the order within
the expedited interval (i) by the end of the same Business Day
when such expedite requests are made prior to noon; or (ii) by
noon the following Business Day otherwise.
4.6.14 ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth shall agree to escalation
procedures and contacts for resolving issues related to
ordering and provisioning procedures or to the processing of
individual orders, subject ultimately to the dispute
resolution provisions of this Agreement. BellSouth shall use
its best efforts to notify ITC/\DeltaCom of any modifications
to these contacts within ten business (10) days of any such
modifications.
4.6.15 BellSouth shall transmit to ITC/\DeltaCom a FOC or, in the
alternative, notification of the lack of available facilities
within time periods specified herein after BellSouth's receipt
of a complete and correct LSR from ITC/\DeltaCom, provided,
however, that an LSR for complex services requiring a service
inquiry shall be deemed received for these purposes only after
completion of the service inquiry. The FOC shall contain a due
date which shall be established on a nondiscriminatory basis
with respect to installation dates for comparable orders at
such time. If ITC/\DeltaCom uses EDI, or any other electronic
interface for the submission of the LSR, the FOC or
notification shall be posted by BellSouth in EDI or in the
electronic interface used within 24 hours of receipt of
theLSR. If ITC/\DeltaCom does not use an electronic interface,
or, an electronic interface is not available for the service
or UNE being ordered, BellSouth shall transmit the FOC or
notification by facsimile to a toll-free number provided by
ITC/\DeltaCom within 48 hours of BellSouth's receipt of
theLSR. When ITC/\DeltaCom submits a complete and correct LSR
for INP and an associated unbundled Loop simultaneously,
BellSouth shall likewise issue a FOC for both the Loop and the
INP simultaneously.
11
Attachment 6
4.6.16 BellSouth shall notify ITC/\DeltaCom via electronic interface,
of Rejections/Errors contained in any of the data element(s)
fields contained on any ITC/\DeltaCom electronic Service
Request. If the electronic interface is unavailable or
malfunctioning, BellSouth shall notify ITC/\DeltaCom by
telephone, facsimile, or email as mutually agreed to by the
Parties, of such Rejections and Errors.
4.6.17 ITC/\DeltaCom shall specify on each LSR its Desired Due Date
(DDD) for completion of that particular order. BellSouth shall
not complete the order prior to DDD unless early turn-up is
needed for testing purposes. BellSouth shall notify
ITC/\DeltaCom if the DDD cannot be met. BellSouth shall
exercise best efforts to meet the DDD for Network Element
requests.
4.6.18 USE OF FACILITIES. When a customer of ITC/\DeltaCom elects to
discontinue service and transfer service to another local
exchange carrier, including BellSouth, BellSouth shall have
the right to reuse the facilities provided to ITC/\DeltaCom by
BellSouth for retail or resale service, unbundled loop and/or
unbundled port for that customer. In addition, BellSouth may
disconnect and reuse facilities when the facility is in a
denied state and BellSouth has received an order to establish
new service or transfer of service from a customer or a
customer's CLEC at the same address served by the denied
facility. In the event of such reuse of facilities, BellSouth
and ITC/\DeltaCom shall coordinate such transition to avoid
any service outage to the end users.
4.6.18.1 Upon receipt of a service order, BellSouth will do the
following:
4.6.18.1.1 Process disconnect and reconnect orders to
provision the service which shall be due dated using current
interval guidelines.
4.6.18.1.2 Reuse the serving facility for the retail, resale
service, or unbundled network element at the same location.
4.6.18.1.3 Notify ITC/\DeltaCom subsequent to the disconnect
order being completed.
4.6.19 BellSouth shall provision UNEs with the same timeliness that
the same or similar facilities are provisioned to BellSouth's
Affiliates, or other Persons to whom BellSouth directly
provides such facilities.
12
Attachment 6
4.6.20 When available, BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with the
ability to have BellSouth end offices AIN triggers initiated
via an electronic service order from ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.6.21 ITC/\DeltaCom may order from BellSouth multiple individual
UNEs on a single order without the need for ITC/\DeltaCom to
send an order for each such UNE, if such UNEs are (i) for a
single type of service, (ii) for a single location and (iii)
for the same account.
4.6.22 BellSouth shall recognize ITC/\DeltaCom as the Customer of
Record for all UNEs ordered by ITC/\DeltaCom and shall send
all notices, invoices and pertinent Customer information
directly to ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.6.23 Within two (2) hours of ITC/\DeltaCom's request, BellSouth
shall use its best efforts to perform cooperative testing with
ITC/\DeltaCom (including trouble shooting to isolate any
problems) to test UNEs purchased by ITC/\DeltaCom in order to
identify any performance problems.
4.6.24 Order Flow Through. Order Flow Through is defined as the
process whereby ITC/\DeltaCom's orders are transmitted
electronically through the gateway and accepted into
BellSouth's back office order systems without manual
intervention.
4.6.25 BellSouth will provide ITC/\DeltaCom with one line equipped
for Remote Call Forwarding in certain BellSouth switches as
set forth in this Section for ITC/\DeltaCom's use solely to
conduct verification testing of routing and translations
instructions in BellSouth's switches. Such verification is
intended to confirm that BellSouth has implemented proper
routing and translations instructions in the BellSouth switch
so that calls from end users served by such BellSouth switch
will be properly routed to NXX codes assigned to
ITC/\DeltaCom's switch. The Remote Call Forwarding line will
be equipped with one call path. Provision of such lines will
generally coincide with ITC/\DeltaCom's installation of new
switches where ITC/\DeltaCom assigns new NXX codes to such
switches. In such cases, the Remote Call Forwarding lines will
be provided to ITC/\DeltaCom in sufficient time for
ITC/\DeltaCom to perform its verification testing prior to NXX
code activation. Thereafter, ITC/\DeltaCom may use the Remote
Call Forwarding lines to perform NXX code verification
testing. Remote Call Forwarding lines will also be provided to
ITC/\DeltaCom as needed for verification testing relating to
13
Attachment 6
existing switches. ITC/\DeltaCom will pay the same
non-recurring and recurring rates for these Remote Call
Forwarding lines as ITC/\DeltaCom pays for Remote Call
Forwarding used in conjunction with Interim Number Portability
as set forth in Exhibit A to Attachment 5 of this Agreement.
4.7 UNE CONVERSIONS
4.7.1 BellSouth agrees to coordinate with ITC/\DeltaCom at least
forty-eight hours prior to the due date a scheduled conversion
date and time.
4.7.2 Twenty-four (24) to forty-eight (48) hours in advance of a
loop cutover, BellSouth will conduct testing to ensure that
dial tone from ITC/\DeltaCom is available for requested loops.
If dial tone is not available from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth
will so notify ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.7.3 If ITC/\DeltaCom requests or approves that a BellSouth
technician perform services in excess of those necessary for
the conversion of "live" Telephone Exchange Services to UNEs,
BellSouth may charge ITC/\DeltaCom for any additional
reasonable labor charges to perform such services.
4.7.4 Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the
performance/intervals for installation of unbundled Loops
should not exceed the interval for reestablishing service for
the customer with BellSouth.
5.0 MAINTENANCE/REPAIR INTERFACES AND FUNCTIONS
5.1 BellSouth shall make available electronic interfaces to ITC/\DeltaCom
for maintenance, trouble reporting, and repair, including initiation of
trouble tickets, updates/changes, status checking, scheduling
maintenance appointments, and cancellation, for both Resale services
and UNEs. Ongoing maintenance practices on unbundled loops shall equal
the practices employed by BellSouth for facilities used to provide
retail services. BellSouth will use its best efforts to ensure that the
mean time to repair unbundled loops shall be equivalent to the mean
time to repair reported by BellSouth for its retail customers.
5.2 BellSouth's maintenance systems and databases will allow ITC/\DeltaCom
maintenance personnel and customer service representatives to perform
the following functions for ITC/\DeltaCom Customers: (i) enter a new
customer trouble ticket into the BellSouth maintenance system for an
ITC/\DeltaCom
14
Attachment 6
Customer; (ii) retrieve and track current status on all ITC/\DeltaCom
Customer repair tickets; (iii) receive "estimated time to repair"
("ETTR") on a real-time basis; (iv) perform where appropriate an
electronic test at the time of ticket entry and provide test results to
ITC/\DeltaCom; and (v) electronic notification when trouble is cleared.
5.3 If an electronic interface is not available, BellSouth agrees that
ITC/\DeltaCom may transmit repair calls to BellSouth's repair bureau
and request dispatching a BellSouth technician to an ITC/\DeltaCom
customer's premises by telephone. BellSouth agrees to provide the
status upon ITC/\DeltaCom's request, in an expedient manner. The speed
of answer time for ITC/\DeltaCom shall be equal to that for BellSouth.
5.4 BellSouth shall prioritize ITC/\DeltaCom end users for purposes of
repair in the same manner and within the same time frames that
BellSouth prioritizes its own end users for repair as described in this
Section. In disaster situations, BellSouth follows the FCC's Emergency
Preparedness Restoration Guidelines (000-000-000 BT). In non-disaster
situations, BellSouth shall expedite, at no additional charge, the
repair of ITC/\DeltaCom's UNEs and services where ITC/\DeltaCom reports
to BellSouth that the UNE or service serves an emergency facility, an
end user requiring access to emergency facilities via
telecommunications services or another high priority end user.
ITC/\DeltaCom agrees to submit expedite reports pursuant to this
Section only in the circumstances described herein, and any such report
for prioritization shall be made in good faith. The Parties shall
comply with the Disaster Recovery Plan as set forth in Exhibit A of
this Attachment.
5.5 BellSouth agrees to advise ITC/\DeltaCom of any central office failure
or other major service interruptions that are known at the time of an
inquiry or trouble report.
5.6 BellSouth agrees to provide, via electronic interface, an Estimated
Time to Repair ("ETTR") on all trouble reports submitted
electronically, an appointment time or a commitment time, as
appropriate.
5.7 The Parties shall insure that all technicians and representatives are
properly trained and that they follow such procedures in all their
communications with End Users. At a minimum, the aforementioned
procedures shall assume that: (1) BellSouth technicians shall provide
repair service that is at least equal in quality to that provided to
BellSouth customers or any other entity; (2) maintenance and repair
shall take place based on a prioritization schedule devised by mutual
agreement of the parties; (3) Customers shall be restored to
15
Attachment 6
service based on the priority system devised by mutual agreement of the
parties on a non-discriminatory basis; and (4) ITC/\DeltaCom may
prioritize repair scheduling of its own customers through an escalation
procedure.
5.8 The BellSouth repair bureau including the Electronic Interface , shall
be on-line and operational twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7)
days per week except for scheduled electronic interface downtime.
5.9 Service centers shall be established by both Parties to handle service
issues, escalations, resolution of billing issues and other
administrative problems.
5.10 The Parties agree to adopt a process for the efficient management of
misdirected service calls.
5.11 BellSouth shall perform Mechanized Unbundled Loop Tests ("Quick Test")
at the request of ITC/\DeltaCom while ITC/\DeltaCom is on line.
5.12 BellSouth shall close all trouble reports with ITC/\DeltaCom, within 24
hours of resolution of the trouble. ITC/\DeltaCom shall close all
trouble reports with the End User. BellSouth's outside technicians
shall clear troubles to the network interface and provide callback from
the fault location to ITC/\DeltaCom.
5.13 BellSouth shall not undertake any work at an End User's request for
which ITC/\DeltaCom would be charged without obtaining the prior
approval of ITC/\DeltaCom. This includes authorizations by
ITC/\DeltaCom if a dispatch is required to the customer premises as
well as verification of actual work completed.
5.14 All Auto/Subscriber Line Tests ("ALT/SLT") tests performed on
ITC/\DeltaCom customers that result in a failure shall be reported to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
5.15 ITC/\DeltaCom shall coordinate dispatches to the customer premise. This
includes redispatches for customer not-at-home.
5.16 BellSouth shall respond to ITC/\DeltaCom customer alarms consistent
with how and when they respond to alarms for their own customers.
BellSouth shall ensure that all applicable alarm systems that support
ITC/\DeltaCom customers are operational and the supporting databases
are accurate so that equipment that is in alarm will be promptly
identified.
16
Attachment 6
5.17 BellSouth will use best efforts to notify ITC/\DeltaCom, of any
scheduled maintenance activity performed by BellSouth that may be
service affecting to ITC/\DeltaCom local customers (i.e., cable throws,
power tests, etc.).
5.18 The Parties agree to establish a special emergency escalation procedure
for use in situations involving customer out-of-service situations.
5.19 In facility and power outage situations, BellSouth agrees to provide
UNEs leased by ITC/\DeltaCom the same priority for maintenance and
restoral as similar elements used by BellSouth for itself or its
Affiliates.
5.20 BellSouth shall notify ITC/\DeltaCom at parity with its own retail
units in the event any repair person is unable to be present for, or
anticipates missing, a scheduled repair opportunity.
17
Attachment 6
EXHIBIT A TO
ATTACHMENT 6
BELLSOUTH
DISASTER RECOVERY PLANNING
FOR
--------------------
CLECS
--------------------
MARCH 20, 2001
18
ATTACHMENT 6
1.0 PURPOSE
In the unlikely event of a disaster occurring that affects BellSouth's long-term
ability to deliver traffic to a Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC),
general procedures have been developed to hasten the recovery process. Since
each location is different and could be affected by an assortment of potential
problems, a detailed recovery plan is impractical. However, in the process of
reviewing recovery activities for specific locations, some basic procedures
emerge that appear to be common in most cases.
These general procedures should apply to any disaster that affects the delivery
of traffic for an extended time period. Each CLEC will be given the same parity
consideration during an outage and service will be restored as quickly as
possible.
This document will cover the basic recovery procedures that would apply to every
CLEC.
2.0 SINGLE POINT OF CONTACT
When a problem is experienced, regardless of the severity, the BellSouth Network
Management Center (NMC) will observe traffic anomalies and begin monitoring the
situation. Controls will be appropriately applied to insure the sanity of
BellSouth's network; and, in the event that a switch or facility node is lost,
the NMC will attempt to circumvent the failure using available reroutes.
BellSouth's NMC will remain in control of the restoration efforts until the
problem has been identified as being a long-term outage. At that time, the NMC
will contact BellSouth's Emergency Control Center (ECC) and relinquish control
of the recovery efforts. Even though the ECC may take charge of the situation,
the NMC will continue to monitor the circumstances and restore traffic as soon
as damaged network elements are revitalized.
THE TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR THE BELLSOUTH NETWORK MANAGEMENT CENTER IN
ATLANTA, AS PUBLISHED IN TELCORDIA'S NATIONAL NETWORK MANAGEMENT DIRECTORY, IS
000-000-0000. THE TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR ITC/\DELTACOM'S SWITCH CONTROL CENTER IS
000-000-0000.
3.0 IDENTIFYING THE PROBLEM
During the early stages of problem detection, the NMC will be able to tell which
CLECs are affected by the catastrophe. Further analysis and/or first hand
observation will determine if the disaster has affected CLEC equipment only;
BellSouth equipment only or a combination. The initial restoration activity will
be largely determined by the equipment that is affected.
Once the nature of the disaster is determined and after verifying the cause of
the problem, the NMC will initiate reroutes and/or transfers that are jointly
agreed upon by the affected CLECs' Network Management Center and the BellSouth
NMC. The type and percentage of controls used will depend upon available network
capacity. Controls necessary to stabilize the situation will be invoked and the
NMC will attempt to re-establish as much traffic as possible.
19
ATTACHMENT 6
For long term outages, recovery efforts will be coordinated by the Emergency
Control Center (ECC). Traffic controls will continue to be applied by the NMC
until facilities are re-established. As equipment is made available for service,
the ECC will instruct the NMC to begin removing the controls and allow traffic
to resume.
3.1 SITE CONTROL
In the total loss of building use scenario, what likely exists will be a smoking
pile of rubble. This rubble will contain many components which could be
dangerous. It could also contain any personnel on the premises at the time of
the disaster. For these reasons, the local fire marshal with the assistance of
the police will control the site until the building is no longer a threat to
surrounding properties and the companies have secured the site from the general
public.
During this time, the majority owner of the building should be arranging for a
demolition contractor to mobilize to the site with the primary objective of
reaching the cable entrance facility for a damage assessment. The results of
this assessment would then dictate immediate plans for restoration, both short
term and permanent.
In a less catastrophic event, i.e., the building is still standing and the cable
entrance facility is usable, the situation is more complex. The site will
initially be controlled by local authorities until the threat to adjacent
property has diminished. Once the site is returned to the control of the
companies, the following events should occur.
An initial assessment of the main building infrastructure systems (mechanical,
electrical, fire & life safety, elevators, and others) will establish building
needs. Once these needs are determined, the majority owner should lead the
building restoration efforts. There may be situations where the site will not be
totally restored within the confines of the building. The companies must
individually determine their needs and jointly assess the cost of permanent
restoration to determine the overall plan of action.
Multiple restoration trailers from each company will result in the need for
designated space and installation order. This layout and control is required to
maximize the amount of restoration equipment that can be placed at the site, and
the priority of placements.
Care must be taken in this planning to insure other restoration efforts have
logistical access to the building. Major components of telephone and building
equipment will need to be removed and replaced. A priority for this equipment
must also be jointly established to facilitate overall site restoration.
(Example: If the AC switchgear has sustained damage, this would be of the
highest priority in order to regain power, lighting, and HVAC throughout the
building.)
If the site will not accommodate the required restoration equipment, the
companies would then need to quickly arrange with local authorities for street
closures, rights of way or other possible options available.
3.2 ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS
In the worse case scenario, many environmental concerns must be addressed. Along
with the police and fire marshal, the state environmental protection department
will be on site to monitor the situation.
20
ATTACHMENT 6
Items to be concerned with in a large central office building could include:
1. Emergency engine fuel supply. Damage to the standby equipment and
the fuel handling equipment could have created "spill" conditions that
have to be handled within state and federal regulations.
2. Asbestos containing materials that may be spread throughout the
wreckage. Asbestos could be in many components of building, electrical,
mechanical, outside plant distribution, and telephone systems.
3. Lead and acid. These materials could be present in potentially large
quantities depending upon the extent of damage to the power room.
4. Mercury and other regulated compounds resident in telephone
equipment.
5. Other compounds produced by the fire or heat.
Once a total loss event occurs at a large site, local authorities will control
immediate clean up (water placed on the wreckage by the fire department) and
site access.
At some point, the companies will become involved with local authorities in the
overall planning associated with site clean up and restoration. Depending on the
clean up approach taken, delays in the restoration of several hours to several
days may occur.
In a less severe disaster, items listed above are more defined and can be
addressed individually depending on the damage.
In each case, the majority owner should coordinate building and environmental
restoration as well as maintain proper planning and site control.
4.0 THE EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER (ECC)
The ECC is located in the Colonnade Building in Birmingham, Alabama. During an
emergency, the ECC staff will convene a group of pre-selected experts to
inventory the damage and initiate corrective actions. These experts have
regional access to BellSouth's personnel and equipment and will assume control
of the restoration activity anywhere in the nine state area.
In the past, the ECC has been involve with restoration activities resulting from
hurricanes, ice storms and floods. They have demonstrated their capabilities
during these calamities as well as during outages caused by human error or
equipment failures. This group has an excellent record of restoring service as
quickly as possible.
During a major disaster, the ECC may move emergency equipment to the affected
location, direct recovery efforts of local personnel and coordinate service
restoration activities with the CLECs. The ECC will attempt to
21
ATTACHMENT 6
restore service as quickly as possible using whatever means are available;
leaving permanent solutions, such as the replacement of damaged buildings or
equipment, for local personnel to administer.
Part of the ECC's responsibility, after temporary equipment is in place, is to
support the NMC efforts to return service to the CLECs. Once service has been
restored, the ECC will return control of the network to normal operational
organizations. Any long-term changes required after service is restored will be
made in an orderly fashion and will be conducted as normal activity.
5.0 RECOVERY PROCEDURES
The nature and severity of any disaster will influence the recovery procedures.
One crucial factor in determining how BellSouth will proceed with restoration is
whether or not BellSouth's equipment is incapacitated. Regardless of who's
equipment is out of service, BellSouth will move as quickly as possible to aid
with service recovery; however, the approach that will be taken may differ
depending upon the location of the problem.
5.1 CLEC OUTAGE
For a problem limited to one CLEC (or a building with multiple CLECs), BellSouth
has several options available for restoring service quickly. For those CLECs
that have agreements with other CLECs, BellSouth can immediately start directing
traffic to a provisional CLEC for completion. This alternative is dependent upon
BellSouth having concurrence from the affected CLECs.
Whether or not the affected CLECs have requested a traffic transfer to another
CLEC will not impact BellSouth's resolve to re-establish traffic to the original
destination as quickly as possible.
5.2 BELLSOUTH OUTAGE
Because BellSouth's equipment has varying degrees of impact on the service
provided to the CLECs, restoring service from damaged BellSouth equipment is
different. The outage will probably impact a number of Carriers simultaneously.
However, the ECC will be able to initiate immediate actions to correct the
problem.
A disaster involving any of BellSouth's equipment locations could impact the
CLECs, some more than others. A disaster at a Central Office (CO) would only
impact the delivery of traffic to and from that one location, but the incident
could affect many Carriers. If the Central Office is a Serving Wire Center
(SWC), then traffic from the entire area to those Carriers served from that
switch would also be impacted. If the switch functions as an Access Tandem, or
there is a tandem in the building, traffic from every CO to every CLEC could be
interrupted. A disaster that destroys a facility hub could disrupt various
traffic flows, even though the switching equipment may be unaffected.
The NMC would be the first group to observe a problem involving BellSouth's
equipment. Shortly after a disaster, the NMC will begin applying controls and
finding reroutes for the completion of as much traffic as possible. These
reroutes may involve delivering traffic to alternate Carriers upon receiving
approval from affected carriers and notification of the CLECs involved. In some
cases, changes in translations will be required. If the outage is caused by the
destruction of equipment, then the ECC will assume control of the restoration.
22
ATTACHMENT 6
5.2.1 LOSS OF A CENTRAL OFFICE
When BellSouth loses a Central Office, the ECC will
a) place specialists and emergency equipment on notice;
b) inventory the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions
are lost;
c) move containerized emergency equipment and facility equipment to the
stricken area, if necessary;
d) begin reconnecting service for Hospitals, Police and other emergency
agency customers of CLECs and BellSouth in a nondiscriminatory manner
in accordance with NSEP-TSP guidelines; and
e) begin restoring service to CLECs and other customers.
5.2.2 LOSS OF A CENTRAL OFFICE WITH SERVING WIRE CENTER FUNCTIONS
The loss of a Central Office that also serves as a Serving Wire Center (SWC),
will be restored as described in section 5.2.1.
5.2.3 LOSS OF A CENTRAL OFFICE WITH TANDEM FUNCTIONS
When BellSouth loses a Central Office building that serves as an Access Tandem
and as a SWC, the ECC will
a) place specialists and emergency equipment on notice;
b) inventory the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions
are lost;
c) move containerized emergency equipment and facility equipment to the
stricken area, if necessary;
d) begin reconnecting service for Hospitals, Police and other emergency
agency customers of CLECs and BellSouth in a nondiscriminatory manner
in accordance with NSEP-TSP guidelines; and
e) redirect as much traffic as possible to the alternate access tandem
(if available) for delivery to those CLECs utilizing a different
location as a SWC;
f) begin aggregating traffic to a location near the damaged building.
From this location, begin re-establishing trunk groups to the CLECs for
the delivery of traffic normally found on the direct trunk groups.
(This aggregation point may be the alternate access tandem location or
another CO on a primary facility route.)
g) begin restoring service to CLECs and other customers.
23
ATTACHMENT 6
5.2.4 LOSS OF A FACILITY HUB
In the event that BellSouth loses a facility hub, the recovery process is much
the same as above. Once the NMC has observed the problem and administered the
appropriate controls, the ECC will assume authority for the repairs. The
recovery effort will include
a) placing specialists and emergency equipment on notice;
b) inventorying the damage to determine what equipment and/or functions
are lost;
c) moving containerized emergency equipment to the stricken area, if
necessary;
d) reconnecting service for Hospitals, Police and other emergency
agency customers of CLECs and BellSouth in a nondiscriminatory manner
in accordance with NSEP-TSP guidelines; and
e) restoring service to CLECs and other customers. If necessary,
BellSouth will aggregate the traffic at another location and build
temporary facilities. This alternative would be viable for a location
that is destroyed and building repairs are required.
5.3 COMBINED OUTAGE (CLEC AND BELLSOUTH EQUIPMENT)
In some instances, a disaster may impact BellSouth's equipment as well as the
CLECs'. This situation will be handled in much the same way as described in
section 5.2.3. Since BellSouth and the CLECs will be utilizing temporary
equipment, close coordination will be required.
6.0 T1 IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURES
During the restoration of service after a disaster, BellSouth may be forced to
aggregate traffic for delivery to an CLEC. During this process, T1 traffic may
be consolidated onto DS3s and may become unidentifiable to the Carrier. Because
resources will be limited, BellSouth may be forced to "package" this traffic
entirely differently then normally received by the CLECs. Therefore, a method
for identifying the T1 traffic on the DS3s and providing the information to the
Carriers is required.
24
ATTACHMENT 6
7.0 ACRONYMS
CO - Central Office (BellSouth)
DS3 - Facility that carries 28 T1s (672 circuits)
ECC - Emergency Control Center (BellSouth)
CLEC - Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
NMC - Network Management Center
SWC - Serving Wire Center (BellSouth switch)
T1 - Facility that carries 24 circuits
25
ATTACHMENT 7
BILLING AND BILLING ACCURACY CERTIFICATION
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 1
BILLING AND BILLING ACCURACY CERTIFICATION
1. PAYMENT AND BILLING ARRANGEMENTS
1.1 BILLING. Currently, BellSouth provides billing through the Carrier Access
Billing System (CABS) and through the Customer Records Information System
(XXXX) depending on the particular service(s) that ITC/\DeltaCom requests.
BellSouth will xxxx and record in accordance with this agreement those
charges ITC/\DeltaCom incurs as a result of ITC/\DeltaCom purchasing from
BellSouth Network Elements, Combinations, and Local Services, as set forth
in this agreement. BellSouth will format all bills in CBOS Standard or
CLUB/EDI format, depending on the type of service ordered. BellSouth's
bills to ITC/\DeltaCom for unbundled network elements and resold services
purchased by ITC/\DeltaCom shall include the item, quantity and price of
such purchased services. For those services where standards have not yet
been developed, BellSouth's billing format will change as necessary when
standards are finalized by the Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF).
1.1.1 If ITC/\DeltaCom requests multiple billing media or additional copies
of bills BellSouth will provide these at a reasonable cost.
1.2 MASTER ACCOUNT. If ITC/\DeltaCom has not already done so, after receiving
certification as a local exchange company from the appropriate regulatory
agency, ITC/\DeltaCom will provide the appropriate BellSouth service center
the necessary documentation to enable BellSouth to establish a master
account for resold services. Such documentation shall include the
Application for Master Account, proof of authority to provide
telecommunications services, an Operating Company Number ("OCN") assigned
by the National Exchange Carriers Association ("NECA") and a tax exemption
certificate, if applicable. To the extent applicable, BellSouth shall
maintain an account under which ITC/\DeltaCom shall xxxx BellSouth for
services provided pursuant to this Agreement.
1.3 PAYMENT RESPONSIBILITY. Payment of all charges will be the responsibility
of ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth as applicable. ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth
shall make payment to each other for all services billed. Neither Party
shall be responsible for payments not received by the other Party's
customers. Neither Party shall become involved in billing disputes that may
arise between the other Party and its customers. Payments made by either
Party as payment on account shall be credited to an accounts receivable
master account and not to an end user's account.
1.4 PAYMENT DUE. The payment shall be due by the next xxxx date (i.e., same
date in the following month as the xxxx date) ("Payment Due Date") and is
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 2
payable in immediately available funds. Payment is considered to have been
made when received.
1.4.1 If the payment due date falls on a Sunday or on a Holiday which is
observed on a Monday, the payment due date shall be the first
non-Holiday day following such Sunday or Holiday. If the payment
due date falls on a Saturday or on a Holiday which is observed on
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday, the payment due date
shall be the last non-Holiday day preceding such Saturday or
Holiday. If payment is not received by the payment due date, a
late payment penalty, as set forth in Section 1.7, below, shall
apply.
1.5 TAX EXEMPTION. Upon proof of tax exempt certification, the total amount
billed shall not include any taxes due from the end user. The Retail
Service provider shall be solely responsible for the computation, tracking,
reporting and payment of all federal, state and/or local jurisdiction taxes
associated with the services resold to the end user.
1.6 MISCELLANEOUS. As the customer of record for resold services, ITC/\DeltaCom
shall be responsible for, and remit to BellSouth, all charges applicable to
its resold services for emergency services (E911 and 911) and
Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) as well as any other charges of a
similar nature.
1.7 LATE PAYMENT. If any portion of the payment is received by the billing
party after the payment due date as set forth preceding, or if any portion
of the payment is received in funds that are not immediately available to
the billing party, then a late payment penalty shall be due to the billing
party. The late payment penalty shall be the portion of the payment not
received by the payment due date times a late factor. The late factor shall
be as set forth in Section A2 of BellSouth's General Subscriber Service
Tariff, Section B2 of BellSouth's Private Line Service Tariff or Section E2
of the Intrastate Access Tariff or the applicable ITC/\DeltaCom tariff as
appropriate.
1.8 ACCESS CHARGES FOR RESOLD SERVICES. Any switched access charges associated
with interexchange carrier access to the resold local exchange lines will
be billed by, and due to, BellSouth. No additional charges are to be
assessed to ITC/\DeltaCom.
1.9 END USER COMMON LINE CHARGE FOR RESOLD SERVICES. Pursuant to 47 CFR Section
51.617, BellSouth will xxxx ITC/\DeltaCom end user common line charges
identical to the end user common line charges BellSouth bills its end
users.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 3
1.10 DISCONTINUING SERVICE. The procedures for discontinuing service to
ITC/\DeltaCom or BellSouth are as follows:
1.10.1 Each party reserves the right to suspend or terminate service for
nonpayment in accordance with applicable state and federal
regulations.
1.10.2 If payment of account is not received by the xxxx xxx in the month
after the original xxxx xxx, the billing Party may provide written
notice to the other Party that additional applications for service
will be refused and that any pending orders for service will not
be completed if payment is not received by the fifteenth day
following the date of the notice. In addition the billing party
may, at the same time, give thirty days notice to the person
designated by the other party to receive notices of noncompliance,
to discontinue the provision of existing services at any time
thereafter.
1.10.3 In the case of such discontinuance, all billed charges, as well as
applicable termination charges, shall become due.
1.10.4 If the billing party does not discontinue the provision of the
services involved on the date specified in the thirty days notice
and the other Party's noncompliance continues, nothing contained
herein shall preclude the billing party's right to discontinue the
provision of the services without further notice.
1.10.5 If payment is not received or satisfactory arrangements made for
payment by the date given in the written notification, the billed
party's services may be discontinued. Upon discontinuance of
service on the billed party's account, service to the billed
party's end users will be denied. The billing party will
reestablish service at the request of the end user or the other
Party upon payment of the appropriate connection fee and subject
to the billing party's 's normal application procedures. The
billed party is solely responsible for notifying the end user of
the proposed service disconnection.
1.10.6 If within fifteen days after an end user's service has been denied
no contact has been made in reference to restoring service, the
end user's service shall be disconnected.
1.11 DEPOSIT POLICY. Either Party may be required to provide information
regarding credit worthiness. If either Party repeatedly fails to pay
undisputed billed charges by the Payment due date or its financial
condition deteriorates materially, such party may be required to provide
information regarding credit worthiness. Based on the results of the credit
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 4
analysis, the Party providing services reserves the right to secure the
account with a suitable form of security deposit. Such security deposit may
take the form of an irrevocable Letter of Credit or in its sole discretion
some other form of security acceptable to the Party providing service. Any
such security deposit shall in no way release the customer from its
obligation to make complete and timely payments of its xxxx. Such security
may be required prior to the inauguration of service. If, in the sole
opinion of the Party providing service, circumstances so warrant and/or
gross monthly billing has increased beyond the level initially used to
determine the level of security, the Party providing service reserves the
right to request additional security. Interest on a security deposit shall
accrue and be refunded in accordance with the terms in the appropriate
tariff of the Party providing service.
2. BILLING AND BILLING ACCURACY CERTIFICATION
2.1 At the option of ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom shall mutually
agree upon a billing quality assurance program for all billing elements
covered in this Agreement that shall eliminate the need for post-billing
reconciliation. Appropriate terms for access to any BellSouth documents,
systems, records, and procedures for the recording and billing of charges
shall be part of that program.
2.2 As part of the billing quality assurance program, BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom will develop standards, measurements, and performance
requirements for a local billing measurements process. On a regular basis
the billing party will provide the other party with mutually agreed upon
performance measurement data that substantiates the accuracy, reliability,
and integrity of the billing process for local billing. In return, each
party shall pay all bills received from the other party in full by the
payment due date.
2.3 Local billing discrepancies will be addressed in an orderly manner via a
mutually agreed upon billing exemption process.
2.3.1 Each party agrees to notify the other Party upon identifying a
billing discrepancy. The Parties shall endeavor to resolve any
billing discrepancy within sixty (60) calendar days of the
notification date. A mutually agreed upon escalation process shall
be established for resolving local billing discrepancies as part
of the billing quality assurance program.
2.3.2 Closure of a specific billing period shall occur by joint
agreement of the Parties whereby the Parties agree that such
billing period is closed to any further analysis and financial
transactions except those resulting from regulatory mandates.
Closure will take place
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 5
within a mutually agreed upon time interval from the Xxxx Date.
The month being closed represents those charges that were billed
or should have been billed by the designated Xxxx Date.
3. BILLING DISPUTES
3.1 Where the parties have not agreed upon a billing quality assurance program,
billing disputes shall be handled pursuant to the terms of this section.
Provided, that nothing herein shall preclude either party from filing
complaints, at any time, in accordance with the dispute resolution
provisions included in the General Terms and Conditions to the Agreement.
3.2 Each Party agrees to notify the other Party upon the discovery of a billing
dispute. In the event of a billing dispute, the Parties will endeavor to
resolve the dispute within sixty (60) calendar days of the Xxxx Date on
which such disputed charges appear. Resolution of the dispute is expected
to occur at the first level of management resulting in a recommendation for
settlement of the dispute and closure of a specific billing period. If the
issues are not resolved within the allotted time frame, the following
resolution procedure will begin.
3.3 If the dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) days of the Xxxx Date, the
dispute will be escalated to the second level of management for each of the
respective Parties for resolution. If the dispute is not resolved within
ninety (90) days of the Xxxx Date, the dispute will be escalated to the
third level of management for each of the respective Parties for
resolution.
If the dispute is not resolved within one hundred and twenty (120) days of
the Xxxx Date, the dispute will be escalated to the fourth level of
management for each of the respective Parties for resolution.
3.4 If a Party disputes a charge and does not pay such charge by the payment
due date, such charges shall be subject to late payment charges as set
forth in the Late Payment Charges provision of this Attachment. If a Party
disputes charges and the dispute is resolved in favor of such Party, the
other Party shall credit the xxxx of the disputing Party for the amount of
the disputed charges along with any late payment charges assessed no later
than the second Xxxx Date after the resolution of the dispute. Accordingly,
if a Party disputes charges and the dispute is resolved in favor of the
other Party, the disputing Party shall pay the other Party the amount of
the disputed charges and any associated late payment charges assessed no
later than the second xxxx payment due date after the resolution of the
dispute. In no event, however, shall any late payment charges be assessed
on any previously assessed late payment charges.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 6
4. XXX HOSTING
4.1 XXX Hosting, Credit Card and Third Number Settlement System (CATS) and
Non-Intercompany Settlement System (NICS) services provided to
ITC/\DeltaCom by BellSouth will be in accordance with the methods and
practices regularly adopted and applied by BellSouth to its own operations
during the term of this Agreement, including such revisions as may be made
from time to time by BellSouth.
4.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall furnish all relevant information required by BellSouth
for the provision of XXX Hosting, CATS and NICS.
4.3 Applicable compensation amounts will be billed by BellSouth to
ITC/\DeltaCom on a monthly basis in arrears. Amounts due from one Party to
the other (excluding adjustments) are payable within thirty (30) days of
receipt of the billing statement.
4.4 ITC/\DeltaCom must have its own unique XXX code. Requests for establishment
of XXX status where BellSouth is the selected CMDS interfacing host,
require written notification from ITC/\DeltaCom to the BellSouth XXX
Hosting coordinator at least eight (8) weeks prior to the proposed
effective date. The proposed effective date will be mutually agreed upon
between the Parties with consideration given to time necessary for the
completion of required BellCore functions. BellSouth will request the
assignment of an XXX code from its connecting contractor on behalf of
ITC/\DeltaCom and will coordinate all associated conversion activities.
4.5 BellSouth will receive messages from ITC/\DeltaCom that are to be processed
by BellSouth, another LEC or CLEC in the BellSouth region or a LEC outside
the BellSouth region.
4.6 BellSouth will perform invoice sequence checking, standard EMI format
editing, and balancing of message data with the EMI trailer record counts
on all data received from ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.7 All data received from ITC/\DeltaCom that is to be processed or billed by
another LEC or CLEC within the BellSouth region will be distributed to that
LEC or CLEC in accordance with the agreement(s) which may be in effect
between BellSouth and the involved LEC or CLEC.
4.8 All data received from ITC/\DeltaCom that is to be placed on the CMDS
network for distribution outside the BellSouth region will be handled in
accordance with the agreement(s) which may be in effect between BellSouth
and its connecting contractor.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 7
4.9 BellSouth will receive messages from the CMDS network that are destined to
be processed by ITC/\DeltaCom and will forward them to ITC/\DeltaCom on a
daily basis.
4.10 Transmission of message data between BellSouth and ITC/\ DeltaCom will be
via CONNECT DIRECT.
4.11 All messages and related data exchanged between BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom
will be formatted in accordance with accepted industry standards for EMI
formatted records and packed between appropriate EMI header and trailer
records, also in accordance with accepted industry standards.
4.12 ITC/\DeltaCom will ensure that the recorded message detail necessary to
recreate files provided to BellSouth will be maintained for back-up
purposes for a period of three (3) calendar months beyond the related
message dates.
4.13 Should it become necessary for ITC/\DeltaCom to send data to BellSouth more
than sixty (60) days past the message date(s), ITC/\DeltaCom will notify
BellSouth in advance of the transmission of the data. If there will be
impacts outside the BellSouth region, BellSouth will work with its
connecting contractor and ITC/\DeltaCom to notify all affected Parties.
4.14 In the event that data to be exchanged between the two Parties should
become lost or destroyed, both Parties shall work together to determine the
source of the problem. Once the cause of the problem has been jointly
determined and the responsible Party (BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom)
identified and agreed to, the company responsible for creating the data
(BellSouth or ITC/\DeltaCom) shall make every effort to have the affected
data restored and retransmitted. If the data cannot be retrieved, the
responsible Party will be liable to the other Party for any resulting lost
revenue. Lost revenue may be a combination of revenues that could not be
billed to the end users and associated access revenues. Both Parties will
work together to estimate the revenue amount based upon a reasonable
estimate of three to twelve months of prior usage. The resulting estimated
revenue loss will be paid by the responsible Party to the other Party
within three (3) calendar months of the date of problem resolution, or as
mutually agreed upon by the Parties. If access usage data is not processed
and delivered by either Party in a timely manner such that the other Party
is unable to xxxx the IXC, the responsible Party shall be liable for the
amount of lost revenue. The Parties agree that the term "timely manner" as
used herein shall be defined in accordance with OBF guidelines. Until such
time as OBF addresses this issue, the term "timely manner" shall be
reasonably determined on a case by case basis.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 8
4.15 Should an error be detected by the EMI format edits performed by BellSouth
on data received from ITC/\DeltaCom, the entire pack containing the
affected data will not be processed by BellSouth. BellSouth will notify
ITC/\DeltaCom of the error condition. ITC/\DeltaCom will correct the
error(s) and will resend the entire pack to BellSouth for processing. In
the event that an out-of-sequence condition occurs on subsequent packs,
ITC/\DeltaCom will resend these packs to BellSouth after the pack
containing the error has been successfully reprocessed by BellSouth. Both
Parties agree to provide the other Party notification of any discovered
errors within 7 business days of the discovery.
4.16 In association with message distribution service, BellSouth will provide
ITC/\DeltaCom with associated intercompany settlements reports (CATS and
NICS) as appropriate.
4.17 Other than as specified in Section 4.14 and 4.15 above, in no case shall
either Party be liable to the other for any direct or consequential damages
incurred as a result of the obligations set out in this agreement.
4.18 XXX COMPENSATION
4.18.1 Rates for message distribution service provided by BellSouth for
ITC/\DeltaCom are as set forth in Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
4.18.2 Rates for data transmission associated with message distribution
service are as set forth in Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
4.18.3 Data circuits (private line or dial-up) will be required between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom for the purpose of data transmission.
Where a dedicated line is required, ITC/\DeltaCom will be
responsible for ordering the circuit, overseeing its installation
and coordinating the installation with BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom
will also be responsible for any charges associated with this
line. Equipment required on the BellSouth end to attach the line
to the mainframe computer and to transmit successfully ongoing
will be negotiated on a case by case basis. Where a dial-up
facility is required, dial circuits will be installed in the
BellSouth data center by BellSouth and the associated charges
assessed to ITC/\DeltaCom. Additionally, all message toll charges
associated with the use of the dial circuit by ITC/\DeltaCom will
be the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom. Associated equipment on
the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be negotiated on a case
by case basis between the Parties.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 9
4.18.4 All equipment, including modems and software, that is required on
the ITC/\DeltaCom end for the purpose of data transmission will be
the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.19 INTERCOMPANY SETTLEMENTS MESSAGES
4.19.1 This Section addresses the settlement of revenues associated with
traffic originated from or billed by ITC/\DeltaCom as a facilities
based provider of local exchange telecommunications services
outside the BellSouth region. Only traffic that originates in one
company's operating territory and bills in another company's
operating territory is included. Traffic that originates and bills
within the same company's operating territory will be settled on a
local basis between ITC/\DeltaCom and the involved company(ies),
unless that company is participating in NICS.
4.19.2 Both traffic that originates outside the BellSouth region by
ITC/\DeltaCom and is billed within the BellSouth region, and
traffic that originates within the BellSouth region and is billed
outside the BellSouth region by ITC/\DeltaCom, is covered by this
Agreement (CATS). Also covered is traffic that either is
originated by or billed by ITC/\DeltaCom, involves a company other
than ITC/\DeltaCom, qualifies for inclusion in the CATS
settlement, and is not originated or billed within the BellSouth
region (NICS).
4.19.3 Revenues associated with calls originated and billed within the
BellSouth region will be settled via BellCore's, its successor or
assign, NICS system.
4.19.4 BellSouth shall receive the monthly NICS reports from BellCore,
its successor or assign, on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth
will distribute copies of these reports to ITC/\DeltaCom on a
monthly basis.
4.19.5 BellSouth shall receive the monthly Credit Card and Third Number
Settlement System (CATS) reports from BellCore, its successor or
assign, on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will distribute
copies of these reports to ITC/\DeltaCom on a monthly basis.
4.19.6 BellSouth shall collect the revenue earned by ITC/\DeltaCom from
the operating company in whose territory the messages are billed
(CATS), less a per message billing and collection fee of five
cents ($0.05), on behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will remit
the revenue billed by ITC/\DeltaCom to the operating company in
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 10
whose territory the messages originated, less a per message
billing and collection fee of five cents ($0.05), on behalf of
ITC/\DeltaCom. These two amounts will be netted together by
BellSouth and the resulting charge or credit issued to
ITC/\DeltaCom via a monthly Carrier Access Billing System (CABS)
miscellaneous xxxx.
4.19.7 BellSouth shall collect the revenue earned by ITC/\DeltaCom within
the BellSouth territory from another CLEC also within the
BellSouth territory (NICS) where the messages are billed, less a
per message billing and collection fee of five cents ($0.05), on
behalf of ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will remit the revenue billed
by ITC/\DeltaCom within the BellSouth region to the CLEC also
within the BellSouth region, where the messages originated, less a
per message billing and collection fee of five cents ($0.05).
These two amounts will be netted together by BellSouth and the
resulting charge or credit issued to ITC/\DeltaCom via a monthly
Carrier Access Billing System (CABS) miscellaneous xxxx.
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom agree that monthly netted amounts of
less than fifty dollars ($50.00) shall not be settled.
5. OPTIONAL DAILY USAGE FILE
5.1 Upon written request from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth shall provide the
Optional Daily Usage File (ODUF) service to ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to
the terms and conditions set forth in this section.
5.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall furnish all relevant information required by
BellSouth for the provision of the Optional Daily Usage File.
5.3 The Optional Daily Usage Feed will contain billable messages that were
carried over the BellSouth Network and processed in the BellSouth
Billing System, but billed to an ITC/\DeltaCom customer.
Charges for delivery of the Optional Daily Usage File will appear on
ITC/\DeltaCom's monthly bills. The charges are as set forth in
Attachment 11 of this Agreement.
5.4 The Optional Daily Usage Feed will contain both rated and unrated
messages. All messages will be in the standard Alliance for
Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) EMI record format.
5.5 Messages that error in the billing system of ITC/\DeltaCom will be the
responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom. If, however, ITC/\DeltaCom should
encounter significant volumes of errored messages that prevent
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 11
processing by ITC/\DeltaCom within its systems, BellSouth will work
with ITC/\DeltaCom to determine the source of the errors and the
appropriate resolution.
5.6 The following specifications shall apply to the Optional Daily Usage
Feed.
5.6.1 USAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED
5.6.1.1 The following messages recorded by BellSouth will be
transmitted to ITC/\DeltaCom:
- message recording for per use/per activation type services
(examples: Three Way Calling, Verify, Interrupt, Call Return,
ETC.)
- measured billable Local
- Directory Assistance messages
- intraLATA Toll
- WATS & 800 Service
-N11
- information service provider messages
- OPS services messages
- OPS messages - attempted calls (UNE only)
- Credit /cancel records
- Usage for Voice Mail
5.6.1.2 Rated Incollects (originated in BellSouth and from other
companies) can also be on Optional Daily Usage File.
Rated Incollects will be intermingled with BellSouth
recorded rated and unrated usage. Rated Incollects will
not be packed separately.
5.6.1.3 BellSouth will perform duplicate record checks on records
processed to Optional Daily Usage File. Any duplicate
messages detected will be deleted and not sent to
ITC/\DeltaCom.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 12
5.6.1.4 In the event that ITC/\DeltaCom detects a duplicate on
Optional Daily Usage File they receive from BellSouth,
ITC/\DeltaCom will drop the duplicate message
(ITC/\DeltaCom will not return the duplicate to
BellSouth).
5.6.2 PHYSICAL FILE CHARACTERISTICS
5.6.2.1 The Optional Daily Usage File will be distributed to
ITC/\DeltaCom via an agreed medium with CONNECT:Direct
being the preferred transport method. The Daily Usage
Feed will be a variable block format (2476) with an LRECL
of 2472. The data on the Daily Usage Feed will be in a
non-compacted EMI format (175 byte format plus modules).
It will be created on a daily basis (Monday through
Friday except holidays). Details such as dataset name and
delivery schedule will be addressed during negotiations
of the distribution medium. There will be a maximum of
one dataset per workday per OCN.
5.6.2.2 Data circuits (private line or dial-up) may be required
between BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom for the purpose of
data transmission. Where a dedicated line is required,
ITC/\DeltaCom will be responsible for ordering the
circuit, overseeing its installation and coordinating the
installation with BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom will also be
responsible for any charges associated with this line.
Equipment required on the BellSouth end to attach the
line to the mainframe computer and to transmit
successfully ongoing will be negotiated on a case by case
basis. Where a dial-up facility is required, dial
circuits will be installed in the BellSouth data center
by BellSouth and the associated charges assessed to
ITC/\DeltaCom. Additionally, all message toll charges
associated with the use of the dial circuit by
ITC/\DeltaCom will be the responsibility of
ITC/\DeltaCom. Associated equipment on the BellSouth end,
including a modem, will be negotiated on a case by case
basis between the parties. All equipment, including
modems and software, that is required on the
ITC/\DeltaCom end for the purpose of data transmission
will be the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom.
5.6.3 PACKING SPECIFICATIONS
5.6.3.1 A pack will contain a minimum of one message record or a
maximum of 99,999 message records plus a pack header
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 13
record and a pack trailer record. One transmission can
contain a maximum of 99 packs and a minimum of one pack.
5.6.3.2 The OCN, From XXX, and Invoice Number will control the
invoice sequencing. The From XXX will be used to identify
to ITC/\DeltaCom which BellSouth XXX that is sending the
message. BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom will use the invoice
sequencing to control data exchange. BellSouth will be
notified of sequence failures identified by ITC/\DeltaCom
and resend the data as appropriate.
The data will be packed using ATIS EMI records.
5.6.4 PACK REJECTION
5.6.4.1 ITC/\DeltaCom shall notify BellSouth within one business
day of rejected packs (via the mutually agreed medium).
Packs could be rejected because of pack sequencing
discrepancies or a critical edit failure on the Pack
Header or Pack Trailer records (i.e. out-of-balance
condition on grand totals, invalid data populated).
Standard ATIS EMI Error Codes will be used. ITC/\DeltaCom
will not be required to return the actual rejected data
to BellSouth. Rejected packs will be corrected and
retransmitted to ITC/\DeltaCom by BellSouth.
5.6.5 CONTROL DATA
ITC/\DeltaCom will send one confirmation record per pack that is
received from BellSouth. This confirmation record will indicate
ITC/\DeltaCom received the pack and the acceptance or rejection
of the pack. Pack Status Code(s) will be populated using standard
ATIS EMI error codes for packs that were rejected by
ITC/\DeltaCom for reasons stated in the above section.
5.6.6 TESTING
5.6.6.1 Upon request from ITC/\DeltaCom BellSouth shall send test
files to ITC/\DeltaCom for the Optional Daily Usage File.
The parties agree to review and discuss the file's
content and/or format. For testing of usage results,
BellSouth shall request that ITC/\DeltaCom set up a
production (LIVE) file. The live test may consist of
ITC/\DeltaCom's employees making test calls for the types
of services ITC/\DeltaCom requests on the Optional Daily
Usage File. These test calls
Attachment 7
Page 14
are logged by ITC/\DeltaCom, and the logs are provided to
BellSouth. These logs will be used to verify the files.
Testing will be completed within 30 calendar days from
the date on which the initial test file was sent.
6. ACCESS DAILY USAGE FILE
6.1. SCOPE OF AGREEMENT
6.1.1 This agreement shall apply to the service of the Access
Daily Usage File (ADUF) as provided by BellSouth to
ITC/\DeltaCom upon written request from ITC/\DeltaCom.
The specifications, terms and conditions for the
provisions of this service are outlined in Exhibit A of
this Agreement.
6.2. DEFINITIONS
6.2.1 COMPENSATION is the amount of money due from
ITC/\DeltaCom to BellSouth for services provided under
this Agreement.
6.2.2 ACCESS DAILY USAGE FILE (ADUF) is the compilation of
interstate access messages associated with an unbundled
port in standard Exchange Message Interface (EMI) format
exchanged from BellSouth to ITC/\DeltaCom.
6.2.3 EXCHANGE MESSAGE INTERFACE is the nationally administered
standard format for the exchange of data within the
telecommunications industry.
6.2.4 MESSAGE DISTRIBUTION is routing determination and
subsequent delivery of message data from one company to
another.
6.3. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES
6.3.1 ADUF service provided to ITC/\DeltaCom by BellSouth will
be in accordance with the methods and practices regularly
adopted and applied by BellSouth to its own operations
during the term of this agreement, including such
revisions as may be made from time to time by BellSouth.
6.3.2 ITC/\DeltaCom shall furnish in a timely manner all
relevant information required by BellSouth for the
provision of the ADUF.
6.4. COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 15
6.4.1 Applicable compensation amounts will be billed by
BellSouth to ITC/\DeltaCom on a monthly basis in arrears.
Amounts due from ITC/\DeltaCom to BellSouth (excluding
adjustments) are payable within 30 days of the date of
the billing statement. Rates for ADUF are as set forth in
Exhibit A.
6.5. ASSOCIATED EXHIBIT
6.5.1 Listed below is the exhibit associated with this
Agreement, incorporated herein by this reference.
Exhibit A Access Daily Usage File (ADUF)
6.5.2 From time to time by written agreement of the parties,
new exhibits may be substituted for the attached Exhibit
A, superseding and canceling the Exhibit(s) then in
effect.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 16
EXHIBIT A ACCESS DAILY USAGE FILE
1. SCOPE OF EXHIBIT
1.1 Upon request from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth will provide the Access
Daily Usage File service to ITC/\DeltaCom pursuant to the rates, terms
and conditions set forth in this exhibit.
2. GENERAL INFORMATION
2.1 ITC/\DeltaCom shall furnish the following information required by
BellSouth for the provision of the Access Daily Usage File: (1)
ITC/\DeltaCom's preference for either transmitted files or magnetic
tapes, (2) ITC/\DeltaCom's transmission sites, (3) the data set names
to be used, (4) the software to be executed on receipt of the files,
and (5) other LAN-to-LAN connectivity information.
2.2 The Access Daily Usage File will contain access records associated
with an unbundled port that ITC/\DeltaCom has purchased from
BellSouth. Charges for the Access Daily Usage File will be as follows:
- $0.004 per message - Message Distribution
- $0.001 per message - Data Transmission (CONNECT:Direct)
- $54.95 per magnetic tape
Charges for delivery of the Access Daily Usage Feed will appear on
ITC/\DeltaCom's monthly bills.
2.3 All messages provided with the Access Daily Usage File will be in the
standard Bellcore EMI record format.
2.4 Messages that error in the billing system of ITC/\DeltaCom will be the
responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom. If, however, ITC/\DeltaCom should
encounter significant volumes of errored messages that prevent
processing by ITC/\DeltaCom within its systems, BellSouth will work
with ITC/\DeltaCom to determine the source of the errors and the
appropriate resolution.
3. USAGE TO BE TRANSMITTED
3.1 The following messages recorded by BellSouth will be transmitted to
ITC/\DeltaCom:
- Interstate access records associated with an unbundled port
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 17
- Intrastate access records associated with an unbundled port
- Undetermined jurisdiction access records associated with an
unbundled port
3.2 When ITC/\DeltaCom purchases Network Element ports from BellSouth and
calls are made using these ports, BellSouth will handle the calls as
follows:
Originating from Network Element and carried by Interexchange Carrier:
BellSouth will xxxx network element to CLEC and send access
record to the CLEC via ADUF
Originating from network element and carried by BellSouth
(ITC/\DeltaCom is BellSouth's toll customer):
BellSouth will xxxx resale toll rates to ITC/\DeltaCom and send
toll record for the end user toll billing purposes via ODUF
(Optional Daily Usage File). Access record will be sent to
ITC/\DeltaCom via ADUF.
Terminating on network element and carried by Interexchange Carrier:
BellSouth will xxxx network element to ITC/\DeltaCom and send
access record to ITC/\DeltaCom.
Terminating on network element and carried by BellSouth:
BellSouth will xxxx network element to ITC/\DeltaCom and send access
record to ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.3 BellSouth will perform duplicate record checks on records processed to
the Access Daily Usage File. Any duplicate messages detected will be
dropped and not sent to ITC/\DeltaCom.
3.4 In the event that ITC/\DeltaCom detects a duplicate on the Access
Daily Usage File they receive from BellSouth, ITC/\DeltaCom will drop
the duplicate message (ITC/\DeltaCom shall not return the duplicate to
BellSouth).
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 18
4. FILE CHARACTERISTICS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD
4.1 The Access Daily Usage Feed will be distributed to ITC/\DeltaCom via
an agreed upon medium with CONNECT:Direct being the preferred
transport method. The Access Daily Usage Feed will be a fixed block
format (2476) with an LRECL of 2472. The data on the Access Daily
Usage Feed will be in a non-compacted EMI format (210 byte format plus
modules). It will be created on a daily basis (Monday through Friday
except holidays). Details such as dataset name and delivery schedule
will be addressed during negotiations of the distribution medium.
There will be one dataset per workday per OCN.
4.2 Data circuits (private line or dial-up) may be required between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom for the purpose of data transmission.
Where a dedicated line is required, ITC/\DeltaCom will be responsible
for ordering the circuit, overseeing its installation and coordinating
the installation with BellSouth. ITC/\DeltaCom will also be
responsible for any charges associated with this line. Equipment
required on the BellSouth end to attach the line to the mainframe
computer and to transmit successfully ongoing will be negotiated on a
case by case basis. Where a dial-up facility is required, dial
circuits will be installed in the BellSouth data center by BellSouth
and the associated charges assessed to ITC/\DeltaCom. Additionally,
all message toll charges associated with the use of the dial circuit
by ITC/\DeltaCom will be the responsibility of ITC/\DeltaCom.
Associated equipment on the BellSouth end, including a modem, will be
negotiated on a case by case basis between the parties. All equipment,
including modems and software, that is required on ITC/\DeltaCom's end
for the purpose of data transmission will be the responsibility of
ITC/\DeltaCom.
5. PACKING SPECIFICATIONS
5.1 A pack will contain a minimum of one message record or a maximum of
99,999 message records plus a pack header record and a pack trailer
record. One transmission can contain a maximum of 99 packs and a
minimum of one pack.
5.2 The OCN, From XXX, and Invoice Number will control the invoice
sequencing. The From XXX will be used to identify to ITC/\DeltaCom
which BellSouth XXX that is sending the message. BellSouth and
ITC/\DeltaCom will use the invoice sequencing to control data
exchange. BellSouth will be notified of sequence failures identified
by ITC/\DeltaCom and resend the data as appropriate.
The data will be packed using EMI records.
ATTACHMENT 7
PAGE 19
6. PACK REJECTION
6.1 ITC/\DeltaCom will notify BellSouth within one business day of
rejected packs (via the mutually agreed medium). Packs could be
rejected because of pack sequencing discrepancies or a critical edit
failure on the Pack Header or Pack Trailer records (i.e. out-of-
balance condition on grand totals, invalid data populated).
ITC/\DeltaCom will not be required to return the actual rejected data
to BellSouth. Rejected packs will be corrected and/or retransmitted to
ITC/\DeltaCom by BellSouth.
7. CONTROL DATA
7.1 ITC/\DeltaCom will send one confirmation record per pack that is
received from BellSouth. This confirmation record will indicate
ITC/\DeltaCom received the pack and the acceptance or rejection of the
pack. Pack status Code(s) will be populated using standard Bellcore
EMI codes for packs that were rejected by ITC/\DeltaCom for reasons
stated in the above section.
8. TESTING
8.1 Upon request from ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth shall send test file(s) to
ITC/\DeltaCom for the Access Daily Usage File. The parties agree to
review and discuss the file's content or format.
Attachment 8
Rights-of-Way, Conduits and
Pole Attachments
Attachment 8
Rights-of-Way, Conduits and
Pole Attachments
BellSouth agrees to provide ITC/\DeltaCom, pursuant to 47 U.S.C.
(S)224, as amended by the Act, nondiscriminatory access to any pole,
duct, conduit, or right-of-way owned or controlled by BellSouth
pursuant to terms and conditions that are subsequently negotiated
with BellSouth's Competitive Structure Provisioning Center.
ATTACHMENT 9
BONA FIDE REQUEST/
NEW BUSINESS
REQUEST PROCESS
ATTACHMENT 9
PAGE 1
BONA FIDE REQUEST/NEW BUSINESS REQUEST PROCESS
1.0 The Parties agree that ITC/\DeltaCom is entitled to order any network
element, interconnection option, service option or other Resale service
required to be made available by the Telecommunications Act of 1996,
FCC requirements or State Commission requirements. Procedures
applicable to requesting the addition of such facilities or service
options are specified in this Attachment 9 and referenced in Section 5
of the General Terms and Conditions.
2.0 Bona Fide Requests ("BFR") are to be used when ITC/\DeltaCom makes a
request of BellSouth to provide a new or modified network element,
interconnection option, or other service option pursuant to the Act; or
to provide a new or custom capability or function to meet
ITC/\DeltaCom's business needs; that were not previously included in
the Agreement. The BFR process is intended to facilitate the two way
exchange of information between the requesting Party and BellSouth,
necessary for accurate processing of requests in a consistent and
timely fashion.
3.0 A Bona Fide Request shall be submitted in writing by ITC/\DeltaCom and
shall specifically identify the required service date, technical
requirements, space requirements and/or such specifications that
clearly define the request such that BellSouth has sufficient
information to analyze and prepare a response. Such a request also
shall include a ITC/\DeltaCom's designation of the request as being (i)
pursuant to the Telecommunications Act of 1996 or (ii) pursuant to the
needs of the business. The request shall be sent to ITC/\DeltaCom's
Account Executive.
4.0 ITC/\DeltaCom may cancel a BFR at any time. If ITC/\DeltaCom cancels
the request more than thirty (30) business days after submitting it,
ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay BellSouth's reasonable and demonstrable costs
of processing and/or implementing the BFR up to the date of
cancellation. If ITC/\DeltaCom does not cancel a BFR, ITC/\DeltaCom
shall pay BellSouth's reasonable and demonstrable costs of processing
and implementing the request.
5.0 Within twenty (20) Business Days of its receipt of a BFR from
ITC/\DeltaCom, BellSouth shall respond via email or overnight delivery
to ITC/\DeltaCom by providing a preliminary analysis of such
Interconnection, Network Element, or requested level of quality thereof
that is the subject of the BFR. The preliminary analysis shall confirm
that BellSouth will either offer access to the Interconnection, Network
Element, or requested level of quality or provide an explanation of why
it is not technically feasible and/or why the request does not qualify
as an Interconnection, Network Element, or requested level of quality
that is required to be provided under the Act. If BellSouth determines
that the Interconnection, Network Element, or requested level of
quality that is
ATTACHMENT 9
PAGE 2
the subject of the BFR is technically feasible, BellSouth shall provide
to ITC/\DeltaCom a high level cost estimate and detailed development
price quote.
6.0 Within twenty (20) business days after receipt and acceptance of
preliminary business analysis, BellSouth shall propose a firm price and
a detailed implementation plan via email or overnight delivery.
7.0 Within twenty (20) business days after its receipt of the BFR price
quote and implementation plan from BellSouth, ITC/\DeltaCom must either
confirm its order for such Interconnection or Network Element or, if it
believes such quote is not consistent with the requirements of the
Communications Act, may seek Commission arbitration of its request or
file a complaint with the FCC, as appropriate. Any such arbitration
applicable to Network Elements and/or Interconnection shall be
conducted in accordance with standards prescribed in Section 252 of the
Act.
8.0 All prices shall be consistent with the pricing principles of the Act,
the FCC and the Supreme Court's ruling of January 25, 1999 upholding
the FCC pricing rules.
9.0 If either Party to a BFR believes that the other Party is not
requesting, negotiating or processing the Bona Fide Request in good
faith, or disputes a determination, or price or cost quote, such Party
may seek state Commission or FCC resolution of the dispute as
appropriate.
10. Upon agreement to the terms of a BFR, an amendment to the Agreement may
be required. Pursuant to Sections 5.3 and 16 of the General Terms and
Conditions, ITC/\DeltaCom may adopt through another Company's Agreement
any BFR provided to any other carrier.
Attachment 10
Page 1
ATTACHMENT 10
PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS
Attachment 10
Page 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS AND ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS....................3
1. SCOPE.....................................................................3
2. REPORTING.................................................................3
3. MODIFICATIONS TO MEASUREMENTS.............................................3
4. ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS....................................................4
EXHIBIT A.....................................................................10
EXHIBIT B.....................................................................78
EXHIBIT C.....................................................................84
EXHIBIT D....................................................................100
EXHIBIT E....................................................................106
Attachment 10
Page 3
SERVICE PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENTS AND ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS
1 SCOPE
This Attachment includes Enforcement Measurements with corresponding
Enforcement Mechanisms applicable to this Agreement.
2. REPORTING
2.1 In providing services pursuant to this Agreement, BellSouth will report
its performance to ITC/\DeltaCom in accordance with BellSouth's Service
Quality Measurements, which are contained in this Attachment as Exhibit
A and in accordance with BellSouth's Enforcement Measurements, which
are contained in this Attachment as Exhibit B.
2.2 BellSouth will make performance reports available to ITC/\DeltaCom on a
monthly basis. The reports will contain information collected in each
performance category and will be available to ITC/\DeltaCom through
some electronic medium to be determined by BellSouth. BellSouth will
also provide electronic access to the raw data underlying the
performance measurements. Within thirty (30) days of execution of this
Agreement, BellSouth will provide a detailed session of instruction to
ITC/\DeltaCom regarding access to the reports and to the raw data as
well as the nature of the format of the data provided.
3. MODIFICATIONS TO MEASUREMENTS
3.1 SERVICE QUALITY MEASUREMENTS
3.1.1 BellSouth will update the Service Quality Measurements contained in
Exhibit A of this Attachment each calendar quarter. BellSouth will not
delete any Service Quality Measurement without prior written consent of
ITC/\DeltaCom. ITC/\DeltaCom may provide input to BellSouth regarding
any suggested additions, deletions or other modifications to the
Service Quality Measurements. BellSouth will provide notice of all
changes to the Service Quality Measurements via BellSouth's internet
website.
3.1.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, BellSouth may, from time to time, be
ordered by a regulatory or judicial body to modify or amend the Service
Quality Measurements. BellSouth will make all such changes to the
Service Quality Measurements pursuant to Section ___ of the General
Terms and Conditions of this Agreement, incorporated herein by
reference.
Attachment 10
Page 4
3.1.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event a
dispute arises regarding the modification or amendment of the Service
Quality Measurements, the parties will refer the dispute to the
Commission.
3.2 ENFORCEMENT MEASUREMENTS AND STATISTICAL TEST
3.2.1 In order for BellSouth to accurately administer the Enforcement
Measurements contained in Exhibit B of this Attachment, the Enforcement
Measurements shall be modified or amended only if BellSouth determines
such modification or amendment is necessary. However, BellSouth will
not delete any Enforcement Measurement without prior written consent of
ITC/\DeltaCom. BellSouth will notify ITC/\DeltaCom of any such
modification or amendment to the Enforcement Measurements via
BellSouth's internet website.
3.2.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, BellSouth may, from time to time, be
ordered by a regulatory or judicial body to modify or amend the
Enforcement Measurements and/or Statistical Test. BellSouth will make
all such changes to the Enforcement Measurements and/or Statistical
Test pursuant to Section ___ of the General Terms and Conditions of
this Agreement, incorporated herein by reference.
3.2.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in the event a
dispute arises regarding the modification or amendment of the
Enforcement Measurements and/or Statistical Test, the parties will
refer the dispute to the Commission.
4. ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS
4.1 PURPOSE
This section establishes meaningful and significant enforcement
mechanisms voluntarily provided by BellSouth to verify and maintain
compliance between BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom's operations as well as
to maintain access to Operational Support System (OSS) functions. This
section provides the terms and conditions for such self-effectuating
enforcement mechanisms.
4.2 EFFECTIVE DATE
The enforcement mechanisms set forth in this section shall only become
effective upon an effective FCC order, which has not been stayed,
authorizing BellSouth to provide interLATA telecommunications services
under section 271 of the Act within a particular state and shall only
apply
Attachment 10
Page 5
to BellSouth's performance in any state in which the FCC has granted
BellSouth interLATA authority.
4.3 DEFINITIONS
4.3.1 ENFORCEMENT MEASUREMENT ELEMENTS means the performance measurements set
forth in Exhibit B, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this
reference.
4.3.2 ENFORCEMENT MEASUREMENT BENCHMARK means a competitive level of
performance negotiated by BellSouth used to compare the performance of
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom where no analogous process, product or
service is feasible. See Exhibit B.
4.3.3 ENFORCEMENT MEASUREMENT COMPLIANCE means comparing performance levels
provided to BellSouth retail customers with performance levels provided
by BellSouth to the CLEC customer, as set forth in Exhibit C, attached
hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
4.3.4 TEST STATISTIC AND BALANCING CRITICAL VALUE is the means by which
enforcement will be determine using statistically valid equations. See
Exhibit C.
4.3.5 CELL is the point (below the wire center level) at which like-to-like
comparisons are made. For example, all BellSouth retail POTS services,
for residential customers, requiring a dispatch in a particular wire
center, at a particular point in time will be compared directly to
ITC/\DeltaCom resold services for residential customers, requiring a
dispatch, in the same wire center, at a particular point in time. When
determining compliance, these cells can have a positive or negative
value. See Exhibit C.
4.3.6 AFFECTED VOLUME means that proportion of the total ITC/\DeltaCom volume
or CLEC Aggregate volume for which remedies will be paid.
4.3.7 PARITY GAP refers to the incremental departure from a compliant-level
of service. (See Exhibit D). This is also referred to as "diff" in the
Statistical paper (See Exhibit C).
4.3.8 TIER-1 ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS means self-executing liquidated damages
paid directly to ITC/\DeltaCom when BellSouth delivers non-compliant
performance of any one of the Enforcement Measurement Elements for any
month as calculated by BellSouth.
4.3.9 TIER-2 ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS means Assessments paid directly to a
state Public Service Commission ("Commission") or its designee. Tier 2
Enforcement Mechanisms are triggered by three consecutive monthly
failures in a quarter in which BellSouth performance is out of
compliance
Attachment 10
Page 6
or does not meet the benchmarks for the aggregate of all CLEC data as
calculated by BellSouth for a particular Enforcement Measurement
Element.
4.3.10 TIER-3 ENFORCEMENT MECHANISMS means the voluntary suspension of
additional marketing and sales of long distance services triggered by
excessive repeat failures of those specific submeasures as defined in
Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
4.4 APPLICATION
4.4.1 The application of the Tier-1, Tier-2, and Tier-3 Enforcement
Mechanisms does not foreclose other non-contractual legal and
regulatory claims and remedies available to ITC/\DeltaCom.
4.4.2 Proof of damages resulting from BellSouth's failure to maintain
Enforcement Measurement Compliance would be difficult to ascertain and,
therefore, liquidated damages are a reasonable approximation of any
contractual damage. Liquidated damages under this provision are not
intended to be a penalty.
4.5 METHODOLOGY
4.5.1 Tier-1 Enforcement Mechanisms will be triggered by BellSouth's failure
to achieve Enforcement Measurement Compliance or Enforcement
Measurement Benchmarks for the State for a given Enforcement
Measurement Element in a given month based upon a test statistic and
balancing critical value calculated by BellSouth utilizing BellSouth
generated data. The method of calculation is attached hereto as Exhibit
D and incorporated herein by this reference.
4.5.1.1 Tier-1 Enforcement Mechanisms apply on a per transaction basis for each
negative cell and will escalate based upon the number of consecutive
months that BellSouth has reported non-compliance.
4.5.1.2 Fee Schedule for Tier-1 Enforcement Mechanisms is shown in Table-1
attached hereto as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by this reference.
Failures beyond Month 6 (as set forth in Table 1) will be subject to
Month 6 fees.
4.5.2 Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms will be triggered by BellSouth's failure
to achieve Enforcement Measurement Compliance or Enforcement
Measurement Benchmarks for the State in a given calendar quarter based
upon a statistically valid equation calculated by BellSouth utilizing
BellSouth generated data. The method of calculation is attached hereto
as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by reference.
Attachment 10
Page 7
4.5.2.1 Tier- 2 Enforcement Mechanisms apply, for an aggregate of all CLEC data
generated by BellSouth, on a per transaction basis for each negative
cell for a particular Enforcement Measurement Element.
4.5.2.2 Fee Schedule for Total Quarterly Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms is show
in Table-2 attached hereto as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by this
reference.
4.5.3 Tier-3 Enforcement Mechanisms will be triggered by BellSouth's failure
to achieve Enforcement Measurement Compliance or Enforcement
Measurement Benchmarks for a State in a given calendar quarter. The
method of calculation for specified submeasures is identical to the
method of calculation for Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms as described
above. The specific submeasures which are the mechanism for triggering
and removing a Tier-3 Enforcement Mechanisms are described in more
detail in Exhibit D attached hereto and incorporated herein by this
reference.
4.6 PAYMENT OF TIER-1 AND TIER-2 AMOUNTS
4.6.1 If BellSouth performance triggers an obligation to pay Tier-1
Enforcement Mechanisms to ITC/\DeltaCom or an obligation to remit Tier-
2 Enforcement Mechanisms to the Commission, BellSouth shall make
payment in the required amount on or before the thirtieth (30th ) day
following the due date of the performance measurement report for the
month in which the obligation arose.
4.6.2 For each day after the due date that BellSouth fails to pay
ITC/\DeltaCom the required amount, BellSouth will pay interest to
ITC/\DeltaCom at the maximum rate permitted by state law.
4.6.3 For each day after the due date that BellSouth fails to pay the Tier-2
Enforcement Mechanisms, BellSouth will pay the Commission an additional
$1,000 per day.
4.6.4 If ITC/\DeltaCom disputes the amount paid to ITC/\DeltaCom for Tier-1
Enforcement Mechanisms, ITC/\DeltaCom shall submit a written claim to
BellSouth within sixty (60) days after the date of the performance
measurement report for which the obligation arose. BellSouth shall
investigate all claims and provide ITC/\DeltaCom written findings
within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claim. If BellSouth
determines ITC/\DeltaCom is owed additional amounts, BellSouth shall
pay ITC/\DeltaCom such additional amounts within thirty (30) days after
its findings along with interest paid at the maximum rate permitted by
law.
Attachment 10
Page 8
4.6.5 At the end of each calendar year, BellSouth will have its independent
auditing and accounting firm certify that the results of all Tier-1 and
Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms were paid and accounted for in accordance
with Generally Accepted Account Principles (GAAP).
4.7 LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY
4.7.1 BellSouth will not be responsible for ITC/\DeltaCom acts or omissions
that cause performance measures to be missed or fail, including but not
limited to accumulation and submission of orders at unreasonable
quantities or times or failure to submit accurate orders or inquiries.
BellSouth shall provide ITC/\DeltaCom with reasonable notice of such
acts or omissions and provide ITC/\DeltaCom any such supporting
documentation.
4.7.2 BellSouth shall not be obligated for Tier-1, Tier-2 or Tier 3
Enforcement Mechanisms for non-compliance with a performance measure if
such non-compliance was the result of an act or omission by
ITC/\DeltaCom that is in bad faith.
4.7.3 BellSouth shall not be obligated to pay Tier-1 Enforcement Mechanisms
or Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanism for non-compliance with a performance
measurement if such non-compliance was the result of any of the
following: a Force Majeure event as set forth in the General Terms and
Conditions of this Agreement; an act or omission by ITC/\DeltaCom that
is contrary to any of its obligations under its Interconnection
Agreement with BellSouth; an act or omission by ITC/\DeltaCom that is
contrary to any of its obligations under the Act, Commission rule, or
state law; an act or omission associated with third-party systems or
equipment; or any occurrence that results from an incident reasonably
related to the Y2K problem.
4.7.4 It is not the intent of the Parties that BellSouth be liable for both
Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms and any other assessments or sanctions
imposed by the Commission. ITC/\DeltaCom will not oppose any effort by
BellSouth to set off Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms from any additional
assessment imposed by the Commission.
4.7.5 Payment of any Tier-1 or Tier-2 Enforcement Mechanisms shall not be
considered as an admission against interest or an admission of
liability or culpability in any legal, regulatory or other proceeding
relating to BellSouth's performance. The payment of any Tier-1
Enforcement Mechanisms to ITC/\DeltaCom shall release BellSouth for any
liability associated with or related to the service performance
measurement for the month for which the Enforcement Mechanisms was paid
to ITC/\DeltaCom.
Attachment 10
Page 9
4.7.6 ITC/\DeltaCom acknowledges and argues that the Enforcement Mechanisms
contained in this attachment have been provided by BellSouth on a
completely voluntary basis in order to maintain compliance between
BellSouth and ITC/\DeltaCom. Therefore, ITC/\DeltaCom may not use the
existence of this section or any payments of any Tier-1 or Tier-2
Enforcement Mechanisms under this section as evidence that BellSouth
has not complied with or has violated any state or federal law or
regulation.
4.8 ENFORCEMENT MECHANISM CAPS
4.8.1 BellSouth's liability for the payment of Tier-1 and Tier-2 Enforcement
Mechanisms shall be collectively capped at $625M per year for the
entire BellSouth region as set forth below.
---------------------------------------------------
AL - $54M MS - $44M
---------------------------------------------------
FL - $122M NC - $77M
---------------------------------------------------
GA - $131M SC - $47M
---------------------------------------------------
KY - $34M TN - $57M
---------------------------------------------------
LA - $59M
---------------------------------------------------
Regional Total - $625M
---------------------------------------------------
4.8.2 If BellSouth's liability for the payment of Tier-1 and Tier-2
Enforcement Mechanisms exceed the caps referenced in this attachment,
ITC/\DeltaCom may commence a proceeding with the Commission to
demonstrate why BellSouth should pay any amount in excess of the cap.
ITC/\DeltaCom shall have the burden of proof to demonstrate why, under
the circumstances, BellSouth should have additional liability.
4.9 DISPUTE RESOLUTION
4.9.1 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any dispute
regarding BellSouth's performance or obligations pursuant to this
Attachment shall be resolved by the Commission.
Attachment 10
Page 10
Exhibit A
Attachment 10
Page 11
ORDERING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O-7. SPEED OF ANSWER IN ORDERING CENTER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the average time a customer is in queue.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The clock starts when the appropriate option is selected (i.e. 1 for Resale
Consumer, 2 for Resale Multiline, and 3 for UNE-LNP, etc.) and the call
enters the queue for that particular group in the LCSC. The clock stops when
a BST service representative in the LCSC answers the call. The speed of
answer is determined by measuring and accumulating the elapsed time from the
entry of a CLEC call into the BellSouth automatic call distributor (ACD)
until the a service representative in BSTs Local Carrier Service Center
(LCSC) answers the CLEC call.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
(Total time in seconds to reach the LCSC) / (Total Number of Calls) in the
Reporting Period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate (Combination of Residence Service Center and Business
Service Center data under development)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate (Combination of Residence Service Center and Business
Service Center data under development)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Mechanized tracking through LCSC o Mechanized tracking through BST
Automatic Call Distributor Retail center support systems
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For CLEC, Speed of Answer in Ordering Center (LCSC) is comparable to Speed of
Answer in BST Business Offices.
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00 (lg)
Attachment 10
Page 12
ORDERING - (LNP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP-8. PERCENT REJECTED SERVICE REQUESTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Rejected Service Request is the percent of total Local Service
Requests (LSRs) which are rejected due to error or omission. An LSR is
considered valid when it is electronically submitted by the CLEC and passes
LNP Gateway edit checks to insure the data received is correctly formatted
and complete, i.e., fatal rejects are excluded.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Service Requests canceled by the CLEC
o Fatal Rejects
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
An LSR is considered "rejected" when it is submitted electronically but does
not pass edit checks in the ordering systems (EDI, TAG, LNP Gateway, LAUTO)
and is returned to the CLEC without manual intervention.
FULLY MECHANIZED: There are two types of "Rejects" in the Fully Mechanized
category:
o A Fatal Reject occurs when a CLEC attempts to electronically submit an
LSR (via EDI or TAG) but required fields are not populated correctly and
the request is returned to the CLEC. Fatal rejects are reported in a
separate column, and for informational purposes ONLY. They are not
considered in the calculation of the percent of total LSRs rejected or
the total number of rejected LSRs.
o An Auto Clarification is a valid LSR which is electronically submitted
(via EDI or TAG), but is rejected from LAUTO because it does not pass
further edit checks for order accuracy. Auto Clarifications are returned
without manual intervention.
PARTIALLY MECHANIZED: A valid LSR which is electronically submitted (via EDI
or TAG), but cannot be processed electronically due to a CLEC error and
"falls out" for manual handling. It is then put into "clarification", and
sent back to the CLEC.
TOTAL MECHANIZED: Combination of Fully Mechanized and Partially Mechanized
rejects.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT REJECTED SERVICE REQUESTS:
[(Number of Service Requests Rejected in the Reporting Period) /
(Number of Service Requests Received in the Reporting Period)] x 100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Fully Mechanized, Partially Mechanized, Total Mechanized
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
>> UNE Loop with LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> .State, Region
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00
Attachment 10
Page 13
ORDERING - (LNP)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP-9. REJECT INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION & AVERAGE REJECT INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reject Interval is the average reject time from receipt of an LSR to the
distribution of a Reject. An LSR is considered valid when it is
electronically submitted by the CLEC and passes LNP Gateway edit checks to
insure the data received is correctly formatted and complete, i.e., fatal
rejects are excluded.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Service Requests canceled by CLEC
o Fatal Rejects
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Reject interval is determined for each rejected LSR processed during the
reporting period. The Reject interval is the elapsed time from when BST
receives LSR until that LSR is rejected back to the CLEC. Elapsed time for
each LSR is accumulated for each reporting dimension. The accumulated time
for each reporting dimension is then divided by the associated total number
of rejected LSRs to produce the reject interval distribution.
An LSR is considered "rejected" when it is submitted electronically but
does not pass edit checks in the ordering systems (EDI, TAG, LNP Gateway,
LAUTO) and is returned to the CLEC without manual intervention.
FULLY MECHANIZED: There are two types of "Rejects" in the Fully Mechanized
category:
o A Fatal Reject occurs when a CLEC attempts to electronically submit an
LSR but required fields are not populated correctly and the request is
returned to the CLEC. FATAL REJECTS ARE REPORTED IN A SEPARATE COLUMN,
AND FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY. THEY ARE NOT CONSIDERED IN THE
CALCULATION OF THE PERCENT OF TOTAL LSRS REJECTED OR THE NUMBER OF
REJECTED LSRS.
o An Auto Clarification is a valid LSR which is electronically submitted
(via EDI or TAG), but rejected from LAUTO because it does not pass
further edit checks for order accuracy. Auto Clarifications are
returned without manual intervention.
PARTIALLY MECHANIZED: A valid LSR which is electronically submitted (via EDI
or TAG), but cannot be processed electronically due to a CLEC error and
"falls out" for manual handling. It is then put into "clarification", and
sent back to the CLEC.
TOTAL MECHANIZED: Combination of Fully Mechanized and Partially Mechanized
rejects.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE REJECT INTERVAL:
(SIGMA)[ (Date & Time of Service Request Rejection) - (Date & Time of
Service Request Receipt)] / (Total Number of
Service Requests Rejected in Reporting Period)
REJECT INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION:
[O (Service Requests Rejected in "X" minutes/hours) / (Total Number of
Service Requests Rejected in Reporting Period)] X 100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Fully Mechanized, Partially Mechanized, Total Mechanized
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 14
ORDERING - (LNP) - REJECT INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION & AVERAGE REJECT INTERVAL -
CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in intervals = 0 - 4 minutes, 4 - 8 minutes, 8 - 12 minutes, 12
- 60 minutes, 0 - 1 hours, 1 - 8 hours, 8 - 24 hours, >24 hours
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
>> UNE Loop with LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> .State, Region
o Average Interval in Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00
Attachment 10
Page 15
ORDERING - (LNP)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP-10. FIRM ORDER CONFIRMATION TIMELINESS INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION & FIRM ORDER
CONFIRMATION AVERAGE INTERVAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interval for Return of a Firm Order Confirmation (FOC Interval) is the
average response time from receipt of a valid LSR to distribution of a firm
order confirmation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Rejected LSRs (Clarifications or Fatal Rejects)
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Firm Order Confirmation interval is determined for each FOC'd LSR
processed during the reporting period. The Firm Order Confirmation interval
is the elapsed time from when BST receives an LSR until that LSR is
confirmed back to the CLEC. Elapsed time for each LSR is accumulated for
each reporting dimension. The accumulated time for each reporting dimension
is then divided by the associated total number of orders completed to
produce the Firm Order Confirmation timeliness interval distribution.
o MECHANIZED - The elapsed time from receipt of a valid LSR until the LSR
is processed and appropriate service orders are generated in SOCS without
manual intervention.
o PARTIALLY MECHANIZED - The elapsed time from receipt of an electronically
submitted LSR which falls out for manual handling by the LCSC personnel
until appropriate service orders are issued by a BST service
representative via Direct Order Entry (DOE) or Service Order Negotiation
Generation System (SONGS).
o TOTAL MECHANIZED - Combination of Fully Mechanized and Partially
Mechanized FOCs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE FOC INTERVAL:
o [(Date & Time of Firm Order Confirmation) - (Date & Time of Service
Request Receipt)] / (Total number of Service
Requests Confirmed in the Reporting Period)
FOC INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION:
o [(Service Requests Confirmed in "X" minutes/hours in the Reporting
Period) / (Total Service Requests Confirmed in the
Reporting Period)] X 100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Fully Mechanized, Partially Mechanized, Total Mechanized
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in intervals = 0 - 15 minutes, 15 - 30 minutes, 30 - 45 minutes,
45 - 60 minutes, 90 - 120 minutes, 120 - 240 minutes, 4 - 8 hours, 8 - 12
hours, 12 - 16 hours, 16 - 20 hours, 20 - 24 hours, 24 - 48 hours, >48
hours
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
>> UNE Loop with LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> .State, Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00
Attachment 10
Page 16
PROVISIONING DISAGGREGATION
PRODUCT REPORTING LEVELS
o Resale and Retail
>> Pots - Residence
>> Pots - Business
>> Design
>> PBX (Louisiana SQM)
>> CENTREX (Louisiana SQM)
>> ISDN (Louisiana SQM) (NOTE: ISDN included in POTS for Georgia Only)
>> ESSX (Louisiana SQM)
o Unbundled Network Elements
>> UNE Design
>> UNE Non - Design
>> UNE 2 Wire Loop (Louisiana SQM)
>> UNE Loop Other (Louisiana SQM)
>> Unbundled Ports (Louisiana SQM)
o Trunks
>> Local Interconnection Trunks
o Geographic Scope
>> State, Region and further geographic disaggregation as required by
State Commission Order (e.g. Metropolitan Service Area - MSA)
THE FOLLOWING MEASURE IS THE EXCEPTION FOR ALL STATES:
Coordinated Customer Conversion
WHICH IS DISAGGREGATED AS FOLLOWS:
UNE LOOPS with INP
UNE LOOPS without INP
Attachment 10
Page 17
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-1. MEAN HELD ORDER INTERVAL & DISTRIBUTION INTERVALS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When delays occur in completing CLEC orders, the average period that CLEC
orders are held for BST reasons, pending a delayed completion, should be no
worse for the CLEC when compared to BST delayed orders.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Activities of BST associated with internal or administrative use of
local services.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN HELD ORDER INTERVAL: This metric is computed at the close of each report
period. The held order interval is established by first identifying all
orders, at the close of the reporting interval, that both have not been
reported as completed in SOCS and have passed the currently committed due
date for the order. For each such order, the number of calendar days between
the committed due date and the close of the reporting period is established
and represents the held order interval for that particular order. The held
order interval is accumulated by the standard groupings, unless otherwise
noted, and the reason for the order being held. The total number of days
accumulated in a category is then divided by the number of held orders within
the same category to produce the mean held order interval. The interval is by
calendar days with no exclusions for Holidays or Sundays.
CLEC Specific reporting is by type of held order (facilities, equipment,
other), total number of orders held, and the total and average days.
HELD ORDER DISTRIBUTION INTERVAL: This measure provides data to report total
days held and identifies these in categories of >15 days and > 90 days.
(orders counted in >90 days are also included in >15 days).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN HELD ORDER INTERVAL:
(SIGMA)(Reporting Period Close Date - Committed Order Due Date) / (Number
of Orders Pending and Past The Committed Due Date) for all orders pending
and past the committed due date.
HELD ORDER DISTRIBUTION INTERVAL:
(# of Orders Held for =>90 days) / (Total # of Orders Pending But Not
Completed) X 100
(# of Orders Held for =>15 days) / (Total # of Orders Pending But Not
Completed) X 100
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit breakout (more than) 10, (more than) = 10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 18
PROVISIONING - MEAN HELD ORDER INTERVAL & DISTRIBUTION INTERVALS - CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Order Number and PON (PON) o BST Order Number
o Order Submission Date (TICKET_ID) o Order Submission Date
o Committed Due Date (DD) o Committed Due Date
o Service Type(CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Service Type
o Hold Reason o Hold Reason
o Total line/circuit count o Total line/circuit count
o Geographic Scope o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence Resale / BST Residence Retail
CLEC Business Resale / BST Business Retail
CLEC Non-UNE Design / BST Design
Interconnection Trunks-CLEC / Interconnection Trunks -BST
UNEs-(See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/24/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 19
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-2. AVERAGE JEOPARDY NOTICE INTERVAL & PERCENTAGE OF ORDERS GIVEN JEOPARDY
NOTICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When BST can determine in advance that a committed due date is in jeopardy,
it will provide advance notice to the CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Orders held for CLEC end user reasons
o Orders submitted to BST through non-mechanized methods
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
When BST can determine in advance that a committed due date is in jeopardy it
will provide advance notice to the CLEC. The number of committed orders in a
report period is the number of orders that have a due date in the reporting
period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE JEOPARDY INTERVAL = (SIGMA) [ (Date and Time of Scheduled Due Date
on Service Order) - (Date and Time of Jeopardy Notice)]/[Number of Orders
Notified of Jeopardy in Reporting Period).
PERCENT OF ORDERS GIVEN JEOPARDY NOTICE = (SIGMA) [ (Number of Orders Given
Jeopardy Notices in Reporting Period) / (Number of Orders Confirmed (due) in
Reporting Period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Order Number and PON o BST Order Number
o Date and Time Jeopardy Notice sent o Date and Time Jeopardy Notice
o Committed Due Date sent
o Service Type o Committed Due Date
o Service type
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95% > = 24 hours
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 01/05/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 20
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-3. PERCENT MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Percent missed installation appointments" monitors the reliability of BST
commitments with respect to committed due dates to assure that CLECs can
reliably quote expected due dates to their retail customer as compared to
BST.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
o Disconnect (D) & From (F) orders
o End User Misses on Interconnection Trunks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments is the percentage of total orders
processed for which BST is unable to complete the service orders on the
confirmed due dates. Missed Appointments caused by end-user reasons will be
included and reported separately. A business day is any time period within
the same date frame, which means there cannot be a cutoff time for
commitments as certain types of orders are requested to be worked after
standard business hours. Also, during Daylight Savings Time, field
technicians are scheduled until 9PM in some areas and the customer is offered
a greater range of intervals from which to select.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments = (SIGMA) (Number of Orders Not
Complete by Committed Due Date in Reporting Period) / (Number of Orders
Confirmed in Reporting Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
REPORT EXPLANATION: The difference between End User MA and Total MA is the
result of BST caused misses. Here, Total MA is the total % of orders missed
either by BST or CLEC end user. The End User MA represents the percentage of
orders missed by the CLEC or their end user.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in categories of (more than) 10 lines/circuits;
(more than) = 10 lines/circuits
o Dispatch/No Dispatch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Order Number and PON (PON) o BST Order Number
o Committed Due Date (DD) o Committed Due Date (DD)
o Completion Date (CMPLTN DD) o Completion Date (CMPLTN DD)
o Status Type o Status Type
o Status Notice Date o Status Notice Date
o Standard Order Activity o Standard Order Activity
o Geographic Scope o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence Resale / BST Residence Retail
CLEC Business Resale / BST Business Retail
CLEC Non-UNE Design / BST Design
Interconnection Trunks-CLEC / Interconnection Trunks -BST
UNEs-(See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 21
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-4. AVERAGE COMPLETION INTERVAL (OCI) & ORDER COMPLETION INTERVAL
DISTRIBUTION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The "average completion interval" measure monitors the interval of time it
takes BST to provide service for the CLEC or its' own customers. The "Order
Completion Interval Distribution" provides the percentage of orders completed
within certain time periods.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
o D (Disconnect) and F (From) orders. (From is disconnect side of a move
order when the customer moves to a new address).
o "L" Appointment coded orders (where the customer has requested a later
than offered interval)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The actual completion interval is determined for each order processed during
the reporting period. The completion interval is the elapsed time from when
BST issues a FOC or SOCS date time stamp receipt of an order from the CLEC to
BST's actual order completion date. The clock starts when a valid order
number is assigned by SOCS and stops when the technician or system completes
the order in SOCS. Elapsed time for each order is accumulated for each
reporting dimension. The accumulated time for each reporting dimension is
then divided by the associated total number of orders completed.
The interval breakout for UNE and Design is: 0-5 = 0-4.99, 5-10 = 5-9.99,
10-15 = 10-14.99, 15-20 = 15-19.99 20-25 = 20-24.99, 25-30 = 25-29.99, >=30 =
30 and greater.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE COMPLETION INTERVAL:
O [ (Completion Date & Time) - (Order Issue Date & Time) ] / O (Count of
Orders Completed in Reporting period)
ORDER COMPLETION INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION:
O (Service Orders Completed in "X" days) / (Total Service Orders Completed
in Reporting Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o ISDN Orders included in Non Design - GA Only
o Dispatch/No Dispatch categories applicable to all levels except trunks.
o Residence & Business reported in day intervals = 0,1,2,3,4, 5, 5+
o UNE and Design reported in day intervals = 0-5, 5-10, 10-15, 15-20,
20-25, 25-30, (more than) =30
o All Levels are reported (more than) 10 line/circuits;
(more than) =10 line/circuits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 22
PROVISIONING -
(AVERAGE COMPLETION INTERVAL (OCI) & ORDER COMPLETION INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION -
CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Company Name o BST Order Number
o Order Number (PON) o Order Submission Date & Time
o Submission Date & Time (TICKET_ID) o Order Completion Date & Time
o Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT) o Service Type
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Geographic Scope
o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence Resale / BST Residence Retail
CLEC Business Resale / BST Business Retail
CLEC Non-UNE Design / BST Design
Interconnection Trunks-CLEC / Interconnection Trunks-BST
UNEs-(See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 23
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-5. AVERAGE COMPLETION NOTICE INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Completion Notice Interval is the elapsed time between the BST reported
completion of work and the issuance of a valid completion notice to the CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Non-mechanized Orders
o Cancelled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST associated with internal or administrative use of
local services
o D & F orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement of interval of completion date and time by a field technician on
dispatched orders, and 5PM start time on the due date for non-dispatched
orders; to the release of a notice to the CLEC/BST of the completion status.
The field technician notifies the CLEC the work was complete and then he
enters the completion time stamp information in his computer. This
information switches through to the SOCS systems either completing the order
or rejecting the order to the Work Management Center (WMC). If the completion
is rejected, it is manually corrected and then completed by the WMC. The
notice is returned on each individual order submitted and as the notice is
sent electronically, it can only be switched to those orders that were
submitted by the CLEC electronically. The start time is the completion stamp
either by the field technician or the 5PM due date stamp; the end time is the
time stamp the notice was submitted to the CLEC/BST system.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(SIGMA) (Date and Time of Notice of Completion) - (Date and Time of Work
Completion) / (Number of Orders Completed in Reporting Period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reporting intervals in Hours: 0-1, 1-2, 2-4, 4-8, 8-12, 12-24,
(more than) 24, plus
Overall Average Hour Interval
o Reported in categories of (more than) 10 line/circuits;
(more than) = 10 line/circuits
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Order Number o BST Order Number
o Work Completion Date o Work Completion Date
o Work Completion Time o Work Completion Time
o Completion Notice Availability o Completion Notice Availability
Date Date
o Completion Notice Availability o Completion Notice Availability
Time Time
o Service Type o Service Type
o Activity Type o Activity Type
o Geographic Scope o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the corresponding header found in
raw data file. the raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence Resale / BST Residence Retail
CLEC Business Resale / BST Business Retail
CLEC Non-UNE Design / BST Design
Interconnection Trunks-CLEC / Interconnection Trunks-BST
UNEs - (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date 02/24/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 24
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-6. COORDINATED CUSTOMER CONVERSIONS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This category measures the average time it takes BST to disconnect an
unbundled loop from the BST switch and cross connect it to a CLEC's
equipment. This measurement applies to service orders with and without INP,
and where the CLEC has requested BST to provide a coordinated cutover.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any order canceled by the CLEC will be excluded from this measurement.
o Delays due to CLEC following disconnection of the unbundled loop
o Unbundled Loops where there is no existing subscriber loop and loops where
coordination in not requested.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Where the service order includes INP, the interval includes the total time
for the cutover including the translation time to place the line back in
service on the ported line. The interval is calculated for the entire cutover
time for the service order and then divided by items worked in that time to
give the average per item interval for each service order.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(SIGMA) [(Completion Date and Time for Cross Connection of an Coordinated
Unbundled Loop)- (Disconnection Date and Time of an Coordinated Unbundled
Loop)] / Total Number of Unbundled Loop with Coordinated Conversions (items)
for the reporting period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reported in intervals (less than) =5 minutes; (less than) 5,
(less than) =15 minutes; (less than) 15 minutes, plus Overall Average interval
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o No BST Analog Exists
o CLEC Order Number
o Committed Due Date (DD)
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC)
o Cutover Start Time
o Cutover Completion time
o Portability start and completion
times (INP orders)
o Total Conversions (Items)
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
There is no retail analog for this measurement because it measures cutting loops
to the CLEC.
Benchmark - See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 25
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-7. % PROVISIONING TROUBLES WITHIN 30 DAYS OF SERVICE ORDER ACTIVITY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Provisioning Troubles within 30 days of Installation measures the
quality and accuracy of installation activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (R Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
o D & F orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the quality and accuracy of completed orders. The first trouble
report from a service order after completion is counted in this measure.
Subsequent trouble reports are measured in Repeat Report Rate. Reports are
calculated searching in the prior report period for completed service orders
and following 30 days after completion for a trouble report.
D & F orders are excluded as there is no subsequent activity following a
disconnect.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% Provisioning Troubles within 30 days of Service Order Activity = (SIGMA)
(Trouble reports on all completed orders (less than)= 30 days following
service order(s) completion) / (All Service Orders completed in the report
calendar month) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in categories of (less than) 10 line/circuits;
(less than) = 10 line/circuits
o Dispatch / No Dispatch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Order Number and PON o BST Order Number
o Order Submission Date(TICKET_ID) o Order Submission Date
o Order Submission Time (TICKET_ID) o Order Submission Time
o Status Type o Status Type
o Status Notice Date o Status Notice Date
o Standard Order Activity o Standard Order Activity
o Geographic Scope o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence Resale / BST Residence Retail
CLEC Business Resale / BST Business Retail
CLEC Non-UNE Design / BST Design
Interconnection Trunks-CLEC / Interconnection Trunks -BST
UNEs-(See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 26
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-8. TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME (TSOCT)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report measures the total service order cycle time from receipt of a
valid service order request to the completion of the service order.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
o D (Disconnect) and F (From) orders. (From is disconnect side of a move
order when the customer moves to a new address).
o "L" Appointment coded orders (where the customer has requested a later
than offered interval)
o Orders with CLEC/Subscriber caused delays or CLEC/Subscriber requested due
date changes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The interval is determined for each order processed during the reporting
period. This measurement combines two reports: FOC (Firm Order Confirmation)
with Average Order Completion Interval.
This interval starts with the receipt of a valid service order request and
stops when the technician or system completes the order in SOCS. Elapsed time
for each order is accumulated for each reporting dimension. The accumulated
time for each reporting dimension is then divided by the associated total
number of orders completed.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME
(SIGMA)(Date and Time of Service Request Receipt) - (Completion Date and
Time of Service Order) (SOCS HIST-CD DATE) / (Count of Orders Completed in
Reporting Period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in categories of (less than) 10 line/circuits;
(less than) = 10 line/circuits
o Dispatch/No Dispatch categories applicable to all levels except trunks.
o Intervals 0-5, 5-10, 10-15, 15-20, 20-25, 25-30, (more than) = 30 Days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Interval for FOC o BST Order Number
o CLEC Company Name o Order Submission Date & Time
o Order Number (PON) o Order Completion Date & Time
o Submission Date & Time (TICKET_ID) o Service Type
o Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT) o Geographic Scope
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC)
o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 27
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P-9. SERVICE ORDER ACCURACY GEORGIA ONLY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The "service order accuracy" measurement measures the accuracy and
completeness of BST service orders by comparing what was ordered and what was
completed.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Cancelled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST associated with internal or administrative use of
local services
o & F orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A manual sampling of service orders, completed during a monthly reporting
period, is compared to the original account profile and the order that the
CLEC sent to BST. An order is "completed without error" if all service
attributes and account detail changes (as determined by comparing the
original order) completely and accurately reflect the activity specified on
the original order and any supplemental CLEC order.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Service Order Accuracy = (SIGMA) (Orders Completed without Error) /
(SIGMA) (Orders Completed in Reporting Period) x 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in categories of (less than) 10 line/circuits;
(more than) = 10 line/circuits
o Dispatch / No Dispatch
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Being investigated at this time
o CLEC Order Number and PON
o Local Service Request (LSR)
o Order Submission Date
o Committed Due Date
o Service Type
o Standard Order Activity
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
(Under Investigation)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 01/05/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 28
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP - 10. PERCENT MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments monitors the reliability of BST
commitments with respect to committed due dates to assure that CLECs can
reliably quote expected due dates to their retail customer as compared to
BST.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments (PMI) is the percentage of total
orders processed for which BST is unable to complete the service orders on
the committed due dates. Missed Appointments caused by end-user reasons will
be included and reported in a separate category. A business day is any time
period within the same date frame, which means there cannot be a cutoff time
for commitments as certain types of orders are requested to be worked after
standard business hours. Also, during Daylight Savings Time, field
technicians are scheduled until 9PM in some areas and the customer is offered
a greater range of intervals from which to select.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS:
[(Number of Orders Not Completed by Committed Due Date in Reporting Period)
/ (Number of Orders Completed in Reporting Period)] X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Mechanized (service orders generated by LSRs submitted via EDI or TAG)
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
REPORT EXPLANATION: Total Missed Appointments is the total % of orders missed
either by BST or the CLEC end user. End User MA represents the percentage of
orders missed by the CLEC end user. The difference between End User Missed
Appointments and Total Missed Appointments is the result of BST caused
misses.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
>> UNE Loop Associated w/LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> State, Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 29
PROVISIONING - (LNP)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP-11. AVERAGE DISCONNECT TIMELINESS INTERVAL & DISCONNECT TIMELINESS
INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Disconnect Timeliness is defined as the interval between the time the LNP
Gateway receives the `Number Ported' message from NPAC (signifying the CLEC
`Activate') until the time that the Disconnect service order for an LSR is
completed in SOCS. This interval effectively measures BST responsiveness by
isolating it from impacts that are caused by CLEC related activities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Disconnect Timeliness interval is determined for the last Disconnect
service order processed on an LSR during the reporting period. The Disconnect
Timeliness interval is the elapsed time from when BST receives the last
`Number Ported' message for an LSR from NPAC (signifying the CLEC `Activate')
until the last Disconnect service order is completed in SOCS. Elapsed time
for each order is accumulated for each reporting dimension. The accumulated
time for each reporting dimension is then divided by the total number of
selected disconnect orders which have been completed.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE DISCONNECT TIMELINESS INTERVAL:
(SIGMA)[ (Disconnect Service Order Completion Date & Time) - (`Number
Ported' Message Received Date & Time) ] / O (Total Number of Disconnect
Service Orders Completed in Reporting Period)
DISCONNECT TIMELINESS INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION:
[O (Disconnect Service Orders Completed in "X" days) / (Total Disconnect
Service Orders Completed in Reporting Period)] X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Mechanized (service orders generated by LSRs submitted via EDI or TAG)
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in day intervals = 0,1,2,3,4, 5, >5 days
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> State, Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 30
PROVISIONING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP-12. TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Service Order Cycle Time measures the interval from receipt of a valid
service order request to the completion of the final service order associated
with that service request.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Canceled Service Orders
o Order Activities of BST or the CLEC associated with internal or
administrative use of local services (Record Orders, Test Orders, etc.)
where identifiable
o "L" appointment coded orders (indicating the customer has requested a
later than offered interval)
o "S" missed appointment coded orders (indicating subscriber missed
reasons), except for "SP" codes (indicating subscriber prior due date
requested).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The interval is determined for each service request processed during the
reporting period. This measurement combines two reports: FOC (Firm Order
Confirmation) with Average Order Completion Interval.
This interval starts with the receipt of a valid service request and stops
when the technician or system completes all the related service orders for
the LSR in SOCS. Elapsed time for each service request is accumulated for
each reporting dimension. The accumulated time for each reporting dimension
is then divided by the associated total number of service requests completed
to produce the total service order cycle time.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME:
(SIGMA)[ (Service Order Completion Date & Time) - (Service Request Receipt
Date & Time) ] / O (Total Number Service Requests Completed in Reporting
Period)
TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME INTERVAL DISTRIBUTION:
[O (Total Number of Service Requests Completed in "X" minutes/hours) /
(Total Number of Service Requests Received in Reporting Period)] X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Mechanized (service orders generated by LSRs submitted via EDI or TAG)
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o "W" Appointment Code Only (Company Offered)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported in day intervals 0 - 5, 5 - 10, 10 - 15, 00 - 00, 00 - 00, 00 -
00, >30 days
o Product Reporting Levels
>> LNP
>> UNE Loop with LNP
o Geographic Scope
>> State, Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/16/00 (taf)
Attachment 10
Page 31
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION
PRODUCT REPORTING LEVELS
o Resale / Retail
>> Pots - Residence
>> Pots - Business
>> PBX (Louisiana SQM)
>> ESSX (Louisiana SQM)
>> CENTREX (Louisiana SQM)
>> ISDN (Louisiana SQM) (NOTE: ISDN Troubles included in Non-Design
Georgia Only)
>> Design
o Unbundled Network Elements
>> UNE Design
>> UNE Non - Design
>> UNE 2 Wire Loop (Louisiana SQM)
>> UNE Loop Other (Louisiana SQM)
>> Unbundled Ports (Louisiana SQM)
>> UNE Other Non - Design (Louisiana SQM)
o Trunks
>> Local Interconnection Trunks
o Dispatch/No Dispatch categories applicable to all product levels
o Geographic Scope
Attachment 10
Page 32
>> State, Region and further geographic disaggregation as required by
State Commission Order (e.g. Metropolitan Service Area - MSA)
Attachment 10
Page 33
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-1. MISSED REPAIR APPOINTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The percent of trouble reports not cleared by the committed date and time.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trouble tickets canceled at the CLEC request.
o BST trouble reports associated with internal or administrative service.
o Customer Provided Equipment (CPE) troubles or CLEC Equipment Trouble.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The negotiated commitment date and time is established when the repair report
is received. The cleared time is the date and time that BST personnel clear
the trouble and closes the trouble report in his Computer Access Terminal
(CAT) or workstation. If this is after the Commitment time, the report is
flagged as a "Missed Commitment" or a missed repair appointment. When the
data for this measure is collected for BST and a CLEC, it can be used to
compare the percentage of the time repair appointments are missed due to BST
reasons. Note: Appointment intervals vary with force availability in the POTS
environment. Specials and Trunk intervals are standard interval appointments
of no greater than 24 hours.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percentage of Missed Repair Appointments =O (Count of Customer Troubles Not
Cleared by the Quoted Commitment Date and Time) / O (Total Trouble reports
closed in Reporting Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o. CLEC Specific
o. CLEC Aggregate
o. BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Company Name o BST Company Code
o Submission Date & Time ( TICKET_ID) o Submission Date & Time
o Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT) o Completion Date
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Service Type
o Disposition and Cause (CAUSE_CD & o Disposition and Cause (Non-
CAUSE_DESC) Design /Non-Special Only)
o Geographic Scope o Trouble Code (Design and
Trunking Services)
o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence-Resale / BST Residence-Retail
CLEC Business-Resale / BST Business-Retail
CLEC Design-Resale / BST Design-Retail
CLEC PBX, Centrex, and ISDN Resale/ BST PBX, Centrex, and ISDN Retail
CLEC Trunking-Resale / BST Trunking-Retail
UNEs - (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 34
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-2. CUSTOMER TROUBLE REPORT RATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial and repeated customer direct or referred troubles reported within a
calendar month per 100 lines/ circuits in service.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trouble tickets canceled at the CLEC request.
o BST trouble reports associated with administrative service.
o Customer provided Equipment (CPE) troubles or CLEC equipment troubles.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble Report Rate is computed by accumulating the number of
maintenance initial and repeated trouble reports during the reporting period.
The resulting number of trouble reports are divided by the total "number of
service" lines, ports or combination that exist for the CLEC's and BST
respectively at the end of the report month.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble Report Rate = (Count of Initial and Repeated Trouble Reports
in the Current Period) / (Number of Service Access Lines in service at End of
the Report Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o CLEC Company Name o BST Company Code
o Ticket Submission Date & Time o Ticket Submission Date & Time
(TICKET_ID) o Ticket Completion Date
o Ticket Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT) o Service Type
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Disposition and Cause (Non-
o Disposition and Cause (CAUSE_CD & Design / Non-Special Only)
CAUSE_DESC) o Trouble Code (Design and
o # Service Access Lines in Service Trunking Services)
at the end of period o # Service Access Lines in
o Geographic Scope Service at the end of period
o Geographic Scope
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence-Resale / BST Residence -Retail
CLEC Business-Resale / BST Business-Retail
CLEC Design-Resale / BST Design-Retail
CLEC PBX, Centrex and ISDN Resale/ BST PBX, Centrex, and ISDN Retail
CLEC Trunking-Resale / BST Trunking-Retail
UNEs - (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 35
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-3. MAINTENANCE AVERAGE DURATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Average duration of Customer Trouble Reports from the receipt of the
Customer Trouble Report to the time the trouble report is cleared.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trouble reports canceled at the CLEC request
o BST trouble reports associated with administrative service
o Customer Provided Equipment (CPE) troubles or CLEC Equipment Troubles.
o Trouble reports greater than 10 days
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Average Duration the clock starts on the date and time of the receipt of
a correct repair request. The clock stops on the date and time the service is
restored and the customer notified (when the technician completes the trouble
ticket on his/her CAT or work system).
NOTE: Customer can be BST or CLEC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Average Duration = O(Date and Time of Service Restoration) -
(Date and Time Trouble Ticket was Opened) / O(Total Closed Troubles in the
reporting period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o BST Aggregate
o CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Total Tickets (LINE_NBR) o Total Tickets
o CLEC Company Name o BST Company Code
o Ticket Submission Date & Time o Ticket Submission Date
(TIME_ID) o Ticket submission Time
o Ticket Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT o Ticket completion Date
o Service Type (CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Ticket Completion Time
o Disposition and Cause (CAUSE_CD & o Total Duration Time
CAUSE_DESC) o Service Type
o Geographic Scope o Disposition and Cause (Non -
Design /Non-Special Only)
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the o Trouble Code (Design and
corresponding header found in the Trunking Services)
raw data file. o Geographic Scope
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence-Resale / BST Residence-Resale
CLEC Business-Resale / BST Business-Retail
CLEC Design-Resale / BST Design-Retail
CLEC PBX, Centrex and ISDN Resale / BST PBX, Centrex and ISDN Retail
CLEC Trunking-Resale /BST Trunking-Retail
UNEs - (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 36
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-4. PERCENT REPEAT TROUBLES WITHIN 30 DAYS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trouble reports on the same line/circuit as a previous trouble report
received within 30 calendar days as a percent of total troubles reported.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trouble Reports canceled at the CLEC request
o BST Trouble Reports associated with administrative service
o Customer Provided Equipment (CPE) Troubles or CLEC Equipment Troubles.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Includes Customer trouble reports received within 30 days of an original
Customer trouble report.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days = (Count of Customer Troubles where
more than one trouble report was logged for the same service line within a
continuous 30 days) / ( Total Trouble Reports Closed in Reporting Period) X
100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Total Tickets (LINE_NBR) o Total Tickets
o CLEC Company Name o BST Company Code
o Ticket Submission Date & Time o Ticket Submission Date
(TICKET_ID) o Ticket Submission Time
o Ticket Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT) o Ticket Completion Date
o Total and Percent Repeat Trouble o Ticket Completion Time
Reports within 30 Days (TOT_REPEAT) o Total and Percent Repeat
o Service Type Trouble Reports within 30 Days
o Disposition and Cause (CAUSE_CD & o Service Type
CAUSE_DESC) o Disposition and Cause (Non -
o Geographic Scope Design/Non-Special only)
o Trouble Code (Design and
NOTE: Code parentheses is the Trunking Services)
corresponding header format found o Geographic Scope
in the raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence-Resale / BST Residence-Retail
CLEC Business- Resale / BST Business-Retail
CLEC Design-Resale / BST Design-Retail
CLEC PBX, Centrex and ISDN Resale / BST PBX, Centrex and ISDN Retail
CLEC Trunking-Resale / BST Trunking-Retail
UNEs - Retail Analog (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 37
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-5. OUT OF SERVICE (OOS) > 24 HOURS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Out of Service Troubles (no dial tone, cannot be called or cannot call
out) the percentage of troubles cleared in excess of 24 hours. (All design
services are considered to be out of service).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trouble Reports canceled at the CLEC request
o BST Trouble Reports associated with administrative service
o Customer Provided Equipment (CPE) Troubles or CLEC Equipment Troubles.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble reports that are out of service and cleared in excess of 24
hours. The clock begins when the trouble report is created in LMOS and the
trouble is counted if the time exceeds 24 hours.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Out of Service (OOS) > 24 hours = ( Total Troubles OOS > 24 Hours) / Total
OOS Troubles in Reporting Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o BST Aggregate
o CLEC Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Total Tickets o Total Tickets
o CLEC Company Name o BST Company Code
o Ticket Submission Date & Time o Ticket Submission Date
(TICKET_ID) o Ticket Submission time
o Ticket Completion Date (CMPLTN_DT o Ticket Completion Date
o Percentage of Customer Troubles o Ticket Completion Time
out of o Percent of Customer Troubles
o Service > 24 Hours (OOS>24_FLAG) out of Service > 24 Hours
o Service type (CLASS_SVC_DESC) o Service type
o Disposition and Cause (CAUSE_CD & o Disposition and Cause (Non -
CAUSE-DESC) Design/Non-Special only)
o Geographic Scope o Trouble Code (Design and
Trunking Services)
NOTE: Code in parentheses is the o Geographic Scope
corresponding header found in the
raw data file.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Residence-Resale / BST Residence- Retail
CLEC Business- Resale / BST Business-Retail
CLEC Design-Resale / BST Design-Retail
CLEC PBX, Centrex and ISDN Resale / BST PBX, Centrex and ISDN Retail
CLEC Trunking-Resale /BST Trunking- Retail
UNEs Retail Analog - (See Appendix D)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 38
MAINTENANCE & REPAIR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M&R-6. AVERAGE ANSWER TIME - REPAIR CENTERS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measures the average time a customers is in Que.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measure is designed to measure the time required for CLEC & BST from the
time of the ACD choice to the time of being answered. The clock starts when
the CLEC Rep makes a choice to be put in queue for the next repair attendant
and the clock stops when the repair attendant answers the call.
(NOTE: The Column is a combined BST Residence and Business number)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Region. CLEC/BST Service Centers and BST Repair Centers are regional.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Answer Time for BST's Repair Centers = (Time BST Repair Attendant
Answers Call) - (Time of entry into queue until ACD Selection) / (Total
number of calls by reporting period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Average Answer Time o BST Average Answer Time
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For CLEC, Average Answer Times in UNE Center and BRMC are comparable to the
Average Answer Times in the BST Repair Centers.
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/22/00 (see)
Attachment 10
Page 39
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-1. INVOICE ACCURACY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measure provides the percentage of accuracy of the billing invoices
rendered to CLECs during the current month.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Adjustments not related to billing errors (e.g., credits for service
outage, special promotion credits, adjustments to satisfy the customer)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The accuracy of billing invoices delivered by BST to the CLEC must enable
them to provide a degree of billing accuracy comparative to BST bills
rendered to retail customers BST. CLECs request adjustments on bills
determined to be incorrect. The BellSouth Billing verification process
includes manually analyzing a sample of local bills from each xxxx period.
The xxxx verification process draws from a mix of different customer billing
options and types of service. An end-to-end auditing process is performed for
new products and services. Internal measurements and controls are maintained
on all billing processes.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVOICE ACCURACY = (Total Billed Revenues during current month) - (Billing
Related Adjustments during current month) / Total Billed Revenues during
current month X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION :
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Product / Invoice Type
>> Resale
>> UNE
>> Interconnection
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Invoice Type o Retail Type
o Total Billed Revenue >> XXXX
o Billing Related Adjustments >> CABS
o Total Billed Revenue
o Billing Related Adjustments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Invoice Accuracy is comparable to BST Invoice Accuracy
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 40
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-2. MEAN TIME TO DELIVER INVOICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measure provides the mean interval for billing invoices
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any invoices rejected due to formatting or content errors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the mean interval for timeliness of billing records delivered to
CLECs in an agreed upon format. XXXX-based invoices are measured in business
days, and CABS-based invoices in calendar days.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN TIME TO DELIVER INVOICES = O_[(Invoice Transmission Date)- (Close Date
of Scheduled Xxxx Cycle)] / (Count of Invoices Transmitted in Reporting
Period)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Product / Invoice Type
>> Resale
>> UNE
>> Interconnection
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Invoice Type o Retail Type
o Invoice Transmission Count >> XXXX
o Date of Scheduled Xxxx Close >> CABS
o Invoice Transmission Count
o Date of Scheduled Xxxx Close
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
XXXX-based invoices will be released for delivery within six (6) business
days CABS-based invoices will be released for delivery within eight (8)
calendar days. CLEC Average Delivery Intervals for both XXXX and CABS
Invoices are comparable to BST Average delivery for both systems.
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 41
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-3. USAGE DATA DELIVERY ACCURACY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measurement captures the percentage of recorded usage that is delivered
error free and in an acceptable format to the appropriate Competitive Local
Exchange Carrier (CLEC). These percentages will provide the necessary data
for use as a comparative measurement for BellSouth performance. This
measurement captures Data Delivery Accuracy rather than the accuracy of the
individual usage recording.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The accuracy of the data delivery of usage records delivered by BST to the
CLEC must enable them to provide a degree of accuracy comparative to BST
bills rendered to their retail customers. If errors are detected in the
delivery process, they are investigated, evaluated and documented. Errors are
corrected and the data retransmitted to the CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USAGE DATA DELIVERY ACCURACY = O[(Total number of usage data packs sent
during current month) - (Total number of usage data packs requiring
retransmission during current month)] / (Total number of usage data packs
sent during current month) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Record Type o Record Type
>> BellSouth Recorded
>> Non BellSouth Recorded
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Usage Data Delivery Accuracy is comparable to BST Usage Data Delivery
Accuracy See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 42
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-4. USAGE DATA DELIVERY COMPLETENESS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measurement provides percentage of complete and accurately recorded
usage data (usage recorded by BellSouth and usage recorded by other companies
and sent to BST for billing) that is processed and transmitted to the CLEC
within thirty (30) days of the message recording date. A parity measure is
also provided showing completeness of BST messages processed and transmitted
via CMDS. BellSouth delivers its own retail usage from recording location to
billing location via CMDS as well as delivering billing data to other
companies. Timeliness, Completeness and Mean Time to Deliver Usage measures
are reported on the same report.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The purpose of these measurements is to demonstrate the level of quality of
usage data delivered to the appropriate CLEC. Method of delivery is at the
option of the CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usage Data Delivery Completeness = O(Total number of Recorded usage records
delivered during the current month that are within thirty (30) days of the
message recording date) / O(Total number of Recorded usage records delivered
during the current month) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o CLEC Aggregate
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Monthly
o Record Type o Record Type
>> BellSouth Recorded
>> Non BellSouth Recorded
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Usage Delivery Completeness is comparable to BST Usage Delivery
Completeness
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 43
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-5. USAGE DATA DELIVERY TIMELINESS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measurement provides a percentage of recorded usage data (usage recorded
by BST and usage recorded by other companies and sent to BST for billing)
that is delivered to the appropriate CLEC within six (6) calendar days from
the receipt of the initial recording. A parity measure is also provided
showing timeliness of BST messages processed and transmitted via CMDS.
Timeliness, Completeness and Mean Time to Deliver Usage measures are reported
on the same report.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The purpose of this measurement is to demonstrate the level of timeliness for
processing and transmission of usage data delivered to the appropriate CLEC.
The usage data will be mechanically transmitted or mailed to the CLEC data
processing center once daily. The Timeliness interval of usage recorded by
other companies is measured from the date BST receives the records to the
date BST distributes to the CLEC. Method of delivery is at the option of the
CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usage Data Delivery Timeliness = O(Total number of usage records sent within
six (6) calendar days from initial recording/receipt) / O(Total number of
usage records sent) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
o CLEC Specific
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Monthly
o Record Type o Record Type
>> BellSouth Recorded
>> Non-BellSouth Recorded
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Usage Data Delivery Timeliness is comparable to BST Usage Data Delivery
Timeliness
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 44
BILLING
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B-6. MEAN TIME TO DELIVER USAGE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
This measurement provides the average time it takes to deliver Usage Records
to a CLEC. A parity measure is also provided showing timeliness of BST
messages processed and transmitted via CMDS. Timeliness, Completeness and
Mean Time to Deliver Usage measures are reported on the same report.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The purpose of this measurement is to demonstrate the average number of days
it takes BST to deliver Usage data to the appropriate CLEC. Usage data is
mechanically transmitted or mailed to the CLEC data processing center once
daily. Method of delivery is at the option of the CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean Time to Deliver Usage = O_(Record volume X estimated number of days to
deliver the Usage Record) / total record volume
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
o CLEC Specific
o BST Aggregate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Geographic Scope
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE: PERFORMANCE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Monthly
o Record Type o Record Type
>> BellSouth Recorded
>> Non-BellSouth Recorded
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean Time to Deliver Usage to CLEC is comparable to Mean Time to Deliver
Usage to BST See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (dg)
Attachment 10
Page 45
OPERATOR SERVICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OS-1. SPEED TO ANSWER PERFORMANCE/AVERAGE SPEED TO ANSWER - TOLL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement of the average time in seconds calls wait before answered by a
toll operator.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls abandoned by customers are not reflected in the average speed to answer
but are reflected in the conversion tables where the percent answered within
"X" seconds is determined.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The call waiting measurement scan starts when the customer enters the queue
and ends when a BST representative answers the call. The average speed to
answer is determined by measuring and accumulating the seconds of wait time
from the entry of a customer into the BST call management system queue until
the customer is transferred to a BST representative. No distinction is made
between CLEC customers and BST customers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Average Speed to Answer for toll is calculated by using data from monthly
system measurement reports taken from the centralized call routing switches.
The "total call waiting seconds" is a sub-component of this measure which BST
systems calculate by monitoring the number of calls in queue throughout the
day multiplied by the time (in seconds) between monitoring events. The "total
calls served" is the other sub-component of this measure, which BST systems
record as the total number of calls handled by Operator Services toll
centers. Since calls abandoned are not reflected in the calculation, the
percent answered within the required timeframe is determined by using
conversion tables with input for the abandonment rate.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of BST and CLECs
>> State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED (ON AGGREGATE BASIS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the items below, BST's Performance Measurement Analysis Platform (PMAP)
receives a final computation; therefore, no raw data file is available in
PMAP.
o Month
o Call Type (Toll)
o Average Speed of Answer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment10
Page 46
OPERATOR SERVICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OS-2. SPEED TO ANSWER PERFORMANCE/PERCENT ANSWERED WITHIN "X" SECONDS - TOLL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement of the percent of toll calls that are answered in less than "X"
seconds. The number of seconds represented by "X" is thirty, except where a
different regulatory benchmark has been set against the Average Speed to
Answer by a State Commission.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls abandoned by customers are not reflected in the average speed to answer
but are reflected in the conversion tables where the percent answered within
"X" seconds is determined.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The call waiting measurement scan starts when the customer enters the queue
and ends when a BST representative answers the call. The average speed to
answer is determined by measuring and accumulating the seconds of wait time
from the entry of a customer into the BST call management system queue until
the customer is transferred to a BST representative. No distinction is made
between CLEC customers and BST customers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Percent Answered within "X" Seconds measurement for toll is derived by
using the BellCore Statistical Answer Conversion Tables, to convert the
Average Speed to Answer measure into a percent of calls answered within "X"
seconds. The BellCore Conversion Tables are specific to the defined
parameters of work time, number of operators, max queue size and call
abandonment rates.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of BST and CLECs
>> State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED (ON AGGREGATE BASIS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the items below, BST's Performance Measurement Analysis Platform (PMAP)
receives a final computation; therefore, no raw data file is available in
PMAP.
o Month
o Call Type (Toll)
o Average Speed of Answer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 47
OPERATOR SERVICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OS-3. SPEED TO ANSWER PERFORMANCE/AVERAGE SPEED TO ANSWER - DIRECTORY
ASSISTANCE (DA)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement of the average time in seconds calls wait before answer by a DA
operator.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls abandoned by customers are not reflected in the average speed to answer
but are reflected in the conversion tables where the percent answered within
"X" seconds is determined.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The call waiting measurement scan starts when the customer enters the queue
and ends when a BST representative answers the call. The average speed to
answer is determined by measuring and accumulating the seconds of wait time
from the entry of a customer into the BST call management system queue until
the customer is transferred to a BST representative. No distinction is made
between CLEC customers and BST customers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Average Speed to Answer for DA is calculated by using data from monthly
system measurement reports taken from the centralized call routing switches.
The "total call waiting seconds" is a sub-component of this measure which BST
systems calculate by monitoring the number of calls in queue throughout the
day multiplied by the time (in seconds) between monitoring events. The "total
calls served" is the other sub-component of this measure, which BST systems
record as the total number of calls handled by Operator Services DA centers.
Since calls abandoned are not reflected in the calculation, the percent
answered within the required timeframe is determined by using conversion
tables with input for the abandonment rate.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of BST and CLECs
>> State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED (ON AGGREGATE BASIS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the items below, BST's Performance Measurement Analysis Platform (PMAP)
receives a final computation; therefore, no raw data file is available in
PMAP.
o Month
o Call Type (DA)
o Average Speed of Answer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 48
OPERATOR SERVICES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OS-4. SPEED TO ANSWER PERFORMANCE/PERCENT ANSWERED WITHIN "X" SECONDS -
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE (DA)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measurement of the percent of DA calls that are answered in less than "X"
seconds. The number of seconds represented by "X" is twenty, except where a
different regulatory benchmark has been set against the Average Speed to
Answer by a State Commission.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Calls abandoned by customers are not reflected in the average speed to answer
but are reflected in the conversion tables where the percent answered within
"X" seconds is determined.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The call waiting measurement scan starts when the customer enters the queue
and ends when a BST representative answers the call. The average speed to
answer is determined by measuring and accumulating the seconds of wait time
from the entry of a customer into the BST call management system queue until
the customer is transferred to a BST representative. No distinction is made
between CLEC customers and BST customers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Percent Answered within "X" Seconds measurement for DA is derived by
using the BellCore Statistical Answer Conversion Tables, to convert the
Average Speed to Answer measure into a percent of calls answered within "X"
seconds. The BellCore Conversion Tables are specific to the defined
parameters of work time, number of operators, max queue size and call
abandonment rates.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of BST and CLECs
>> State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED (ON AGGREGATE BASIS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the items below, BST's Performance Measurement Analysis Platform (PMAP)
receives a final computation; therefore, no raw data file is available in
PMAP.
o Month
o Call Type (DA)
o Average Speed of Answer
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 49
E911
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E-1. TIMELINESS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the percentage of batch orders for E911 database updates (to CLEC
resale and BST retail records) processed successfully within a 24-hour
period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any resale order canceled by a CLEC
o Facilities-based CLEC orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The 24-hour processing period is calculated based on the date and time
processing starts on the batch orders and the date and time processing stops
on the batch orders. Mechanical processing starts when SCC (BST's E911
vendor) receives E911 files containing batch orders extracted from BST's
Service Order Communication System (SOCS). Processing stops when SCC loads
the individual records to the E911 database. No distinctions are made between
CLEC resale records and BST retail records.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E911 Timeliness = O (Number of batch orders processed within 24 hours / Total
number of batch orders submitted) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of CLEC resale updates and BST retail updates
>> State
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVELS OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report month
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 50
E911
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E-2. ACCURACY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the individual E911 telephone number (TN) record updates (to CLEC
resale and BST retail records) processed successfully for E911 with no
errors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any resale order canceled by a CLEC
o Facilities-based CLEC orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accuracy is based on the number of records processed without error at the
conclusion of the processing cycle. Mechanical processing starts when SCC
(BST's E911 vendor) receives E911 files containing telephone number (TN)
records extracted from BST's Service Order Communication System (SOCS). No
distinctions are made between CLEC resale records and BST retail records.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E911 Accuracy = O(Number of record individual updates processed with no
errors / Total number of individual record updates) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of CLEC resale updates and BST retail updates
>> State
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report month
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 51
E911
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E-3. MEAN INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the mean interval processing of E911 batch orders (to update CLEC
resale and BST retail records).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any resale order canceled by a CLEC
o Facilities-based CLEC orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The processing period is calculated based on the date and time processing
starts on the batch orders and the date and time processing stops on the
batch orders. Data is posted in 4-hour increments up to and beyond 24 hours.
No distinctions are made between CLEC resale records and BST retail records.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E911 Mean Interval = O (Date and time of batch order completion - Date and
time of batch order submission) / (Number of batch orders completed)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reported for the aggregate of CLEC resale updates and BST retail updates
>> State
>> Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
None
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED (ON AGGREGATE BASIS)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report month
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Parity by Design
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 52
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TGP-1. TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE-AGGREGATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A report of aggregate blocking information for CLEC trunk groups and
BellSouth trunk groups.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trunk Groups for which valid data is not available for an entire study
period
o Duplicate trunk group information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Aggregate blocking results are created using the statistical analysis
package and are output into Excel with separate table for each geographic
area.
o For each geographic area, plots are generated for: a) the monthly blocking
by hour for each affecting group (BellSouth or CLEC), and b) the
difference between BellSouth blocking data and CLEC blocking data is
calculated and plotted.
o The TCBH blocking is calculated by determining the monthly averaging
blocking for each hour for each trunk. The hour with the highest usage is
selected as the TCBH and the blocking for that hour is reported.
o Trunk Categorization: This report displays, over a reporting cycle,
aggregate, weighted average blocking data for each hour of a day.
Therefore, for each reporting cycle, 24 blocking data points are generated
for two aggregate groups of selected trunk groups. These groups are CLEC
affecting and BellSouth affecting trunk groups. In order to assign trunk
groups to each aggregate group, all trunk groups are first assigned to a
category. A trunk group's end points and the type of traffic that is
transmitted on it define a category. Selected categories of trunk groups
are assigned to the aggregate groups to that trunk reports can be
generated. The categories to which trunk groups have been assigned for
this report are as follows:
CLEC AFFECTING CATEGORIES:
Point A Point B
------- -------
Category 1: BellSouth End Office BellSouth Access Tandem
Category 3: BellSouth End Office CLEC Switch
Category 4: BellSouth Local Tandem CLEC Switch
Category 5: BellSouth Access Tandem CLEC Switch
Category 10: BellSouth End Office BellSouth Local Tandem
Category 16: BellSouth Tandem BellSouth Tandem
BELLSOUTH AFFECTING CATEGORY:
POINT A POINT B
Category 9: BellSouth End Office BellSouth End Office
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 53
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE - (TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE-AGGREGATE - CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONTHLY WEIGHTED AVERAGE BLOCKING:
(Blocking data for each hour X number of valid measurement days within each
week) / O (Total number of valid measurement days within each week)
Example: Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Monthly
Hour ------ ------ ------ ------ -------
1 Blocking 1% 0.5% 2% 1.5% 1.8%
# Days 7 7 5 6
2 Blocking 0% 0% 0.2% 0.3% .1%
# Days 7 5 5 7
3 Blocking 1% 1% 0.5% 2% 1.1%
# Days 7 7 7 7
24 Blocking 1% 0.5% 2% 1.5% 1.2%
# Days 7 7 5 6
The monthly weighted average blocking for hour 1 for a particular trunk group
is calculated as follows:
(1X5)+(0.5X5)+(2X4)+(1.5X4) = 1.2%
---------------------------
(5+5+4+4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Monthly Blocking:
(Monthly weighted average blocking value for each trunk group) X (number of
trunks within each trunk group) / O (number of trunks in the aggregate group)
Example: Trunk Trunks in Blocking Blocking Blocking Blocking Blocking
Group Service Hour 1 Hour 2 Hour 3 Hour 4 ...Hour 24
------ --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
A 24 3% 0% 1% 0% 0%
B 144 2% 0% 1% 0.5% 0.5%
C 528 0% 0.5% 1% 1% 1%
D 316 1% 0% 1% 0.1% 0%
E 940 1% 1% 4% 0% 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate 0.8% 0.6% 2.4% 0.3% 0.3%
The aggregate weighted monthly blocking for hour 1 is calculated as follows:
(3X24)+(2X144)+(0X528)+(1X316)+(1X940) = 0.8%
--------------------------------------
(24+144+528+316+940)
The purpose of the Trunk Group Performance Report is to provide trunk
blocking measurements on CLEC and BST trunk groups for comparison only. It is
not the intent of the report that it be used for network management and/or
engineering.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Aggregate
>> State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trunk Group
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Total Trunk Groups o Total Trunk Groups
o Number of Trunk Groups by CLEC o Aggregate Hourly average
o Hourly average blocking per trunk blocking
group
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any 2 hour period in 24 hours where CLEC blockage exceeds BST blockage by
more than 0.5% = a miss using trunk groups 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 16 for CLECs and 9
for BST.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tm)
Attachment 10
Page 54
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TGP-2. TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE-CLEC SPECIFIC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A report of blocking information for CLEC trunk groups.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trunk Groups for which valid data is not available for an entire study
period
o Duplicate trunk group information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Aggregate blocking results are created using the statistical analysis
package and are output into Excel with separate table for each geographic
area.
o For each geographic area, plots are generated for the monthly blocking by
hour
o The TCBH blocking is calculated by determining the monthly averaging
blocking for each hour for each trunk. The hour with the highest usage is
selected as the TCBH and the blocking for that hour is reported.
o Trunk Categorization: This report displays, over a reporting cycle,
aggregate, weighted average blocking data for each hour of a day.
Therefore, for each reporting cycle, 24 blocking data points are generated
for CLEC trunk groups. In order to assign trunk groups to the CLEC group,
all trunk groups are first assigned to a category. A trunk group's end
points and the type of traffic that is transmitted on it define a
category. Selected categories of trunk groups are assigned to the
aggregate groups to that trunk reports can be generated. The categories to
which trunk groups have been assigned for this report are as follows:
CLEC AFFECTING CATEGORIES:
Point A Point B
------- -------
Category 1: BellSouth End Office BellSouth Access Tandem
Category 3: BellSouth End Office CLEC Switch
Category 4: BellSouth Local Tandem CLEC Switch
Category 5: BellSouth Access Tandem CLEC Switch
Category 10: BellSouth End Office BellSouth Local Tandem
Category 16: BellSouth Tandem BellSouth Tandem
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 55
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE - (TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE-CLEC SPECIFIC - CONTINUED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MONTHLY WEIGHTED AVERAGE BLOCKING:
(Blocking data for each hour X number of valid measurement days within each
week) / O (Total number of valid measurement days within each week)
Example: Week 1 Week 2 Week 3 Week 4 Monthly
Hour ------ ------ ------ ------ -------
1 Blocking 1% 0.5% 2% 1.5% 1.8%
# Days 7 7 5 6
2 Blocking 0% 0% 0.2% 0.3% .1%
# Days 7 5 5 7
3 Blocking 1% 1% 0.5% 2% 1.1%
# Days 7 7 7 7 5
24 Blocking 1% 0.5% 2% 1.5% 1.2%
# Days 7 7 5 6
The monthly weighted average blocking for hour 1 for a particular trunk group
is calculated as follows:
(1X5)+(0.5X5)+(2X4)+(1.5X4) = 1.2%
---------------------------
(5+5+4+4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Monthly Blocking:
(Monthly weighted average blocking value for each trunk group) X (number of
trunks within each trunk group) / O (number of trunks in the aggregate group)
Example: Trunk Trunks in Blocking Blocking Blocking Blocking Blocking
Group Service Hour 1 Hour 2 Hour 3 Hour 4 ...Hour 24
------ --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
A 24 3% 0% 1% 0% 0%
B 144 2% 0% 1% 0.5% 0.5%
C 528 0% 0.5% 1% 1% 1%
D 316 1% 0% 1% 0.1% 0%
E 940 1% 1% 4% 0% 0%
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate 0.8% 0.6% 2.4% 0.3% 0.3%
The aggregate weighted monthly blocking for hour 1 is calculated as follows:
(3X24)+(2X144)+(0X528)+(1X316)+(1X940) = 0.8%
--------------------------------------
(24+144+528+316+940)
The purpose of the Trunk Group Performance Report is to provide trunk
blocking measurements on CLEC and BST trunk groups for comparison only. It is
not the intent of the report that it be used for network management and/or
engineering.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o CLEC Specific
o Trunk Group
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trunk Group
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report Month o Report Month
o Total Trunk Groups o Total Trunk Groups
o Number of Trunk Groups by CLEC o Aggregate Hourly average
o Hourly average blocking per trunk blocking
group
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Any 2 hour period in 24 hours where CLEC blockage exceeds BST blockage by
more than 0.5% = a miss using trunk groups 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 16 for CLECs and 9
for BST.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tm)
Attachment 10
Page 56
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TGP-3. TRUNK GROUP SERVICE REPORT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A report of the percent blocking above the Measured Blocking Threshold (MBT)
on all final trunk groups between CLEC Points of Termination and BST end
offices or tandems.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trunk groups for which valid traffic data is not available
o High use trunk groups
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic trunking data measurements are validated and processed by the Total
Network Data System/Trunking (TNDS/TK), a Telcordia (BellCore) supported
application, on an hourly basis for Average Business Days (Monday through
Friday). The traffic load sets, including offered load and observed blocking
ratio (calls blocked divided by calls attempted), are averaged for a 20 day
period, and the busy hour is selected. The busy hour average data for each
trunk group is captured for reporting purposes. Although all trunk groups are
available for reporting, the report highlight those trunk groups with
blocking greater than the Measured Blocking Threshold (MBT) and the number of
consecutive monthly reports that the trunk group blocking has exceeded the
MBT. The MBT for CTTG is 2% and the MBT for all other trunk groups is 3%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measured blocking = (Total number of blocked calls) / (Total number of
attempted calls) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o BST Aggregate
>> CTTG
>> Local
o CLEC Aggregate
>> BST Administered CLEC Trunk
>> CLEC Administered CLEC Trunk
o CLEC Specific
>> BST Administered CLEC Trunk
>> CLEC Administered CLEC Trunk
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report month o Report month
o Total trunk groups o Total trunk groups
o Total trunk groups for which data o Total trunk groups for which
is available data is available
o Trunk groups with blocking greater o Trunk groups with blocking
than the MBT greater than the MBT
o Percent of trunk groups with o Percent of trunk groups with
blocking greater than the MBT blocking greater than the MBT
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Trunk Blockage/BST Trunk Blockage
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tm)
Attachment 10
Page 57
TRUNK GROUP PERFORMANCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TGP-4. TRUNK GROUP SERVICE DETAIL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A detailed list of all final trunk groups between CLEC Points of Presence and
BST end offices or tandems, and the actual blocking performance when the
blocking exceeds the Measured Blocking Threshold (MBT) for the trunk groups.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Trunk groups for which valid traffic data is not available
o High use trunk groups
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Traffic trunking data measurements are validated and processed by the Total
Network Data System/Trunking (TNDS/TK), a Telcordia (Bellcore) supported
application, on an hourly basis for Average Business Days (Monday through
Friday). The traffic load sets, including offered load and observed blocking
ratio (calls blocked divided by calls attempted), are averaged for a 20 day
period, and the busy hour is selected. The busy hour average data for each
trunk group is captured for reporting purposes. Although all trunk groups are
available for reporting, the report highlight those trunk groups with
blocking greater than the Measured Blocking Threshold (MBT) and the number of
consecutive monthly reports that the trunk group blocking has exceeded the
MBT. The MBT for CTTG is 2% and the MBT for all other trunk groups is 3%.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measured Blocking = (Total number of blocked calls) / (Total number of
attempted calls) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o. BST Specific o CLEC Specific
>> .Traffic Identity >> Traffic Identity
>> TGSN >> TGSN
>> Tandem >> Tandem
>> End Office >> CLEC POT
>> Description >> Description
>> Observed Blocking >> Observed Blocking
>> Busy Hour >> Busy Hour
>> Number Trunks >> Number Trunks
>> Valid study days >> Valid study days
>> Number reports >> Number reports
>> Remarks >> Remarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
State
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED RELATING TO CLEC DATA RETAINED RELATING TO BST
EXPERIENCE EXPERIENCE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report month o Report month
o Total trunk groups o Total trunk groups
o Total trunk groups for which o Total trunk groups for which
date is available data is available
o Trunk groups with blocking o Trunk groups with blocking
greater than the MBT greater than the MBT
o Percent of trunk groups with o Percent of trunk groups with
blocking greater than the MBT blocking greater than the MBT
o Traffic identity, TGSN, end o Traffic identity, TGSN, end
points, description, busy hour, points, description, busy hour,
valid study days, number reports valid study days, number
reports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLEC Trunk Blockage/BST Blockage
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 02/28/00 (tm)
Attachment 10
Page 58
COLLOCATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C-1. AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the average time (counted in business days) from the receipt of a
complete and accurate collocation application (including receipt of
application fees) to the date BellSouth responds in writing.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Requests to augment previously completed arrangements
o Any application cancelled by the CLEC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The clock starts on the date that BST receives a complete and accurate
collocation application accompanied by the appropriate application fee. The
clock stops on the date that BST returns a response. The clock will restart
upon receipt of changes to the original application request.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Response Time = O(Request Response Date) - (Request Submission Date)
/ Count of Responses Returned within Reporting Period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Individual CLEC (alias) aggregate
o Aggregate of all CLECs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o State, Region and further geographic disaggregation as required by State
Commission Order (e.g. Metropolitan Service Area - MSA)
o Virtual
o Physical
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report period
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 01/27/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 59
COLLOCATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C-2. AVERAGE ARRANGEMENT TIME
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the average time from the receipt of a complete and accurate Bona
Fide firm order (including receipt of appropriate fee) to the date BST
completes the collocation arrangement.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any Bona Fide firm order cancelled by the CLEC
o Bona Fide firm orders to augment previously completed arrangements
o Time for BST to obtain permits
o Time during which the collocation contract is being negotiated
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The clock starts on the date that BST receives a complete and accurate Bona
Fide firm order accompanied by the appropriate fee. The clock stops upon
submission of the permit request and restarts upon receipt of the approved
permit. Changes (affecting the provisioning interval or capital expenditures)
that are submitted while provisioning is in progress may alter the completion
date. The clock stops on the date that BST completes the collocation
arrangement.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Arrangement Time = O(Date Collocation Arrangement is Complete) -
(Date Order for Collocation Arrangement Submitted) / Total Number of
Collocation Arrangements Completed during Reporting Period.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Individual CLEC (alias) aggregate
o Aggregate of all CLECs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o State, Region and further geographic disaggregation as required by State
Commission Order (e.g. Metropolitan Service Area - MSA)
o Virtual
o Physical
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report period
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
See Appendix D
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 01/27/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 60
COLLOCATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT/MEASUREMENT:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C-3. PERCENT OF DUE DATES MISSED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEFINITION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measures the percent of missed due dates for collocation arrangements.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXCLUSIONS:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Any Bona Fide firm order cancelled by the CLEC
o Bona Fide firm orders to augment previously completed arrangements
o Time for BST to obtain permits
o Time during which the collocation contract is being negotiated
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUSINESS RULES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The clock starts on the date that BST receives a complete and accurate Bona
Fide firm order accompanied by the appropriate fee. The clock stops on the
date that BST completes the collocation arrangement.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALCULATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% of Due Dates Missed = O (Number of Orders not completed w/i ILEC Committed
Due Date during Reporting Period) / Number of Orders Completed in Reporting
Period) X 100
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT STRUCTURE:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Individual CLEC (alias) aggregate
o Aggregate of all CLECs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LEVEL OF DISAGGREGATION:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o State, Region and further geographic disaggregation as required by State
Commission Order (e.g. Metropolitan Service Area-MSA)
o Virtual
o Physical
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA RETAINED:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Report period
o Aggregate data
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RETAIL ANALOG/BENCHMARK:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
90% (less than) = Commit Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Revision Date: 01/27/00 (tg)
Attachment 10
Page 61
APPENDIX A: REPORTING SCOPE*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARD SERVICE GROUPINGS PRE-ORDER, ORDERING
>> Resale Residence
>> Resale Business
>> Resale Special
>> Local Interconnection Trunks
>> UNE
>> UNE - Loops w/LNP
PROVISIONING
>> UNE Non-Design
>> UNE Design
>> Local Interconnection Trunks
>> Resale Residence
>> Resale Business
>> Resale Design
>> BST Trunks
>> BST Residence Retail
>> BST Business Retail
>> BST Design Retail
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
>> Local Interconnection Trunks
>> UNE Non-Design
>> UNE Design
>> Resale Residence
>> Resale Business
>> Resale Design
>> BST Interconnection Trunks
>> BST Residence Retail
>> BST Business Retail
>> BST Design Retail
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION TRUNK GROUP BLOCKAGE
>> BST CTTG Trunk Groups
>> CLEC Trunk Groups
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 62
APPENDIX A: REPORTING SCOPE*
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARD SERVICE ORDER ACTIVITIES >> New Service Installations
>> Service Migrations Without Changes
>> Service Migrations With Changes
These are the generic BST/CLEC >> Move and Change Activities Pre-Ordering,
service order activities which >> Service Disconnects (Unless noted
are included in the Ordering, otherwise)
and Provisioning sections of
this document. It is not meant
to indicate specific reporting
categories.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRE-ORDERING QUERY TYPES: >> Address
>> Telephone Number
>> Appointment Scheduling
>> Customer Service Record
>> Feature Availability
MAINTENANCE QUERY TYPES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REPORT LEVELS >> CLEC XXXX
>> CLEC MSA
>> CLEC State
>> CLEC Region
>> Aggregate CLEC State
>> Aggregate CLEC Region
>> BST State
>> BST Region
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Scope is report, data source and system dependent, and, therefore, will
differ with each report.
Attachment 10
Page 63
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A ACD Automatic Call Distributor - A service
that provides status monitoring of agents in
a call center and routes high volume
incoming telephone calls to available agents
while collecting management information on
both callers and attendants.
AGGREGATE Sum total of all items in like category,
e.g. CLEC aggregate equals the sum total of
all CLECs' data for a given reporting level.
ASR Access Service Request - A request for
access service terminating delivery of
carrier traffic into a Local Exchange
Carrier's network.
ATLAS Application for Telephone Number Load
Administration System - The BellSouth
Operations System used to administer the
pool of available telephone numbers and to
reserve selected numbers from the pool for
use on pending service requests/service
orders.
ATLASTN ATLAS software contract for Telephone Number
AUTO The number of LSRs that were electronically
CLARIFICATION rejected from LESOG and electronically
returned to the CLEC for correction.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
B BILLING The process and functions by which
billing data is collected and by which
account information is processed in order to
render accurate and timely billing.
BOCRIS Business Office Customer Record Information
System - A front-end presentation manager
used by BellSouth organizations to access
the XXXX database.
BRC Business Repair Center - The BellSouth
Business Systems trouble receipt center
which serves large business and CLEC
customers.
BST BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C CKTID A unique identifier for elements combined in
a service configuration
CLEC Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
CMDS Centralized Message Distribution System -
BellCore administered national system used
to transfer specially formatted messages
among companies.
COFFI Central Office Feature File Interface - A
BellSouth Operations System database which
maintains Universal Service Order Code
(USOC) information based on current tariffs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 64
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS - CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C COFIUSOC COFFI software contract for feature/service
information
XXXX Customer Record Information System - The
BellSouth proprietary corporate database and
billing system for non-access customers and
services.
CRSACCTS XXXX software contract for CSR information
CSR Customer Service Record
CTTG Common Transport Trunk Group - Final trunk
groups between BST & Independent end offices
and the BST access tandems.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
D DESIGN Design Service is defined as any Special or
Plain Old Telephone Service Order which
requires BellSouth Design Engineering
Activities
DISPOSITION & Types of trouble conditions, e.g. No Trouble
CAUSE Found, Central Office Equipment, Customer
Premises Equipment, etc.
DLETH Display Lengthy Trouble History - A history
report that gives all activity on a line
record for trouble reports in LMOS
DLR Detail Line Record - All the basic
information maintained on a line record in
LMOS, e.g. name, address, facilities,
features etc.
DOE Direct Order Entry System - An internal
BellSouth service order entry system used by
BellSouth Service Representatives to input
business service orders in BellSouth format.
DSAP DOE (Direct Order Entry) Support
Application - The BellSouth Operations
System which assists a Service
Representative or similar carrier agent in
negotiating service provisioning commitments
for non-designed services and UNEs.
DSAPDDI DSAP software contract for schedule
information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E E911 Provides callers access to the applicable
emergency services bureau by dialing a
3-digit universal telephone number.
EDI Electronic Data Interchange - The
computer-to-computer exchange of inter
and/or intra company business documents in a
public standard format.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
F FATAL REJECT The number of LSRs that were electronically
rejected from XXX, which checks to see of
the LSR has all the required fields
correctly populated
FLOW-THROUGH In the context of this document, LSRs
submitted electronically via the CLEC
mechanized ordering process that flow
through to the BST OSS without manual or
human intervention.
FOC Firm Order Confirmation - A notification
returned to the CLEC confirming that the LSR
has been received and accepted, including
the specified commitment date.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 65
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS - CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
G
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
H HAL "Hands Off" Assignment Logic - Front end
access and error resolution logic used in
interfacing BellSouth Operations Systems
such as ATLAS, BOCRIS, LMOS, PSIMS, RSAG and
SOCS.
HALCRIS HAL software contract for CSR information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
I ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
K
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
L LCSC Local Carrier Service Center - The
BellSouth center which is dedicated to
handling CLEC LSRs, ASRs, and Preordering
transactions along with associated expedite
requests and escalations.
LEGACY SYSTEM Term used to refer to BellSouth Operations
Support Systems (see OSS)
LENS Local Exchange Negotiation System - The
BellSouth LAN/web server/OS application
developed to provide both preordering and
ordering electronic interface functions for
CLECs.
XXX Local Exchange Ordering - A BellSouth
system which accepts the output of EDI,
applies edit and formatting checks, and
reformats the Local Service Requests in
BellSouth Service Order format.
LESOG Local Exchange Service Order Generator - A
BellSouth system which accepts the service
order output of XXX and enters the Service
Order into the Service Order Control System
using terminal emulation technology.
LMOS Loop Maintenance Operations System - A
BellSouth Operations System that stores the
assignment and selected account information
for use by downstream OSS and BellSouth
personnel during provisioning and
maintenance activities.
LMOS HOST LMOS host computer
LMOSUPD LMOS updates
LNP Local Number Portability - In the context
of this document, the capability for a
subscriber to retain his current telephone
number as he transfers to a different local
service provider.
LOOPS Transmission paths from the central office
to the customer premises.
LSR Local Service Request - A request for local
resale service or unbundled network
elements from a CLEC.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
M MAINTENANCE & The process and function by which trouble
REPAIR reports are passed to BellSouth and by
which the related service problems are
resolved.
MARCH A BellSouth Operations System which accepts
service orders, interprets the coding
contained in the service order image, and
constructs the specific switching system
Recent Change command messages for input
into end office switches.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 66
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS - CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
N NC "No Circuits" - All circuits busy
announcement
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
O OASIS Obtain Availability Services Information
System - A BellSouth front-end processor,
which acts as an interface between COFFI and
RNS. This system takes the USOCs in COFFI
and translates them to English for display
in RNS.
OASISBSN OASIS software contract for feature/service
OASISCAR OASIS software contract for feature/service
OASISLPC OASIS software contract for feature/service
OASISMTN OASIS software contract for feature/service
OASISNET OASIS software contract for feature/service
OASISOCP OASIS software contract for feature/service
ORDERING The process and functions by which resale
services or unbundled network elements are
ordered from BellSouth as well as the
process by which an LSR or ASR is placed
with BellSouth.
OSPCM Outside Plant Contract Management System -
Provides Scheduling Information.
OSS Operations Support System - A support system
or database which is used to mechanize the
flow or performance of work. The term is
used to refer to the overall system
consisting of hardware complex, computer
operating system(s), and application which
is used to provide the support functions.
OUT OF SERVICE Customer has no dial tone and cannot call
out.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
P POTS Plain Old Telephone Service
PREDICTOR The BellSouth Operations system which is
used to administer proactive maintenance
and rehabilitation activities on outside
plant facilities, provide access to
selected work groups (e.g. RRC & BRC) to
Mechanized Loop Testing and switching
system I/O ports, and provide certain
information regarding the attributes and
capabilities of outside plant facilities.
PREORDERING The process and functions by which vital
information is obtained, verified, or
validated prior to placing a service
request.
PROVISIONING The process and functions by which necessary
work is performed to activate a service
requested via an LSR or ASR and to initiate
the proper billing and accounting functions.
PSIMS Product/Service Inventory Management System
- A BellSouth database Operations System
which contains availability information on
switching system features and capabilities
and on BellSouth service availability. This
database is used to verify the availability
of a feature or service in an NXX prior to
making a commitment to the customer.
PSIMSORB PSIMS software contract for feature/service
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 67
APPENDIX B: GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS AND TERMS - CONTINUED
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Q
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R RNS Regional Negotiation System - An internal
BellSouth service order entry system used by
BellSouth Consumer Services to input service
orders in BellSouth format.
RRC Residence Repair Center - The BellSouth
Consumer Services trouble receipt center
which serves residential customers.
RSAG Regional Street Address Guide - The
BellSouth database, which contains street
addresses validated to be accurate with
state and local governments.
RSAG software contract for address search
RSAGADDR RSAG software contract for telephone number
search
RSAGTN
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
S SOCS Service Order Control System - The
BellSouth Operations System which routes
service order images among BellSouth drop
points and BellSouth Operations Systems
during the service provisioning process.
SOIR Service Order Interface Record - any change
effecting activity to a customer account by
service order that impacts 911/E911.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
T TAFI Trouble Analysis Facilitation Interface -
The BellSouth Operations System that
supports trouble receipt center personnel in
taking and handling customer trouble
reports.
TAG Telecommunications Access Gateway - TAG was
designed to provide an electronic interface,
or machine-to-machine interface for the
bi-directional flow of information between
BellSouth's OSSs and participating CLECs.
TN Telephone Number
TOTAL MANUAL The number of LSRs which are entered
FALLOUT electronically but require manual entering
into a service order generator.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U UNE Unbundled Network Element
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
W WTN A unique identifier for elements combined in
a service configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Y
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Z
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(SIGMA) Sum of:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 68
APPENDIX C
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BELLSOUTH'S AUDIT POLICY:
BellSouth currently provides many CLECs with certain audit rights as a part of
their individual interconnection agreements. However, it is not reasonable for
BellSouth to undergo an audit of the SQM for every CLEC with which it has a
contract. BellSouth has developed a proposed Audit Plan for use by the parties
to an audit. If requested by a Public Service Commission or by a CLEC exercising
contractual audit rights, BellSouth will agree to undergo a comprehensive audit
of the aggregate level reports for both BellSouth and the CLEC(s) for each of
the next five (5) years (2000 - 2005), to be conducted by an independent third
party. The results of that audit will be made available to all the parties
subject to proper safeguards to protect proprietary information. This aggregate
level audit includes the following specifications:
1. The cost shall be borne 50% by BellSouth and 50% by the CLEC or CLECs.
2. The independent third party auditor shall be selected with input from
BellSouth, the PSC, if applicable, and the CLEC(s).
3. BellSouth, the PSC and the CLEC(s) shall jointly determine the scope of
the audit.
BellSouth reserves the right to make changes to this audit policy as growth and
changes in the industry dictate.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-Ordering PERCENT RESPONSE RECEIVED WITHIN "X" SECONDS Parity w/ retail where applicable.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS INTERFACE AVAILABILITY 99.5%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ordering PERCENT FLOW-THROUGH SERVICE REQUEST
o Residence 90%
o Business 80%
o UNE 80%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT REJECTED SERVICE REQUEST Diagnostic Diagnostic.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REJECT INTERVAL (MECHANIZED) UD UD 95% within 1
hrs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Reject Interval (Non-Mechanized and Partially UD UD 85% (less than) 24 hrs
Mechanized)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIRM ORDER CONFIRMATION TIMELINESS (MECHANIZED) UD UD 95% within 4 hrs
(Non-Mechanized and Partially Mechanized) hrs
85% (less than) 48 Hrs,
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPEED OF ANSWER IN ORDERING CENTER X X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provisioning MEAN HELD ORDER INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 70
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE JEOPARDY NOTICE INTERVAL (MECHANIZED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks 95% >=24 Hrs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% OF ORDERS GIVEN JEOPARDY NOTICE (MECHANIZED)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 71
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ORDER COMPLETION INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 72
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE COMPLETION NOTICE INTERVAL - RESALE POTS (MECH)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT PROVISIONING TROUBLES WITHIN 30 DAYS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 73
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop with NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop without NP - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other with NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other without NP - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL SERVICE ORDER CYCLE TIME Diag. Diagnostic Diagnostic
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance CUSTOMER TROUBLE REPORT RATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 74
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT MISSED REPAIR APPOINTMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAINTENANCE AVERAGE DURATION
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT REPEAT TROUBLES WITHIN 30 DAYS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 75
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OUT OF SERVICE > 24HRS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Residence X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Business X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Design X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale PBX X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale Centrex X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Resale IDSN X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Non-Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Non Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE 2w Loop - Design Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Loop Other - Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o UNE Other Design Retail Design
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Local Interconnection Trunks X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS INTERFACE AVAILABILITY
o All systems except ECTA X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o ECTA 99.5%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS RESPONSE INTERVAL AND %
o TAFI (Front End) X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 76
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o XXXX, DLETH, DLR, OSPCM, LMOS, LMOSUP, MARCH, PBD
Predictor, SOCS, LNP (Parity by Design)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE ANSWER TIME - REPAIR CENTER X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Billing INVOICE ACCURACY X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN TIME TO DELIVER INVOICES X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USAGE DATA DELIVERY ACCURACY X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USAGE DATA DELIVERY TIMELINESS X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
USAGE DATA DELIVERY COMPLETENESS X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN TIME TO DELIVER USAGE X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operator AVERAGE SPEED TO ANSWER PBD
Services (Toll)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% ANSWERED IN "X" SECONDS PBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Directory AVERAGE SPEED TO ANSWER PBD
Assistance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% ANSWERED IN "X" SECONDS PBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
E911 TIMELINESSS PBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCURACY PBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEAN INTERVAL PBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trunk Group TRUNK GROUP SERVICE REPORT (PERCENT TRUNK BLOCKAGE) X
Performance Any 2 hour period in 24 hours where CLEC blockage
(Blockage) exceeds BST blockage by more than 0.5% = a miss
using trunk groups 1, 3, 4, 5, 10, 16 for CLECs and
9 for BST.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRUNK GROUP SERVICE REPORT (PERCENT TRUNK BLOCKAGE) X
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP AVERAGE DISCONNECT TIMELINESS INTERVAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERCENT MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOC MECHANIZED 95% (less than)=4 hours
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% REJECT SERVICE REQUEST Diagnostic
AVERAGE REJECT INTERVAL MECHANIZED 95% (less than)=1 hour
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSOC Diagnostic
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
% FLOW THROUGH 80%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 77
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Appendix D
Analogs and Benchmarks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BST SQM MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RESALE UNES
Category Retail Retail Analogue Benchmark*
Analogue
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer COORDINATED CUSTOMER CONVERSIONS - UNE LOOP 95% (less than) 15min
Coordinated -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conversions COORDINATED CUSTOMER CONVERSIONS - LNP 95% (less than) 15 min
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collocation + % OF DUE DATES MISSED 90% (less than) Commit
Date
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE RESPONSE TIME FL PSC is addressing this in
generic docket
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+A contract AVERAGE ARRANGEMENT TIME FL PSC is addressing this in
with each generic docket
CLEC required.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note 1: PBD = Parity by Design. UD = Under Development - Benchmarks will be
replaced when Analogs are complete.
Note 2: The retail analog for UNE Non-Design and UNE 2w Loops - Design is the
average of Retail Residence Dispatch and Retail Business Dispatch
transactions for the particular month. The retail analog for other UNE
Design is Retail Design Dispatch.
Note 3: Analogs and Benchmarks will be re-evaluated periodically, at least once
a year, to validate applicability.
Attachment 10
Page 78
EXHBIT B
Attachment 10
Page 79
VSEEMIII TIER-1 SUBMETRICS
[ ] FOC Timeliness (Mechanized only)
[ ] Reject Interval (Mechanized only)
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale POTS
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale Design
[ ] Order Completion Interval (No Dispatch only) - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Order Completion Interval (`w' code orders, Dispatch only) - UNE Loops
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - IC Trunks
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loops
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale POTS
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale Design
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - Resale POTS
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - Resale Design
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loops
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - IC Trunks
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Trunk Blockage
[ ] LNP Disconnect Timeliness
[ ] LNP Percent Missed Installation Appointment
[ ] Coordinated Customer Conversions for UNE Loops
[ ] Coordinated Customer Conversions for LNP
[ ] Percent Missed Collocation Due Dates
Attachment 10
Page 80
VSEEMIII TIER-2 SUBMETRICS
[ ] Percent Response Received within "X" seconds - Pre-Order OSS
[ ] OSS Interface Availability
[ ] Order Process Percent Flow-Through (Mechanized only)
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale POTS
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale Design
[ ] Order Completion Interval (No Dispatch only) - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Order Completion Interval (`w' code orders, Dispatch only) - UNE Loops
[ ] Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - IC Trunks
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loops
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale POTS
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale Design
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - Resale POTS
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - Resale Design
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loops
[ ] Maintenance Average Duration - IC Trunks
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loops
[ ] Billing Timeliness
[ ] Billing Accuracy
[ ] Usage Data Delivery Timeliness
[ ] Usage Data Delivery Accuracy
[ ] Percent Trunk Blockage
[ ] LNP Disconnect Timeliness
[ ] LNP Percent Missed Installation Appointment
[ ] Coordinated Customer Conversions for UNE Loops
[ ] Coordinated Customer Conversions for LNP
[ ] Percent Missed Collocation Due Dates
Attachment 10
Page 81
VSEEMIII TIER-3 SUBMETRICS
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale POTS
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale Design
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos
[ ] Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loops
[ ] Billing Timeliness
[ ] Billing Accuracy
[ ] Percent Trunk Blockage
[ ] Percent Missed Collocation Due Dates
Attachment 10
Page 82
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VSEEM III MEASURES AND SUB-METRICS RETAIL ANALOGUE BENCHMARK
Resale (x) and UNEs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-Ordering Percent Response Received within "X" seconds Retail Analogue + 4 sec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OSS Interface Availability x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ordering Percent Flow-Through Service Request (Fully Mechanized only) 90%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Firm Order Confirmation Timeliness (Mechanized only) 95% (less than) 4 hrs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reject Interval (Mechanized only) 95% (less than) 1 hrs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Provisioning Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Completion Interval (No Dispatch only) - UNE Loop & Port Retail Residence and Business
Combos
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design Dispatch `w'
Orders
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus Dispatch
`w' Orders
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Order Completion Interval (Dispatch only) - IC Trunks x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Retail Residence and Business
Combos
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design (1)
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loop and Port Retail Residence and Business
Combos
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Provisioning Troubles within 4 Days - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design (1)
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble Report Rate - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer Trouble Report Rate - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design (1)
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Repair Appointments - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Repair Appointments - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design (1)
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attachment 10
Page 83
NOTES: (1) The retail analog for UNE Non-Design is the average of all retail
residence and retail business transactions for the particular month.
The retail analog for UNE Design is calculated similarly using retail
residence, business and design results.
(2) UD = Under Development
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance
Continued Maintenance Average Duration - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Average Duration - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loop and Port Combos Retail Residence and Business
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Average Duration - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design (1)
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance Average Duration - IC Trunks x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale POTS x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - Resale Design x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loop and Port Retail Residence and Business
Combos
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Repeat Troubles within 30 Days - UNE Loops Design: Retail Design 1
Non-Design: Retail Res, Bus 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Billing Invoice Accuracy x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean Time To Deliver Invoices x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usage Data Delivery Accuracy x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Usage Data Delivery Timeliness x
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trunk Trunk Group Service Report (Percent Trunk Blockage) x
Blockage
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LNP Average Disconnect Timeliness Interval UD (2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Percent Missed Installation Appointments UD (2)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CC Coordinated Customer Conversions - UNE Loop 95% (less than)
-
15min
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Conversions Coordinated Customer Conversions - LNP 95% (less than)
-
15min
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Collocation % of Due Dates Missed (less than) 10%
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES: (1) The retail analog for UNE Non-Design is the average of all retail
residence and retail business transactions for the particular month.
The retail analog for UNE Design is calculated similarly using retail
residence, business and design results.
(2) UD = Under Development
Attachment 10
Page 84
EXHIBIT C
Attachment 10
Page 85
STATISTICAL METHODS FOR BELLSOUTH PERFORMANCE MEASURE ANALYSIS
I. NECESSARY PROPERTIES FOR A TEST METHODOLOGY
The statistical process for testing if competing local exchange carriers (CLECs)
customers are being treat equally with BellSouth (BST) customers involves more
than just a mathematical formula. Three key elements need to be considered
before an appropriate decision process can be developed. These are
o the type of data,
o the type of comparison, and
o the type of performance measure.
Once these elements are determined a test methodology should be developed that
complies with the following properties.
o LIKE-TO-LIKE COMPARISONS. When possible, data should be compared at
appropriate levels, e.g. wire center, time of month, dispatched,
residential, new orders. The testing process should:
- Identify variables that may affect the performance measure.
- Record these important confounding covariates.
- Adjust for the observed covariates in order to remove potential
biases and to make the CLEC and the ILEC units as comparable as
possible.
o AGGREGATE LEVEL TEST STATISTIC. Each performance measure of interest
should be summarized by one overall test statistic giving the decision
maker a rule that determines whether a statistically significant
difference exists. The test statistic should have the following
properties.
- The method should provide a single overall index, on a standard
scale.
- If entries in comparison cells are exactly proportional over a
covariate, the aggregated index should be very nearly the same as
if comparisons on the covariate had not been done.
- The contribution of each comparison cell should depend on the
number of observations in the cell.
- Cancellation between comparison cells should be limited.
- The index should be a continuous function of the observations.
o PRODUCTION MODE PROCESS. The decision system must be developed so that
it does not require intermediate manual intervention, i.e. the process
must be a "black box."
- Calculations are well defined for possible eventualities.
- The decision process is an algorithm that needs no manual
intervention.
- Results should be arrived at in a timely manner.
- The system must recognize that resources are needed for other
performance measure-related processes that also must be run in a
timely manner.
- The system should be auditable, and adjustable over time.
o BALANCING. The testing methodology should balance Type I and Type II
Error probabilities.
- P(Type I Error) = P(Type II Error) for well defined null and
alternative hypotheses.
- The formula for a test's balancing critical value should be
simple enough to calculate using standard mathematical functions,
i.e. one should avoid methods that require computationally
intensive techniques.
Attachment 10
Page 86
- Little to no information beyond the null hypothesis, the
alternative hypothesis, and the number of observations should be
required for calculating the balancing critical value.
In the following sections we describe appropriate testing processes that adhere
as much as possible to the testing principles.
MEASUREMENT TYPES
The performance measures that will undergo testing are of three types:
1) means
2) proportions, and
3) rates
While all three have similar characteristics (a proportion is the average of a
measure that takes on only the values of 0 or 1), a proportion or rate is
derived from count data while a mean is generally an average of interval
measurements.
II. TESTING METHODOLOGY - THE TRUNCATED Z
Many covariates are chosen in order to provide deep comparison levels. In each
comparison cell, a Z statistic is calculated. The form of the Z statistic may
vary depending on the performance measure, but it should be distributed
approximately as a standard normal, with mean zero and variance equal to one.
Assuming that the test statistic is derived so that it is negative when the
performance for the CLEC is worse than for the ILEC, a positive truncation is
done - i.e. if the result is negative it is left alone, if the result is
positive it is changed to zero. A weighted average of the truncated statistics
is calculated where a cell weight depends on the volume of BST and CLEC orders
in the cell. The weighted average is re-centered by the theoretical mean of a
truncated distribution, and this is divided by the standard error of the
weighted average. The standard error is computed assuming a fixed effects model.
Proportion Measures
For performance measures that are calculated as a proportion, in each
adjustment cell, the truncated Z and the moments for the truncated Z can be
calculated in a direct manner. In adjustment cells where proportions are
not close to zero or one, and where the sample sizes are reasonably large,
a normal approximation can be used. In this case, the moments for the
truncated Z come directly from properties of the standard normal
distribution. If the normal approximation is not appropriate, then the Z
statistic is calculated from the hypergeometric distribution. In this case,
the moments of the truncated Z are calculated exactly using the
hypergeometric probabilities.
Rate Measures
The truncated Z methodology for rate measures has the same general
structure for calculating the Z in each cell as proportion measures. For a
rate measure, there are a fixed number of circuits or units for the XXXX,
x0x and a fixed number of units for BST, n1j. Suppose that the performance
measure is a "trouble rate." The modeling assumption is that the occurrence
of a trouble is independent between units and the number of troubles in n
circuits follows a Poisson distribution with mean [OBJECT OMITTED]n where
[OBJECT OMITTED] is the probability of a trouble in 1 circuit and n is the
number of circuits.
In an adjustment cell, if the number of CLEC troubles is greater than 15
and the number of BST troubles is greater than 15, then the Z test is
calculated using the normal approximation to the Poisson. In this case, the
moments of the truncated Z come directly from properties of the standard
normal distribution. Otherwise, if there are very few troubles, the number
of CLEC troubles can be modeled using a binomial distribution with n equal
to the total number of troubles ( CLEC plus BST troubles.) In this case,
the moments for the truncated Z are calculated explicitly using the
binomial distribution.
Attachment 10
Page 87
Mean Measures
For mean measures, an adjusted t statistic is calculated for each
like-to-like cell which has at least 7 BST and 7 CLEC transactions. A
permutation test is used when one or both of the BST and CLEC sample sizes
is less than 6. Both the adjusted t statistic and the permutation
calculation are described in the technical appendix.
Attachment 10
Page 88
APPENDIX
TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION
Attachment 10
Page 89
We start by assuming that any necessary trimming of the data is complete, and
that the data are disaggregated so that comparisons are made within appropriate
classes or adjustment cells that define "like" observations.
NOTATION AND EXACT TESTING DISTRIBUTIONS
Below, we have detailed the basic notation for the construction of the truncated
z statistic. In what follows the word "cell" should be taken to mean a
like-to-like comparison cell that has both one (or more) ILEC observation and
one (or more) CLEC observation.
L = the total number of occupied cells
j = 1,...,L; an index for the cells
n1j = the number of ILEC transactions in cell j
n2j = the number of CLEC transactions in cell j
nj = the total number transactions in cell j; x0xx x0x
X0xx = individual ILEC transactions in cell j; k = 1,..., x0x
X0xx = individual CLEC transactions in cell j; k = 1,..., n2j
Yjk = individual transaction (both ILEC and CLEC) in cell j
[OBJECT OMITTED]
(PHI)-1() = the inverse of the cumulative standard normal distribution
function
For Mean Performance Measures the following additional notation is needed.
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the ILEC sample mean of cell j
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the CLEC sample mean of cell j
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the ILEC sample variance in cell j
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the CLEC sample variance in cell j
yjk = a random sample of size n2j from the set of [OBJECT OMITTED]; k =
1,...,n2j
Mj = the total number of distinct pairs of samples of size n1j and n2j;
[OBJECT OMITTED]
The exact parity test is the permutation test based on the "modified Z"
statistic. For large samples, we can avoid permutation calculations since this
statistic will be normal (or Student's t) to a good approximation. For small
samples, where we cannot avoid permutation calculations, we have found that the
difference between "modified Z" and the textbook "pooled Z" is negligible. We
therefore propose to use the permutation test based on pooled Z for small
samples. This decision speeds up the permutation computations considerably,
because for each permutation we need only compute the sum of the CLEC sample
values, and not the pooled statistic itself.
A permutation probability mass function distribution for cell j, based on the
"pooled Z" can be written as
Attachment 10
Page 90
[OBJECT OMITTED],
and the corresponding cumulative permutation distribution is
[OBJECT OMITTED].
For Proportion Performance Measures the following notation is defined
a1j = the number of ILEC cases possessing an attribute of interest in cell
j
a2j = the number of CLEC cases possessing an attribute of interest in cell
j
aj = the number of cases possessing an attribute of interest in cell j;
a1j+ a2j
The exact distribution for a parity test is the hypergeometric distribution. The
hypergeometric probability mass function distribution for cell j is
[OBJECT OMITTED],
and the cumulative hypergeometric distribution is
[OBJECT OMITTED].
For Rate Measures, the notation needed is defined as
b1j = the number of ILEC base elements in cell j
b2j = the number of CLEC base elements in cell j
bj = the total number of base elements in cell j; x0xx x0x
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the ILEC sample rate of cell j; n1j/b1j
[OBJECT OMITTED] = the CLEC sample rate of cell j; n2j/b2j
qj = the relative proportion of CLEC elements for cell j; b2j/bj
The exact distribution for a parity test is the binomial distribution. The
binomial probability mass function distribution for cell j is
Attachment 10
Page 91
[OBJECT OMITTED],
and the cumulative binomial distribution is
[OBJECT OMITTED].
CALCULATING THE TRUNCATED Z
The general methodology for calculating an aggregate level test statistic is
outlined below.
1. CALCULATE CELL WEIGHTS, Wj. A weight based on the number of transactions is
used so that a cell which has a larger number of transactions has a larger
weight. The actual weight formulae will depend on the type of measure.
Mean Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Proportion Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Rate Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
2. IN EACH CELL, CALCULATE A Z VALUE, Zj. A Z statistic with mean 0 and
variance 1 is needed for each cell.
o If Wj = 0, set Zj = 0.
o Otherwise, the actual Z statistic calculation depends on the type of
performance measure.
Mean Measure
Zj = (PHI)-1((alpha))
where (alpha) is determine by the following algorithm.
If min(n1j, n2j) > 6, then determine (alpha) as
[OBJECT OMITTED],
Attachment 10
Page 92
that is, (alpha) is the probability that a t random variable with n1j - 1
degrees of freedom, is less than
[OBJECT OMITTED],
where
[OBJECT OMITTED]
and the coefficient g is an estimate of the skewness of the parent
population, which we assume is the same in all cells. It can be
estimated from the ILEC values in the largest cells. This needs to be
done only once for each measure. We have found that attempting to
estimate this skewness parameter for each cell separately leads to
excessive variability in the "adjusted" t. We therefore use a single
compromise value in all cells.
Note, that tj is the "modified Z" statistic. The statistic Tj is a
"modified Z" corrected for the skewness of the ILEC data.
If min(n1j, n2j) (less than)= 6, and
a) Mj (less than) = 1,000 (the total number of distinct pairs of samples
of size n1j and n2j is 1,000 or less).
o Calculate the sample sum for all possible samples of size n2j.
o Rank the sample sums from smallest to largest. Ties are dealt by
using average ranks.
o Let R0 be the rank of the observed sample sum with respect all
the sample sums.
[OBJECT OMITTED]
b) Mj > 1,000
o Draw a random sample of 1,000 sample sums from the permutation
distribution.
o Add the observed sample sum to the list. There is a total of 1001
sample sums. Rank the sample sums from smallest to largest. Ties
are dealt by using average ranks.
o Let R0 be the rank of the observed sample sum with respect all
the sample sums.
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Proportion Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Attachment 10
Page 93
Rate Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED].
3. OBTAIN A TRUNCATED Z VALUE FOR EACH CELL, [OBJECT OMITTED]. To limit the
amount of cancellation that takes place between cell results during
aggregation, cells whose results suggest possible favoritism are left
alone. Otherwise the cell statistic is set to zero. This means that
positive equivalent Z values are set to 0, and negative values are left
alone. Mathematically, this is written as
[OBJECT OMITTED].
4. CALCULATE THE THEORETICAL MEAN AND VARIANCE OF THE TRUNCATED STATISTIC
UNDER THE NULL HYPOTHESIS OF PARITY, [OBJECT OMITTED] and [OBJECT OMITTED].
In order to compensate for the truncation in step 3, an aggregated,
weighted sum of the [OBJECT OMITTED] will need to be centered and scaled
properly so that the final aggregate statistic follows a standard normal
distribution.
o If Wj = 0, then no evidence of favoritism is contained in the
cell. The formulae for calculating [OBJECT OMITTED]cannot be
used. Set both equal to 0.
o If min(n1j, n2j) > 6 for a mean measure, [OBJECT OMITTED] for a
proportion measure, or [OBJECT OMITTED] for a rate measure then
[OBJECT OMITTED], and
[OBJECT OMITTED].
o Otherwise, determine the total number of values for [OBJECT
OMITTED]. Let zji and (theta)ji, denote the values of [OBJECT
OMITTED] and the probabilities of observing each value,
respectively.
[OBJECT OMITTED],and
[OBJECT OMITTED].
The actual values of the z's and (theta)'s depends on the type of
measure, and the sums in the equations are over all possible
values of the index i.
Attachment 10
Page 94
Mean Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Proportion Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Rate Measure
[OBJECT OMITTED]
5. CALCULATE THE AGGREGATE TEST STATISTIC, ZT.
[OBJECT OMITTED]
THE BALANCING CRITICAL VALUE
There are four key elements of the statistical testing process:
1. the null hypothesis, H0, that parity exists between ILEC and CLEC
services
2. the alternative hypothesis, Ha, that the ILEC is giving better service
to its own customers
3. the Truncated Z test statistic, ZT, and
4. a critical value, c
The decision rule1 is
o If ZT (less than) c then accept Ha.
o If ZT = (more than) c then accept H0.
There are two types of error possible when using such a decision rule:
---------------
(1) This decision rule assumes that a negative test statistic indicates poor
service for the CLEC customer. If the opposite is true, then reverse the
decision rule.
Attachment 10
Page 95
TYPE I ERROR: Deciding favoritism exists when there is, in fact, no
favoritism.
TYPE II ERROR: Deciding parity exists when there is, in fact,
favoritism.
The probabilities of each type of each are:
TYPE I ERROR: [OBJECT OMITTED].
TYPE II ERROR: [OBJECT OMITTED].
We want a balancing critical value, cB, so that (alpha) = (beta).
It can be shown that.
[OBJECT OMITTED].
where
[OBJECT OMITTED]
[OBJECT OMITTED]
(PHI)() is the cumulative standard normal distribution function, and (phi)() is
the standard normal density function.
This formula assumes that Zj is approximately normally distributed within cell
j. When the cell sample sizes, n1j and n2j, are small this may not be true. It
is possible to determine the cell mean and variance under the null hypothesis
when the cell sample sizes are small. It is much more difficult to determine
these values under the alternative hypothesis. Since the cell weight, Wj will
also be small (see calculate weights section above) for a cell with small
volume, the cell mean and variance will not contribute much to the weighted sum.
Therefore, the above formula provides a reasonable approximation to the
balancing critical value.
The values of mj and sej will depend on the type of performance measure.
Mean Measure
For mean measures, one is concerned with two parameters in each cell, namely,
the mean and variance. A possible lack of parity may be due to a difference in
cell means, and/or a difference in cell variances. One possible set of
hypotheses that capture this notion, and take into account the assumption that
transaction are identically distributed within cells is:
H0: (mu)1j = (mu)2j, (sigma)1j2 = (sigma)2j2
Ha: (mu)2j = (mu)1j + (xxxxx)xx (xxxxx)0x, (xxxxx)0x0 =
(lambda)jo (sigma)1j2(delta)j > 0, (lambda)j => 1 and j =
1,...,L.
Under this form of alternative hypothesis, the cell test statistic Zj has mean
and standard error given by
Attachment 10
Page 96
[OBJECT OMITTED], and
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Proportion Measure
For a proportion measure there is only one parameter of interest in each cell,
the proportion of transaction possessing an attribute of interest. A possible
lack of parity may be due to a difference in cell proportions. A set of
hypotheses that take into account the assumption that transaction are
identically distributed within cells while allowing for an analytically
tractable solution is:
H0: [OBJECT OMITTED]
Ha: [OBJECT OMITTED] (psi)j > 1 and j = 1,...,L.
These hypotheses are based on the "odds ratio." If the transaction attribute of
interest is a missed trouble repair, then an interpretation of the alternative
hypothesis is that a CLEC trouble repair appointment is (psi)j times more likely
to be missed than an ILEC trouble.
Under this form of alternative hypothesis, the within cell asymptotic mean and
variance of a1j are given by2
[OBJECT OMITTED]
where
---------------
(2) Xxxxxxx, X.X. (1951) Mean and Variance of an entry in a Contingency Table.
Biometrica, 38, 468-470.
Attachment 10
Page 97
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Recall that the cell test statistic is given by
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Using the equations above, we see that Zj has mean and standard error given by
[OBJECT OMITTED], and
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Rate Measure
A rate measure also has only one parameter of interest in each cell, the rate at
which a phenomenon is observed relative to a base unit, e.g. the number of
troubles per available line. A possible lack of parity may be due to a
difference in cell rates. A set of hypotheses that take into account the
assumption that transaction are identically distributed within cells is:
H0: r1j = r2j
Ha: r2j = (epsilon)jr1j (epsilon)j > 1 and j = 1,...,L.
Given the total number of ILEC and CLEC transactions in a cell, nj, and the
number of base elements, b1j and b2j, the number of ILEC transaction, n1j, has a
binomial distribution from nj trials and a probability of
Attachment 10
Page 98
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Therefore, the mean and variance of n1j, are given by
[OBJECT OMITTED]
Under the null hypothesis
[OBJECT OMITTED],
but under the alternative hypothesis
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Recall that the cell test statistic is given by
[OBJECT OMITTED].
Using the relationships above, we see that Zj has mean and standard error given
by
[OBJECT OMITTED], and
[OBJECT OMITTED].
DETERMINING THE PARAMETERS OF THE ALTERNATIVE HYPOTHESIS
In this appendix we have indexed the alternative hypothesis of mean measures by
two sets of parameters, (lambda)j and (delta)j. Proportion and rate measures
have been indexed by one set of parameters each, (psi)j and (epsilon)j
respectively. While statistical science can be used to evaluate the impact of
different choices of these parameters, there is not much that an appeal to
statistical principles can offer in directing specific choices. Specific choices
are best left to telephony experts. Still, it is possible to comment on some
aspects of these choices:
o PARAMETER CHOICES FOR (LAMBDA)J. The set of parameters (lambda)j index
alternatives to the null hypothesis that arise because there might be
greater unpredictability or variability in the delivery of service to
a CLEC customer over that which would be achieved for an otherwise
comparable ILEC customer. While concerns about differences in the
variability of service are important, it turns out that the truncated
Z testing which is being recommended here is relatively insensitive to
all but very large values of the (lambda)j. Put another way,
reasonable differences in the values chosen here could make very
little difference in the balancing points chosen.
Attachment 10
Page 99
o PARAMETER CHOICES FOR (DELTA)J. The set of parameters (delta)j are
much more important in the choice of the balancing point than was true
for the (lambda)j. The reason for this is that they directly index
differences in average service. The truncated Z test is very sensitive
to any such differences; hence, even small disagreements among experts
in the choice of the (delta)j could be very important. Sample size
matters here too. For example, setting all the (delta)j to a single
value - (delta)j = (delta) - might be fine for tests across individual
CLECs where currently in Louisiana the CLEC customer bases are not too
different. Using the same value of (delta) for the overall state
testing does not seem sensible, however, since the state sample would
be so much larger.
o PARAMETER CHOICES FOR (PSI)J OR (EPSILON)J. The set of parameters
(psi)j or (epsilon)j are also important in the choice of the balancing
point for tests of their respective measures. The reason for this is
that they directly index increases in the proportion or rate of
service performance. The truncated Z test is sensitive to such
increases; but not as sensitive as the case of (delta)j for mean
measures. Sample size matters here as well. As with mean measures,
using the same value of (psi) or (epsilon) for the overall state
testing does not seem sensible since the state sample would be so much
larger.
The bottom line here is that beyond a few general considerations, like those
given above, a principled approach to the choice of the alternative hypotheses
to guard against, must come from elsewhere.
DECISION PROCESS
Once ZT has been calculated, it is compared to the balancing critical value to
determine if the ILEC is favoring its own customers over a CLEC's customers.
This critical value changes as the ILEC and CLEC transaction volume change. One
way to make this transparent to the decision maker, is to report the difference
between the test statistic and the critical value, diff = ZT - cB. If favoritism
is concluded when ZT (less than) cB, then the diff (less than) 0 indicates
favoritism.
This make it very easy to determine favoritism: a positive diff suggests no
favoritism, and a negative diff suggests favoritism.
Attachment 10
Page 100
EXHIBIT D
Attachment 10
Page 101
BST VSEEM REMEDY PROCEDURE
TIER-1 CALCULATION FOR RETAIL ANALOGUES:
1. Calculate the overall test statistic for each CLEC; zTCLEC1 (See Exhibit C)
2. Calculate the balancing critical value( cB CLEC1 ) that is associated with
the alternative hypothesis (for fixed parameters (delta), (psi) or
(epsilon)). (See Exhibit C)
3. If the overall test statistic is equal to or above the balancing critical
value, stop here. Otherwise, go to step 4.
4. Calculate the Parity Gap by subtracting the value of step 2. from that of
step 1.; zTCLEC1 - cB CLEC1
5. Calculate the Volume Proportion using a linear distribution with slope of
1/4. This can be accomplished by taking the absolute value of the Parity
Gap from step 4. divided by 4; ABS((zTCLEC1 - cB CLEC1 ) / 4). All parity
gaps equal or greater to 4 will result in a volume proportion of 100%.
6. Calculate the Affected Volume by multiplying the Volume Proportion from
step 5. by the Total CLEC1 Volume in the negatively affected cell; where
the cell value is negative. (See Exhibit C)
7. Calculate the payment to ITC/\DeltaCom by multiplying the result of step 6.
by the appropriate dollar amount from the fee schedule.
So, ITC/\DeltaCom payment = Affected VolumeCLEC1 * $$ from Fee
Schedule
EXAMPLE: ITC/\DELTACOM MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS (MIA) FOR RESALE POTS
n I n C MIAI MIAC zTCLEC1 CB PARITY GAP Volume Affected
Proportion Volume
State 50000 600 9% 16% -1.92 -0.21 1.71 0.4275
Cell zCLEC1
------------
1 150 0.091 0.112 -1.994 64
2 75 0.176 0.098 0.734
3 10 0.128 0.333 -2.619 4
4 50 0.158 0.242 -2.878 21
5 15 0.245 0.075 1.345
6 200 0.156 0.130 0.021
7 30 0.166 0.233 -0.600 13
8 20 0.106 0.127 -0.065 9
9 40 0.193 0.218 -0.918 17
10 10 0.160 0.235 -0.660 4
--------------
133
where nI = ILEC observations and nC = ITC/\DeltaCom observations
Attachment 10
Page 102
Payout for ITC/\DeltaCom is (133 units) * ($100/unit) = $13,300 TIER-2
CALCULATION FOR RETAIL ANALOGUES:
1. Tier-2 is triggered by three monthly failures of any VSEEM submetric in the
same quarter.
2. Calculate the overall test statistic for the CLEC Aggregate using all
transactions from the calendar quarter; zTCLECA
3. Calculate the balancing critical value( cB CLEC1 ) that is associated with
the alternative hypothesis (for fixed parameters (delta), (psi) or
(epsilon)). (See Exhibit C)
4. If the overall test statistic is equal to or above the balancing critical
value for the calendar quarter, stop here. Otherwise, go to step 5.
5. Calculate the Parity Gap by subtracting the value of step 3. from that of
step 2.; zTCLECA - cB CLECA
6. Calculate the Volume Proportion using a linear distribution with slope of
1/4. This can be accomplished by dividing the Parity Gap from step 5. by 4;
ABS((zTCLECA - cB CLECA ) / 4). All parity gaps equal or greater to 4 will
result in a volume proportion of 100%.
7. Calculate the Affected Volume by multiplying the Volume Proportion from
step 6. by the Total CLECA Volume (CLEC Aggregate) in the negatively
affected cell; where the cell value is negative (See Exhibit C).
8. Calculate the payment to State Designated Agency by multiplying the result
of step 7. by the appropriate dollar amount from the fee schedule.
So, State Designated Agency payment = Affected VolumeCLECA * $$ from Fee
Schedule
EXAMPLE: CLEC-A MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS (MIA) FOR RESALE POTS
n I n C MIAI MIAC zTCLECA CB PARITY GAP Volume Affected
State Proportion Volume
Quarter1 180000 2100 9% 16% -1.92 -0.21 1.71 0.4275
Cell zCLECA
------------
1 500 0.091 0.112 -1.994 214
2 300 0.176 0.098 0.734
3 80 0.128 0.333 -2.619 34
4 205 0.158 0.242 -2.878 88
5 45 0.245 0.075 1.345
6 605 0.156 0.130 0.021
7 80 0.166 0.233 -0.600 34
8 40 0.106 0.127 -0.065 17
Attachment 10
Page 103
9 165 0.193 0.218 -0.918 71
10 80 0.160 0.235 -0.660 34
--------------
492
where nI = ILEC observations and nC = CLEC-A observations
Payout for CLEC-A is (492 units) * ($300/unit) = $147,600 --------
XXXX-0
Xxxx-0 uses the monthly CLEC Aggregate results in a given State. Tier-3 is
triggered when five of the twelve Tier-3 sub-metrics experience consecutive
failures in a given calendar quarter. The table below displays a situation that
would trigger a Tier-3 failure, and one that would not.
[TABLE OMITTED]
Tier-3 is effective immediately after quarter results, and can only be lifted
when two of the five failed sub-metrics show compliance for two consecutive
months in the following quarter.
All tiers standalone, such that triggering Tier-3 will not cease payout of any
Tier-1 or Tier-2 failures.
Attachment 10
Page 104
TIER-1 CALCULATION FOR BENCHMARKS:
1. For each CLEC, with five or more observations, calculate monthly
performance results for the State.
2. CLECs having observations (sample sizes) between 5 and 30 will use Table I
below:
TABLE I SMALL SAMPLE SIZE TABLE
-----------------------------------------------------------
(95% CONFIDENCE)
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
SAMPLE SIZE EQUIVALENT EQUIVALENT SAMPLE SIZE EQUIVALENT EQUIVALENT
90% BENCHMARK 95% BENCHMARK 90% BENCHMARK 95% BENCHMARK
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
5 60.00% 80.00% 16 75.00% 87.50%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
6 66.67% 83.33% 17 76.47% 82.35%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
7 71.43% 85.71% 18 77.78% 83.33%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
8 75.00% 75.00% 19 78.95% 84.21%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
9 66.67% 77.78% 20 80.00% 85.00%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
10 70.00% 80.00% 21 76.19% 85.71%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
11 72.73% 81.82% 22 77.27% 86.36%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
12 75.00% 83.33% 23 78.26% 86.96%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
13 76.92% 84.62% 24 79.17% 87.50%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
14 78.57% 85.71% 25 80.00% 88.00%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
15 73.33% 86.67% 26 80.77% 88.46%
-------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------
27 81.48% 88.89%
------------------------------------------
28 78.57% 89.29%
------------------------------------------
29 79.31% 86.21%
------------------------------------------
30 80.00% 86.67%
------------------------------------------
3. If the percentage (or equivalent percentage for small samples) is equal to
or below the benchmark standard, stop here. Otherwise, go to step 4.
4. Determine the Volume Proportion by taking the difference between the
benchmark and the actual performance result.
5. Calculate the Affected Volume by multiplying the Volume Proportion from
step 4. by the Total CLEC1 Volume.
6. Calculate the payment to ITC/\DeltaCom by multiplying the result of step 5.
by the appropriate dollar amount from the fee schedule.
So, ITC/\DeltaCom payment = Affected VolumeCLEC1 * $$ from Fee
Schedule
Attachment 10
Page 105
EXAMPLE: ITC/\DELTACOM MISSED INSTALLATION APPOINTMENTS (MIA) FOR UNE LOOPS
n C Benchmark MIAC Volume Affected
Proportion Volume
State 600 9% 12% .03 18
Payout for ITC/\DeltaCom is (18 units) * ($400/unit) = $7,200 ------
TIER-1 CALCULATION FOR BENCHMARKS (IN THE FORM OF A TARGET):
1. For each, with five or more observations, CLEC calculate monthly
performance results for the State.
2. CLECs having observations (sample sizes) between 5 and 30 will use Table I
above.
3. Calculate the interval distribution based on the same data set used in step
1.
4. If the `percent within' is equal to or exceeds the benchmark standard, stop
here. Otherwise, go to step 5.
5. Determine the Volume Proportion by taking the difference between 100% and
the actual performance result.
6. Calculate the Affected Volume by multiplying the Volume Proportion from
step 5. by the Total CLEC1 Volume.
7. Calculate the payment to ITC/\DeltaCom by multiplying the result of step 6.
by the appropriate dollar amount from the fee schedule.
So, ITC/\DeltaCom payment = Affected VolumeCLEC1 * $$ from Fee
Schedule
EXAMPLE: ITC/\DELTACOM REJECT TIMELINESS
n C Benchmark Reject TimelinessC Volume Affected
Proportion Volume
State 600 95% within 1 hour 93% within 1 hour .07 42
Payout for ITC/\DeltaCom is (42 units) * ($100/unit) = $4,200 ------
TIER-2 CALCULATIONS FOR BENCHMARKS:
Tier-2 calculations for benchmark measures are the same as the Tier-1 benchmark
calculations except the CLEC Aggregate data having failed for three months in a
given calendar quarter is being assessed.
Attachment 10
Page 106
EXHIBIT E
Attachment 10
Page 107
TABLE-1
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TABLE FOR TIER-1 MEASURES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PER AFFECTED ITEM
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Month 1 Month 2 Month3 Month4 Month 5 Month 6
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Ordering $40 $50 $60 $70 $80 $90
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Provisioning $100 $125 $175 $250 $325 $500
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Provisioning UNE $400 $450 $500 $550 $650 $800
(Coordinated Customer Conversions)
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Maintenance and Repair $100 $125 $175 $250 $325 $500
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Maintenance and Repair UNE $400 $450 $500 $550 $650 $800
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
LNP $150 $250 $500 $600 $700 $800
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
IC Trunks $100 $125 $175 $250 $325 $500
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
Collocation $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000 $5,000
------------------------------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
TABLE-2
VOLUNTARY PAYMENTS FOR TIER-2 MEASURES
----------------------------------------------------------------
PER AFFECTED
ITEM
----------------------------------------------------------------
OSS $20
Pre-Ordering
----------------------------------------------------------------
Ordering $60
----------------------------------------------------------------
Provisioning $300
----------------------------------------------------------------
UNE Provisioning $875
(Coordinated Customer Conversions)
----------------------------------------------------------------
Maintenance and Repair $300
----------------------------------------------------------------
UNE Maintenance and Repair $875
----------------------------------------------------------------
Billing $1.00
----------------------------------------------------------------
LNP $500
----------------------------------------------------------------
IC Trunks $500
----------------------------------------------------------------
Collocation $15,000
----------------------------------------------------------------
ATTACHMENT 11
PRICING
Attachment 11
NC
Page 1
NORTH CAROLINA
PRICING
1. GENERAL PRINCIPLES
All services currently provided hereunder (including resold Local
Services, Network Elements and Ancillary Functions) and all new and
additional services to be provided hereunder shall be priced in
accordance with all applicable provisions of the Act and the rules and
orders of the Federal Communications Commission and the North Carolina
Utilities Commission.
2. LOCAL SERVICE RESALE
The rates that ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay to BellSouth for resold Local
Services shall be BellSouth's Retail Rates less the applicable
discount. The following discount will apply to all Telecommunications
Services available for resale in North Carolina.
Residential Service 21.50%
Business Service: 17.60%
3. UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS
The prices that ITC/\DeltaCom shall pay to BellSouth for Unbundled
Network Elements are set forth in Table 1.
4. COMPENSATION FOR LOCAL INTERCONNECTION (CALL TRANSPORT AND TERMINATION)
The prices that ITC/\DeltaCom and BellSouth shall pay each other for
the termination of local calls are set forth in Table 1.
5. ANCILLARY FUNCTIONS
5.1 Collocation - The rates, terms and conditions for Physical Collocation
are as set forth in Attachment 4 of this Agreement. Rates, terms, and
conditions for Virtual Collocation are as set forth in Section 20 of
BellSouth Telecommunications, Inc.'s Interstate Access Tariff, FCC
No. 1.
5.2 Poles, Ducts and Conduits - BellSouth shall provide access to poles,
conduits and ducts at rates that are consistent with 47 U.S.C. Section
224(d). ITC/\DeltaCom may file a complaint with the appropriate
regulatory authority if it believes the rates provided by BellSouth are
not consistent with 47 U.S.C. Section 224(d).
5/15/98
6. LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY
The prices for interim number portability are set forth in Table 1.
7. RECORDED USAGE DATA
The prices for recorded usage data are set forth in Table 1.
8. ELECTRONIC INTERFACES
All costs incurred by BellSouth to include implement operational
interfaces shall be recovered from the industry. If there is
disagreement between the Parties regarding cost recovery issues, an
affected party may petition the North Carolina Utilities Commission to
initiate a separate hearing to address the matter.
5/15/98
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NIDs
NID (all types), per month UNDAX $0.52
Installation of 2-Wire/4Wire CLEC NID UNDAX
NRC - 1st UNDAX NA
NRC - Add'l UNDAX NA
NID to NID Cross Connect, 2-Wire or 4-Wire, NRC UNDC2 NA
NID per 2-Wire Analog VG Loop, Per Month UNDAX $1.01
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 4-Wire Analog VG Loop, Per Month UNDAX $1.14
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 2-Wire ISDN Digital VG Loop, Per Month UNDAX $1.01
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 2-Wire Asymmetrical Dig Subscriber Line (ADSL) Loop, Per Mo. UNDAX $1.01
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 2-Wire High Bit Rate Dig Subscriber Line (HDSL) Loop UNDAX $1.01
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 4-Wire High Bit Rate Dig Subscriber Line (HDSL) Loop UNDAX $1.14
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 4-Wire 56 Kbps Dig Grade Loop UNDAX $1.14
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.34
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NID per 4-Wire 64 Kbps Dig Grade Loop UNDAX $1.14
NRC - 1st UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Add'l UNDAX $1.42
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Ord - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Ord - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Svc Ord - Disconnect XXXXX XX
Nonrecurring Charge - customer transfer, feature additions, changes (1) NA
LOOP, EXCLUDING NID
2-Wire Analog VG Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX
2-Wire Analog VG Loop (Customized), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX
4-Wire Analog VG Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX
2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
Xxxx 0 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Add'l NA
2-Wire ADSL Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX
2-Wire HDSL Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX
4-Wire HDSL Loop (Standard), per month XXX XX
XXX - 0xx XX
XXX - Add'l NA
LOOP, INCLUDING NID
2-Wire Analog VG Loop-SL1, per month UEAL2 $15.88
NRC - 1st UEAL2 $57.99
NRC - Add'l UEAL2 $42.37
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEAL2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEAL2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Loop Make-Up UEANM TBD
2-Wire Analog VG Loop-SL2, per month UEAL2 $19.50
NRC - 1st UEAL2 $142.97
NRC - Add'l UEAL2 $106.56
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEAL2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEAL2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
4-Wire Analog VG Loop, per month UEAL4 $27.49
NRC - 1st UEAL4 $288.47
NRC - Add'l UEAL4 $237.45
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEAL4 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEAL4 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop, per month U1L2X $24.98
NRC - 1st U1L2X $325.91
NRC - Add'l U1L2X $251.31
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1L2X NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1L2X NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
2-Wire Asymmetrical Dig Subscriber Line (ADSL) Compatible Loop, per month UAL2X $14.60
NRC - 1st UAL2X $504.90
NRC - Add'l UAL2X $456.17
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UAL2X NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
2-Wire High Bit Rate Dig Subscriber Line (HDSL) Compatible Loop, per month XXX0X x00.00
XXX - 0xx XXX0X $504.90
NRC - Add'l UHL2X $456.17
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UHL2X NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UHL2X NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
4-Wire High Bit Rate Dig Subscriber Line (HDSL) Compatible Loop, per month XXX0X x00.00
XXX - 0xx XXX0X $531.35
Page 2 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Add'l UHL4X $482.62
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UHL4X NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UHL4X NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
4-Wire HDSL Loop (Standard), per month UHL4X NA
NRC - 1st UHL4X NA
NRC - Add'l UHL4X NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL NA
4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop, per month USLXX $62.78
NRC - 1st USLXX $714.84
NRC - Add'l USLXX $421.47
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st USLXX NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l USLXX NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $42.19
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $48.31
4-Wire 56 Kbps Dig Grade Loop, per month UDL56 $32.67
NRC - 1st UDL56 $489.04
NRC - Add'l UDL56 $337.51
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UDL56 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UDL56 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
4-Wire 64 Kbps Dig Grade Loop, per month UDL64 $32.67
NRC - 1st UDL64 $489.04
NRC - Add'l UDL64 $337.51
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UDL64 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UDL64 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL $45.34
Unbundled Loops via IDLC To be negotiated
SUB-LOOPS
Sub-Loop 2-Wire Analog
Loop Feeder per 2-Wire Analog VG Loop, per month XX XX
XXX - 0xx XX XX
XXX - Add'l NA NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st NA NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l NA NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st NA NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l NA NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect NA NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL NA
Loop Distribution per 2-Wire Analog VG Loop (Including NID), per month XXXX0 XX
XXX - 0xx XXXX0 NA
NRC - Add'l USBN2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st USBN2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l USBN2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Order Coordination - Time Specific (per order) OCOSL NA
Loop Distribution per 2-Wire Analog VG Loop (Excluding NID), per month XX XX
XXX - 0xx XX XX
XXX - Xxx'x XX XX
Loop Distribution per 4-Wire Analog VG Loop (Incl NID), per month XXXX0 XXX
XXX - 0xx XXXX0 TBN
NRC - Add'l USBN4 TBN
Unbundled Network Terminating Wire
Page 3 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNTW Pair, per pair, per month UENPP NA
Site Visit Survey, per MDU/MTU Complex, NRC UENVS NA
Site Visit Set-Up - Terminal Preparation, per terminal
NRC - 1st terminal UENSS TBN
NRC - Add'l terminal UENSS TBN
Access Terminal Provisioning & 1st 25 pair panel, per terminal, NRC UEN1T TBN
Existing Access Terminal Provisioning, 2nd 25 pair panel, per terminal, NRC UEN2T TBN
UNTW Pair Provisioning, per pair, NRC UENPP TBN
Service Visit for Provisioning, per request, per premises, NRC UENSV TBN
Manual Service Order, NRC MOCLA TBN
Sub-Loop Concentration - Channelization Sys (Outside CO)
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX BFR
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX BFR
TR008 - System A (96 channel capacity - channels 1-96), per month UCT8A NA
NRC - 1st UCT8A NA
NRC - Add'l UCT8A NA
TR008 - System B (96 channel capacity - channels 97-192), per month UCT8B XX
XXX - 0xx XXX0X XX
XXX - Xxx'x XXX0X NA
TR303 - System A (96 channel capacity - channels 1-96), per month UCT3A NA
NRC - 1st UCT3A NA
NRC - Add'l UCT3A NA
TR303 - System B (96 channel capacity - channels 97-192), per month UCT3B XX
XXX - 0xx XXX0X XX
XXX - Xxx'x XXX0X NA
DS1 Feeder Interface, per month UCTFS NA
NRC 1st UCTFS NA
NRC Add'l UCTFS NA
Channel Interface - 2 Wire Voice - Loop Start , per month XXX XX
XXX 0xx XXX XX
XXX Add'l TBD NA
Channel Interface - 2 Wire ISDN, per month ULCC1 NA
NRC 1st ULCC1 NA
NRC Add'l ULCC1 NA
Channel Interface - 2 Wire Voice - Ground Start or Reverse Battery, per month XXX XX
. XXX 0xx XXX XX
XXX Add'l TBD NA
Channel Interface - 4 Wire Voice, per month ULCC4 NA
NRC 1st ULCC4 NA
NRC Add'l ULCC4 NA
Test Circuit, per month XXXXX XX
XXX 0xx XXXXX XX
XXX Add'l UCTTC NA
Channel Interface - Digital 56Kbps, per month ULCC5 NA
NRC 1st ULCC5 NA
NRC Add'l ULCC5 NA
Channel Interface - Digital 64Kbps, per month ULCC6 NA
NRC 1st ULCC6 NA
NRC Add'l ULCC6 NA
Loop Concentration System (Inside C.O.)
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX TBD
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX TBD
TR008 -System A (96 channel capacity - channels 1-96), per month UCT8A $375.96
NRC - 1st UCT8A $1,113.00
NRC - Add'l UCT8A NA
TR008 -System B (96 channel capacity - channels 97-192), per month XXX0X x00.00
XXX - 0xx XXX0X $463.74
NRC - Add'l UCT8B NA
TR303 - System A (96 channel capacity - channels 1-96), per month UCT3A $422.68
NRC - 1st UCT3A $1,113.00
NRC - Add'l UCT3A NA
TR303 - System B (96 channel capacity - channels 97-192), per month UCT3B $111.17
NRC - 1st UCT3B $463.74
NRC - Add'l UCT3B NA
DS1 Interface, per month UCTCO $6.27
NRC 1st UCTCO $367.04
NRC Add'l UCTCO $131.79
Page 4 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Channel Interface - 2 Wire Voice - Loop Start , per month TBD $0.89
NRC 1st TBD $35.73
NRC Add'l TBD $35.49
Channel Interface - 2 Wire ISDN, per month ULCC1 $9.95
NRC 1st ULCC1 $35.71
NRC Add'l ULCC1 $35.51
Channel Interface - 2 Wire Voice - Ground Start or Reverse Battery, per month TBD $14.80
NRC 1st TBD $35.71
NRC Add'l TBD $35.51
Channel Interface - 4 Wire Voice, per month ULCC4 $8.82
NRC 1st ULCC4 $35.71
NRC Add'l ULCC4 $35.51
Test Circuit, per month UCTTC $43.13
NRC 1st UCTTC $35.71
NRC Add'l UCTTC $35.51
Channel Interface - Digital 56Kbps, per month ULCC5 TBD
NRC 1st ULCC5 TBD
NRC Add'l ULCC5 TBD
Channel Interface - Digital 64Kbps, per month ULCC6 TBD
NRC 1st ULCC6 TBD
NRC Add'l ULCC6 TBD
LOCAL EXCHANGE SWITCHING (PORTS)
2-Wire Analog Line Port (Res., Bus.), per month (++) Bus = TNPBL Res = XXXXX x0.00
XXX - 0xx (Xxxxxxxxx) UEPRL $21.60
NRC - Add'l (Residence) UEPRL $21.60
NRC - 1st (Business) UEPBL $21.60
NRC - Add'l (Business) UEPBL $21.60
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEPBL NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEPBL NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l XXXXX XX
4-Wire Analog VG Port, per month XXX0X x0.00
XXX - 0xx XXX0X $21.69
NRC - Add'l UEP4A $21.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEP4A NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEP4A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.85
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.67
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
2-Wire DID Port, per month UEPP2 $12.36
NRC - 1st UEPP2 $81.84
NRC - Add'l UEPP2 $81.84
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEPP2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEPP2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
4-Wire DS1 Port w/DID capability, per month UEPDD $123.65
NRC - 1st UEPDD $116.59
NRC - Add'l UEPDD $69.92
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st UEPDD NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l UEPDD NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
2-Wire ISDN digital line side Port, per month U1PMA $24.50
NRC - 1st U1PMA $62.29
NRC - Add'l U1PMA $62.29
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1PMA NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1PMA NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $55.30
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $55.30
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l XXXXX XX
Page 5 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4-Wire ISDN DS1 Port, per month $179.75
NRC - 1st $241.63
NRC - Add'l $241.63
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st $53.89
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l $53.89
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l NA
2-Wire Analog Line Port (PBX), per month $2.18
NRC - 1st $21.60
NRC - Add'l $21.60
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l NA
4-Wire Coin Port, per month $2.59
NRC - 1st $21.60
NRC - Add'l $21.60
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l NA
VERTICAL FEATURES
Three-Way Calling, per month $0.89
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Customer Changeable Speed Calling, per month $0.17
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Waiting $0.09
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Remote Activation of Call Fordwarding, per month $0.85
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Cancel Call Waiting, per month $0.01
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Automatic Callback, per month $0.66
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Automatic Recall, per month $0.29
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Calling Number Delivery, per month $0.33
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Calling Number Delivery Blocking, per month $0.02
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Customer Originated Trace, per month $0.14
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Selective Call Rejection, per month $0.13
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Page 6 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selective Call Forwarding, per month $0.28
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Selective Call Acceptance, per month $0.33
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Multiline Xxxx Service (Rotary)
Service per line, (in addition to port) , per month $0.14
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Forwarding Variable, per month $0.10
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Forwarding Busy Line, per month $0.08
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Forwarding Don't Answer All Calls, per month $0.09
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Remote Call Forwarding, per month $0.95
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Transfer, per month $0.14
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Hold, per month $0.15
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Toll Restricted Service, per month $0.10
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Message Waiting Indicator - Stutter Dial Tone, per month $0.03
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Anonymous Call Rejection, per month $1.29
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Shared Call Appearances of a DN, per month $0.29
NRC $1.47
NRC - Disconnect NA
Multiple Call Appearances, per month $0.07
NRC $1.47
NRC - Disconnect NA
ISDN Bridged Call Exclusion, per month $0.00
NRC $1.47
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call by Call Access, per month $19.83
NRC $33.33
NRC - Disconnect NA
Privacy Release, per month $0.00
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Multi Appearance Directory Number Calls, per month $0.13
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Make Set Busy, per month $0.00
NRC $1.51
Page 7 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Disconnect NA
Teen Service (Res. Dist. Alerting Service), per month $0.26
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Code Restriction and Diversion, per month $0.09
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Call Park, per month $0.09
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Automatic Line, per month $0.14
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
ISDN Message Waiting Indication-Lamp, per month $0.01
NRC $1.47
NRC - Disconnect NA
ISDN Feature Function Buttons NA
NRC $1.51
NRC - Disconnect NA
Subsequent Ordering Charge - (per order, per line)
NRC - Electronic - 1st $5.42
NRC - Electronic - Add'l $0.95
NRC - Manual - 1st $1.89
NRC - Manual - Add'l $0.00
NRC - Disconnect NA
End Office Switching (Port Usage)
End Office Switching Function, per mou N/A $0.00
End Office Switching Function, add'l mou (6) N/A NA
End Office Interoffice Trunk Port--Shared, per mou N/A NA
Tandem Switching (Port Usage) (Local or Access Tandem)
Tandem Switching Function per mou N/A $0.00
Tandem Interoffice Trunk Port - Shared per mou N/A NA
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT
Common (Shared) Transport
Common (Shared) Transport per mile per mou N/A $0.00
Common (Shared) Transport Facilities Termination per mou N/A $0.00
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - VG
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG - per mile 1L5XX $0.03
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG - facilities termination per month U1TV2 $18.00
NRC - 1st U1TV2 $137.48
NRC - Add'l U1TV2 $52.58
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1TV2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1TV2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - 56/64 KBPS
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - per mile per month 1L5XX $0.03
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - facilities termination per month U1TD6 $17.40
NRC - 1st U1TD6 $137.48
NRC - Add'l U1TD6 $52.58
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1TD6 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1TD6 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
Page 8 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - per mile per month 1L5XX $0.58
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - facilities termination per month U1TF1 $71.29
NRC - 1st U1TF1 $217.17
NRC - Add'l U1TF1 $163.75
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1TF1 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1TF1 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - per mile per month 1L5XX $12.98
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - facilities termination per month U1TF3 $720.39
NRC - 1st U1TF3 $794.94
NRC - Add'l U1TF3 $579.55
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st U1TF3 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l U1TF3 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $91.26
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $91.26
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated
Local Channel - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG ULDV2 $14.82
NRC - 1st ULDV2 $553.80
NRC - Add'l ULDV2 $89.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st ULDV2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l ULDV2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $42.17
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - 4-Wire VG ULDD6 $15.87
NRC - 1st ULDD6 $562.23
NRC - Add'l ULDD6 $92.67
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st ULDD6 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l ULDD6 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $42.17
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS1 TMECS $35.68
NRC - 1st TMECS $534.48
NRC - Add'l TMECS $462.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st TMECS NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l TMECS NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $86.15
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $1.77
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS3 ULDF3 $498.87
NRC - 1st ULDF3 $562.25
NRC - Add'l ULDF3 $527.88
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st ULDF3 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l ULDF3 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $56.25
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $56.25
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
CHANNELIZATION
DS3 Channelization (DS3 to DS1)
per Channelized System per month MQ3 $226.81
NRC - 1st MQ3 $351.95
Page 9 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Add'l MQ3 $243.76
NRC -1sr - Disconnect MQ3 $77.90
NRC -Add'l - Disconnect MQ3 $63.32
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order -1st SOMAC $28.13
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order - Add'l SOMAC $13.33
NRC - Channel System - Incremenatl Cost - Manual Svc. Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC $18.26
NRC - Channel System - Incremenatl Cost - Manual Svc. Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC $1.48
per Interface per month 1PQE1 $4.61
NRC - 1st 1PQE1 $15.76
NRC - Add'l 1PQE1 $11.28
DS1 Channelization (DS1 to DS0)
per Channelized System per month MQ1 $177.72
NRC - 1st MQ1 $267.19
NRC - Add'l MQ1 $161.43
NRC -1sr - Disconnect MQ1 $34.55
NRC -Add'l - Disconnect MQ1 $21.14
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order -1st SOMAC $28.13
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order -Add'l SOMAC $13.33
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order - Disconnect -1st SOMAC $18.26
NRC - Channel System - Incremental Cost - Manual Svc. Order - Disconnect -Add'l SOMAC $1.48
DS1 Channization Interfaces
per OCU-DP(data) card per month(2.4-64kbps) 1D1DD $2.88
NRC - 1st 1D1DD $15.76
NRC - Add'l 1D1DD $11.28
per VG card per month 1D1VG $1.64
NRC - 1st 1D1VG $15.76
NRC - Add'l 1D1VG $11.28
800 ACCESS TEN DIGIT SCREENING SERVICE (7)
800 Access Ten Digit Screening (all types), per call (8) N/A $0.00
800 Access Ten Digit Screening Svc. W/800 No. Delivery
per query N/A $0.00
for 800 Numbers, with Optional Complex Features, per query N/A $0.00
800 Access Ten Digit Screening Svc. W/POTS No. Delivery
per query N/A $0.00
with Optional Complex Features, per query N/A $0.00
800 Access Ten Digit Screening Svc. W/800 No. Delivery
per message N/A NA
for 800 Numbers, w/Optional Complex Features, per message N/A NA
800 Access Ten Digit Screening Svc. W/POTS No. Delivery
per message N/A NA
with Optional Complex Features, per message N/A NA
Reservation Charge per 800 number reserved
NRC - 1st N8R1X $7.05
NRC - Addl'l N8R1X $0.96
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
Per 800 # Established w/o POTS (w/800 No.) Translations
NRC - 1st N/A $23.82
NRC - Addl'l N/A $2.73
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st N/A NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l N/A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $41.35
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
Per 800 # Established with POTS Translations
NRC - 1st N8FTX $23.82
NRC - Addl'l N8FTX $2.73
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st N8FTX NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l N8FTX NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $41.35
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
Customized Area of Service per 800 Number
NRC - 1st N8FCX $5.63
NRC - Addl'l N8FCX $2.82
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
Page 10 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Multiple Inter LATA Carrier Routing per Carrier Requested per 800 #
NRC - 1st N8FMX $6.59
NRC - Addl'l N8FMX $3.77
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
Change Charge per request
NRC - 1st N8FAX $8.01
NRC - Addl'l N8FAX $0.96
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $26.94
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
Call Handling and Destination Features
NRC - 1st N8FDX $5.63
NRC - Add'l N8FDX NA
LINE INFORMATION DATABASE ACCESS (LIDB)
LIDB Common Transport per query OQT $0.00
LIDB Validation per query OQU $0.00
LIDB Originating Point Code Establishment or Change - NRC N/A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Electronic Service Order TBD $62.26
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $89.20
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX XX
CCS7 SIGNALING TRANSPORT SERVICE
CCS7 Signaling Connection, per link (A link) per month $155.00
NRC $510.00
NRC - Disconnect NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
CCS7 Signaling Connection, per link (B link) (also known as D link) per month $155.00
NRC $510.00
NRC - Disconnect NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect XXXXX XX
CCS7 Signaling Termination, per STP port per month $132.88
CCS7 Signaling Usage, per ISUP message $0.00
(applicable when measurement and billing capability exists.)
CCS7 Signaling Usage, per TCAP message $0.00
(applicable when measurement and billing capability exists.)
CCS7 Signaling Usage Surrogate, per link per LATA per mo (9) $338.98
CCS7 Signaling Point Code, Establishment or Change, per STP affected
NRC $62.00
OPERATOR CALL PROCESSING
Operator Provided Call Handling per min - Using BST LIDB N/A $1.20
Call Completion Access Termination Charge per call attempt N/A NA
Operator Provided Call Handling per min - Using Foreign LIDB N/A $1.24
Call Completion Access Termination Charge per call attempt N/A NA
Operator Provided Call Handling, per call N/A NA
Fully Automated Call Handling per call - Using BST LIDB N/A $0.11
Fully Automated Call Handling per call - Using Foreign LIDB N/A $0.12
Professional recording of name (OCP alone) USOD1 $7,000.00
Professional recording of name (DA and OCP alone) USOD1 $7,000.00
DRAM or front-end loading, per TOPS switch USOD2 $250.00
AABS or back-end loading, per IVS USOD2 $225.00
EBAS or 0- automation loading, per NAV shelf USOD2 $270.00
Recording Charge per Branded Announcement - Disconnect - Initial N/A NA
Recording Charge per Branded Announcement - Disconnect - Subsequent N/A NA
INWARD OPERATOR SERVICES
Verification, per minute N/A $1.15
Verification and Emergency Interrupt, per minute N/A $1.15
Verification, per call VIL $0.54
Verification and Emergency Interrupt, per call N/A $0.65
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE SERVICES
Directory Assist Call Completion Access Svc (DACC), per call attempt N/A $0.06
Call Completion Access Term charge per completed call N/A NA
Number Services Intercept per query N/A $0.01
Number Services Intercept per Intercept Query Update N/A NA
Directory Assistance Access Service Calls, per call $0.26
Professional recording of name (DA alone) $3,000.00
Professional recording of name (DA and OCP alone) $7,000.00
Page 11 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRAM or front-end loading, per TOPS switch $250.00
AABS or back-end loading, per IVS $225.00
EBAS or 0- automation loading, per NAV shelf $270.00
Recording Charge per Branded Announcement - Disconnect - Initial N/A NA
Recording Charge per Branded Announcement - Disconnect - Subsequent N/A NA
Directory Transport
Directory Transport - Local Channel DS1, per month N/A $35.68
NRC - 1st N/A $534.48
NRC - Add'l N/A $462.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st N/A NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l N/A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge-Manual Svc Order - NRC XXXXX $86.15
NRC - Incremental Charge-Manual Svc Order - NRC-Disconnect XXXXX $1.77
Directory Transport - Dedicated DS1 Level Interoffice per mile per mo N/A $0.58
Directory Transport - Dedicated DS1 Level Interoffice per facility termination per mo N/A $71.29
NRC - 1st N/A $217.17
NRC - Add'l N/A $163.75
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st N/A NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l N/A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l XXXXX XX
Switched Common Transport per DA Access Service per call N/A $0.00
Switched Common Transport per DA Access Service per call per mile N/A $0.00
Access Tandem Switching per DA Access Service per call N/A $0.00
DA Interconnection, per DA Access Service Call N/A $0.00
Directory Transport-Installation NRC, per trunk or signaling connection N/A
NRC - 1st N/A BSTs FCC 1
NRC - Add'l N/A BSTs FCC 1
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st N/A NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l N/A NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $407.53
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $10.98
Directory Assistance Database Service (DADS)
Directory Assistance Database Service charge per listing N/A $0.04
Directory Assistance Database Service, per month DBSOF $126.26
Direct Access to Directory Assistance Service (DADAS)
Direct Access to Directory Assistance Service, per month DBSDS $6,930.00
Direct Access to Directory Assistance Service, per query DBSDA $0.05
Direct Access to Directory Assistance Service, svc estab charge DBSDE
NRC DBSDE $1,164.00
NRC - Disconnect DBSDE NA
NRC - Incremental Charge Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX XX
AIN (10)
AIN, per message CAM NA
AIN - BellSouth AIN SMS Access Service CAM
Service Establishment Charge, per state, initial set-up
NRC CAMSE $294.77
NRC - Disconnect CAMSE NA
Port Connection - Dial/Shared Access
NRC CAMDP $86.94
NRC - Disconnect CAMDP NA
Port Connection - ISDN Access
NRC CAM1P $86.94
NRC - Disconnect CAM1P NA
User ID Codes - per User ID Code
NRC CAMAU $200.83
NRC - Disconnect CAMAU NA
Security Card per User ID Code, initial or replacement
NRC CAMRC $172.05
NRC - Disconnect CAMRC NA
Storage, per unit (100Kb) N/A $0.00
Session per minute N/A $0.08
C0. Performed Session, per minute N/A $2.08
AIN - BellSouth AIN Toolkit Service
AIN, Service Creation Tools CAMBP NA
Page 12 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Service Establishment Charge, per state, initial set-up
NRC BAPSC $290.05
NRC - Disconnect BAPSC NA
Training Session, per customer
NRC BAPVX $8,363.00
NRC - Disconnect BAPVX NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger, per DN, Term. Attempt
NRC BAPTT $72.76
NRC - Disconnect BAPTT NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger per DN, Off-Hook Delay
NRC BAPTD $72.76
NRC - Disconnect BAPTD NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger, per DN, Off-Hook Immediate
NRC BAPTM $72.76
NRC - Disconnect BAPTM NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger, per DN, 10-Digit PODP
NRC BAPTO $149.95
NRC - Disconnect BAPTO NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger, per DN, CDP
NRC BAPTC $149.95
NRC - Disconnect BAPTC NA
Trigger Access Charge, per trigger, per DN, Feature Code
NRC BAPTF $149.95
NRC - Disconnect BAPTF NA
Query Charge, per query N/A $0.02
Type 1 Node Charge, per AIN Toolkit Subscription, per node, per query N/A $0.01
SCP Storage Charge, per SMS Access Acct, per 100 Kb $1.45
Monthly Report - per AIN Toolkit Service Subscription BAPMS $15.98
NRC Manual BAPMS $71.80
NRC - Disconnect BAPMS NA
Special Study - per AIN Toolkit Service Subscription BAPLS $0.08
NRC Manual BAPLS $47.20
NRC - Disconnect BAPLS NA
Call Event Report - per AIN Toolkit Service Subscription BAPDS $15.90
NRC Manual BAPDS $71.80
NRC - Disconnect BAPDS NA
Call Event special Study - per AIN Toolkit Service Subscription BAPES $0.003
NRC Manual BAPES $47.20
NRC - Disconnect BAPES NA
CALLING NAME (CNAM) QUERY SERVICE
CNAM (Database Owner), Per Query N/A $0.02
CNAM (Non-Database Owner), Per Query * N/A $0.01
NRC, applicable when CLEC-1 uses the Character Based User Interface (CHUI) method
to transmit the names to the BellSouth CNAM database N/A $595.00
* Volume and term arrangements are also available.
DARK FIBER
Per four fiber strands, per route mile or fraction thereof, per month 1L5DF $49.88
NRC - 1st 1L5DF $2,277.00
NRC - Add'l 1L5DF $733.08
NRC - Disconnect - 1st UBNAX NA
NRC - Disconnect - Add'l UBNAX NA
Per four fiber strands, per route foot or fraction thereof, per month UBNAX NA
NRC - 1st UBNAX NA
NRC - Add'l UBNAX NA
NRC - Disconnect - 1st UBNAX NA
NRC - Disconnect - Add'l UBNAX NA
SELECTIVE ROUTING (11)
Per Line or PBX Trunk, each NA
NRC NA
Customized routing per unique line class code, per request, per switch NA
NRC USRCR $229.65
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order NA
NOTES:
If no rate is identified in the contract, the rate for the specific service
or function will be as set forth in applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated
by the parties upon request by either party.
Page 13 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR NETWORK ELEMENTS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In states where a specific NRC for customer transfer, feature additions and
changes is not stated, the applicable NRC from the appropriate tariff
applies.
2 Transmission/usage charges associated with POTS circuit switched usage will
also apply to circuit switched voice and/or circuit switched data
transmission by B-Channels associated with 2-wire ISDN ports.
3 Access to B Channel or D Channel Packet capabilities will be avail- able
only through BFR/New Business Request Process. Rates for the packet
capabilities will be determined via the Bona Fide Request/New Business
Request Process.
4 This rate element is for those states which have a specific rate for User
Profile per B Channel.
5 When CLEC buys the switch at the network element rate it will receive
vertical services at no additional charge, but when it buys combinations of
elements to produce a BellSouth retail service, and thus comes under the
resale pricing provisions, it must also pay the wholesale rate for vertical
services, if those services are in the retail tariff on the effective date
of the agreement. Vertical services which are not in the retail tariff but
which can be provided by the switch will be available at no additional
charges. (NC)
6 This rate element is for use in those states with a different rate for
additional minutes of use.
7 BellSouth and CLEC shall negotiate rates for this offering. If agreement is
not reached within sixty (60) days of the Effective Date, either party may
petition the Florida PSC to settle the disputed charge or charges. (FL)
8 This rate element is for those states w/o separate rates for 800 calls with
800 No. Delivery vs. POTS No. Delivery and calls with Optional Complex
Features vs. w/o Optional Complex Features.
9 This charge is only applicable where signaling usage measurement or billing
capability does not exist.
10 Prices for AIN to be determined upon development of mediation device. (TN)
11 Price for Line Class Codes for Selective Routing shall be determined by the
TRA. (TN)
Page 14 of 14
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR LOCAL CONNECTION
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LOCAL INTERCONNECTION (CALL TRANSPORT AND TERMINATION)
End Office Switching, per mou N/A $0.0017
Direct Local Interconnection, per mou (same as End Office Switching in FL & LA) NA
Tandem Switching, per mou N/A $0.0009
Tandem Switching (assumes 5 miles of transport per mou) N/A NA
Tandem Local Interconnection, per mou (includes end office switching element) NA
Multiple Tandem Switching, per mou (applies to initial tandem only), effective 10/99 NA
Local Intermediary, per mou (applies to transit only) NA
All terms and conditions, as well as charges, both non-recurring
and recurring, associated with interconnecting trunk groups between
BellSouth and CLEC-1 shall be as set forth in
BSTtState.AccesshTariffoRatese BellSouth intrastate access tariff.
Tandem Intermediary Charge, per mou* N/A NA
*(This charge is applicable only to intermediary traffic and is
applied in addition to applicable switching and/or interconnection
charges.)
INTEROFFICE TRANSPORT
Common (Shared) Transport
Common (Shared) Transport per mile per mou N/A $0.00001
Common (Shared) Transport Facilities Termination per mou N/A $0.00034
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - VG
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG - per mile 1L5XF $0.02820
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG - facilities termination per month 1L5XF $18.00
NRC - 1st 1L5XF $137.48
NRC - Add'l 1L5XF $52.58
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st 1L5XF NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l 1L5XF NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - 56/64 KBPS
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - per mile per month 1L5XK $0.02820
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS0 - facilities termination per month 1L5XK $17.40
NRC - 1st 1L5XK $137.48
NRC - Add'l 1L5XK $52.58
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st 1L5XK NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l 1L5XK NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - per mile per month 1L5XL $0.57530
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS1 - facilities termination per month 1L5XL $71.29
NRC - 1st 1L5XL $217.17
NRC - Add'l 1L5XL $163.75
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st 1L5XL NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l 1L5XL NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $38.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - per mile per month 1L5XM $12.98
Interoffice Transport - Dedicated - DS3 - facilities termination per month 1L5XM $720.38
NRC - 1st 1L5XM $794.94
NRC - Add'l 1L5XM $579.55
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st 1L5XM NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l 1L5XM NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $91.26
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $91.26
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated
Local Channel - Dedicated - 2-Wire VG TEFV2 $14.82
NRC - 1st TEFV2 $553.80
NRC - Add'l TEFV2 $89.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st TEFV2 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l TEFV2 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $42.17
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $12.76
Page 1 of 2
Attachment 11
Table 1
RATES FOR LOCAL CONNECTION
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - 4-Wire VG $15.87
NRC - 1st TEFV4 $562.23
NRC - Add'l TEFV4 $92.67
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st TEFV4 NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l TEFV4 NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $42.17
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $12.76
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS1 TEFHG $35.68
NRC - 1st TEFHG $534.48
NRC - Add'l TEFHG $462.69
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st TEFHG NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l TEFHG NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $86.15
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $1.77
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect SOMAC NA
Local Channel - Dedicated - DS3 TEFHJ $498.87
NRC - 1st TEFHJ $562.25
NRC - Add'l TEFHJ $527.88
NRC - Disconnect Charge - 1st TEFHJ NA
NRC - Disconnect Charge - Add'l TEFHJ NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st SOMAC $56.25
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l SOMAC $56.25
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st SOMAC NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l SOMAC NA
NOTES:
If no rate is identified in the contract, the rate for the specific service
or function will be as set forth in applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated
by the parties upon request by either party.
Page 2 of 2
Attachment 11
Table 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rates for Number Portability
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
INTERIM SERVICE PROVIDER NUMBER PORTABILITY - RCF (1) (2)
RCF, per number ported (Business Line), 10 paths TNPBL $2.25
RCF, per number ported (Residence Line), 6 paths TNPRL $1.15
RCF, per number ported (Business Line) TNPBL $1.66
NRC TNPBL $0.71
NRC - Disconnect Charge TNPBL $0.50
RCF, per number ported (Residence Line) TNPRL $1.66
NRC TNPRL $0.71
NRC - Disconnect Charge TNPRL $0.50
RCF, add'l capacity for simultaneous call forwarding, per additional path N/A $0.32
RCF, per service order, per location (++) Bus = TNPBD
Res = TNPRD
NRC - 1st TNP++ $2.73
NRC - Add'l TNP++ $2.73
NRC - Disconnect - 1st TNP++ NA
NRC - Disconnect - Add'l TNP++ NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $43.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $43.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l XXXXX XX
INTERIM SERVICE PROVIDER NUMBER PORTABILITY - DID
DID per number ported, Residence - NRC TNPDR $2.25
DID per number ported, Residence - NRC - Disconnect TNPDR NA
DID per number ported, Business - NRC TNPDB $2.25
DID per number ported, Business - NRC - Disconnect TNPDB NA
DID per service order, per location
NRC - 1st TNPRD $2.73
NRC - Add'l TNPRD $2.73
NRC - Disconnect - 1st TNPRD NA
NRC - Disconnect - Add'l TNPRD NA
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - 1st XXXXX $43.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Add'l XXXXX $43.07
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - 1st XXXXX XX
NRC - Incremental Charge - Manual Service Order - Disconnect - Add'l XXXXX XX
DID, per trunk termination, Initial TNPT2 $11.43
DID, per trunk termination, Initial - NRC TNPT2 $217.88
DID, per trunk termination, Initial - Disconnect TNPT2 NA
DID, per trunk termination, Subsequent TNPT2 $11.43
DID, per trunk termination, Subsequent - NRC TNPT2 $73.56
DID, per trunk termination, Subsequent - Disconnect TNPT2 NA
NOTES:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
If no rate is identified in the contract, the rate for the specific service
or function will be as set forth in applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated
by the Parties upon request by either Party.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Until the FCC issues its order implementing a cost recovery mechanism for
permanent number portability, the Company will track its costs of providing
interim SPNP with sufficient detail to verify the costs. This will
facilitate the Florida PSCs consideration of the recovery of these costs in
Docket 950737-TP. (FL)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 BellSouth and CLEC will each bear their own costs of providing remote call
forwarding as an interim number portability option. (KY)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 1 of 1
Attachment 11
Table 1
Rates for ODUF/EODUF/ADUF/CMDS and CNAM
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
ODUF/EODUF/ADUF/CMDS
ODUF: Recording, per message N/A $0.008
ODUF: Message Processing, per message N/A $0.004
EODUF: Message Processing, per message N/A $0.004
ADUF: Message Processing, per message N/A $0.004
CMDS: Message Processing, per message N/A $0.004
ODUF: Message Processing, per magnetic tape provisioned N/A $54.95
EODUF: Message Processing, per magnetic tape provisioned N/A $47.30
ADUF: Message Processing, per magnetic tape provisioned N/A $54.95
ODUF: Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message N/A $0.001
EODUF: Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message N/A $0.0000364
ADUF: Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message N/A $0.001
CMDS: Data Transmission (CONNECT:DIRECT), per message N/A $0.001
CALLING NAME (CNAM) QUERY SERVICE
CNAM (Database Owner), Per Query N/A $0.016
CNAM (Non-Database Owner), Per Query * N/A $0.01
NRC, applicable when CLEC-1 uses the Character Based
User Interface (CHUI) method to transmit the names
to the BellSouth CNAM database N/A $595.00
* Volume and term arrangements are also available.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES:
If no rate is identified in the contract, the rate for the specific service or
function will be as set forth in applicable BellSouth tariff or as negotiated by
the parties upon request by either party.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Page 1 of 1
Attachment 11
Table 1
DESCRIPTION USOC NC
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNBUNDLED LOOP COMBINATIONS
Unbundled Loop/Port Combinations
UNBUNDLED LOOP BILLING USOC (REQUIRES ONE PER PORT) UEPLX
LOCAL NUMBER PORTABILITY (REQUIRES ONE PER PORT) LNPCX
CURRENTLY COMBINED LOOP/PORT COMBINATIONS
2-Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2-Wire Line Port
RC - 2-Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2-Wire Line Port, Statewide TBD $16.46
RC - 2- Wire Voice Grade Loop UEPLX Note 1
RC - Exchange Port - 2-Wire Line Port TBD Note 1
NRC - 2-Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - 1st USACC $2.77
NRC - 2-Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - Add'l USACC $0.40
NRC - 2-Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - Incremental Cost - Manual Service Order - 1st TBD $40.18
NRC - 2-Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - Incremental Cost - Manual Service Order - Add'l TBD $9.45
NRC- 2 Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - Subsequent Database Update TBD $1.42
NRC- 2 Wire Voice Grade Loop/Line Port Combination - Subsequent Database Update - Incremental Manual Service Order TBD $10.27
2- Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2 -Wire DID Trunk Port
RC- 2 Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2 - Wire Line Port TBD $23.79
NRC- 2- Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2- Wire Line Port - 1st TBD $13.26
NRC- 2- Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2- Wire Line Port - Addl TBD $8.39
NRC- 2- Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2- Wire Line Port - Incremental Cost- Manual Service Order - 1st TBD $53.89
NRC- 2- Wire Voice Grade Loop with 2- Wire Line Port - Incremental Cost- Manual Service Order - Addl TBD $11.34
2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop with 2-wire ISDN Digital Port
RC- 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop with 2-wire ISDN Digital Port XXX x00.00
XXX - 0-Xxxx XXXX Digital Grade Loop/2-wire ISDN Digital Port - 1st conversion USACB $174.35
NRC - 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop/2-wire ISDN Digital Port - Add'l conversion USACB $174.35
NRC - 2-Wire ISDN Digital Grade Loop/2-wire ISDN Digital Port - Non Feature Subsequent Activity USASB $286.15
4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port
RC - 4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port TBD $241.72
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - 1st TBD $481.51
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Addl TBD $481.51
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Channel Activation - Per Channel TBD $36.92
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Inward/2way Telephone Numbers TBD $1.17
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Outward Telephone Numbers TBD $28.17
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Inward Telephone Numbers TBD $56.33
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Service Order Per Order TBD $255.25
4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire DID Trunk Port
RC - 4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire DID Trunk Port TBD $186.23
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire DID Trunk Port - 1st TBD $490.38
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Addl TBD $490.38
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire DIDTrunk Port - Subsequent Channel Activation - Per Channel TBD $146.91
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Telephone Numbers TBD $120.96
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Signaling Changes TBD $29.65
NRC -4-Wire DS1 Digital Loop with 4-Wire ISDN DS1 Digital Trunk Port - Subsequent Service Order Per Order TBD $127.63
Note 1 - In the absence of ordered rates by a State
Commission, the rates for Currently Combined combinations of
loop and port network elements will be the sum of the stand
alone recurring rates of the UNEs which make up the
combinations.
Page 1 of 1
